Turnkey Solar Power Project at Hutti Gold Mines

Volume II- Request for Proposal

TURNKEY SOLAR POWER PROJECT AT HUTTI

GOLD MINES

VOLUME II
Draft EPC Contract

Draft EPC Contract

March 2017

HUTTI GOLD MINES COMPANY LIMITED

(A Government of Karnataka Enterprises)

IIIrd floor, KHB Complex, National Games Village,

Koramangala, Bengaluru – 47 Tel: 080 – 25710501,
25705723, 24, 25 Fax: 080 – 25718365
 EPC Contract

This EPC Contract (―Contract‖) is made at Bengaluru, the -----------------day of

----------------in the year Two thousand Seventeen

-------- between ----------------------------------------------------------(herein after referred to as

―The Contractor‖ which expression shall unless excluded by or repugnant to the contract include
its successors or permitted assigns) of the one part and Hutti Gold Mines Company Limited having
their Registered Office at Hutti Gold Mines Company Limited, 3rd Floor, KHB Complex, National
Games Village, Koramangala, Bengaluru - 560047 only. (hereinafter called ―EMPLOYER‖ which
expression shall unless excluded by or repugnant to the context include its successors or assigns) of
the other part.

WHEREAS the aforesaid Employer has accepted the tender of the aforesaid Contractor for
-----------------

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------- as per Employer LOA

No.---------------------

------------------------hereinafter called ―the Works‖ and more particularly described

enumerated or referred to in the specification, terms and conditions prescribed in the LOA which
for the purpose of identification have been signed by ---------------------------- on behalf of the
Contractor and by --------------------------on behalf of Employer a list whereof is made out in the
Schedule hereunder written and all of which said documents are deemed to form part of this
contract and included in the expression ― the Works” wherever herein used, upon the terms and
subject to the conditions hereinafter mentioned.

AND WHEREAS Employer has accepted the tender of the Contractor for the said works for the
sum of Rs.-----------------------(Rupees:----------------------------------------------------) upon the
terms and subject to the conditions herein mentioned.

NOW THIS AGREEMENT WITNESSES AND IT IS HEREBY AGREED AND DECLARED THAT:–

(a) The Contractor shall do and perform all works and things in this Contract mentioned
and described or which are implied therein or therefrom respectively or are reasonably
necessary for the completion of the works as mentioned and at the times, in the manner
and subject to the terms, conditions and stipulations contained in this Contract, and in
consideration of the due provision, executions, construction and completion of the works
agreed to by the Contractor as aforesaid, independent consultant doth hereby covenant
with the Contractor to pay all the sums of money as and when they become due and
payable to the Contractor under the provisions of the contract. Such payments to be made
at such times and in such manner as is provided by the contract

2
(b) The conditions and covenants stipulated herein before in this contract are subject to and
without prejudice to the rights of the Employer to enforce penalty for delays and / or any
other rights whatsoever including the right to reject and cancel on default or breach by
the Contractor of the conditions and the covenants as stipulated in the general conditions,
specifications, forms, or tender schedule, drawing, etc., attached with Employer LOA
No.------------------------------------.

The Contract Value, extent of supply delivery dates, specifications, and other relevant matters
may be altered by mutual agreement and if so altered shall not be deemed or construed to
mean or apply to affect or alter other terms and conditions of the Contract and the general
conditions and the Contract so altered or revised shall be and shall always be deemed to have
been subject to and without prejudice to said stipulation.

SCHEDULE

List of documents forming part of the Contract:

1. General Conditions of Contract

2. Special Conditions of Contract

3. Schedule 1: Format for Performance Bank Guarantee

4. Schedule 2: Format of Bank Guarantee for Mobilization Advance

5. Schedule 3: Indemnity Bond

6. Schedule 4: List of Banks

7. Schedule 5: Technical Specifications

In witness whereof the parties hereto have set their hands and seals t h i s day and month year
first above written.

Signed, Sealed and delivered by: Signed, Sealed and delivered by:

(Signature with Name, Designation & official (Signature with Name, Designation & official
seal) seal)
Witnesses:
1. 2.

3
 Table of Contents

A. CONTRACT AND INTERPRETATAION 6

1. Definitions and Abbreviations 6
2. Use of Contract Documents & Information 9
3. Interpretation 9
3.1 Language 9
3.2 Singular and Plural 10
3.3 Headings 10
3.4 Persons 10
3.5 Entire Agreement 10
3.6 Amendment 10
3.7 Independent Contractor 10
3.8 Non-Waiver 11
3.9 Severability 11
3.10 Country of Origin 11
4. Notices 11
5. Governing Laws 12
6. Settlement of Disputes 12
6.1 Dispute Resolution 12
6.2 Arbitration 12
6.3 Reference to arbitration 13
B. Subject Matter of Contract 13
7. Scope of Facility 13
8. Contractor‘s responsibility 15
9. Employers‘ responsibility 16
C. Payments 17
10. Contract Price 17
11. Terms of Payment 17
12. Bank Guarantees 17
12.1 Issuance of Bank Guarantees 17
12.2 Mobilization Advance Bank Guarantee 18
12.3 Performance Bank Guarantee 18
13. Taxes and Duties 19
D. Intellectual Property 19
14. Copyright & Patent 19
15. Confidential Information 20
16. Geological discoveries 20
17. Representatives 21
17.1 Engineer- In –Charge 21
17.2 Contractor‘s Representative & Construction Manager 21
18. Project Implementation 22
18.1 Work Schedule 22
18.2 Progress Report 23
18.3 Maintenance of Records of Weekly Progress Review Meeting 23
at Site
19. Subcontracting 23
20. Design and Engineering 24
20.1 Specifications and Drawings 24
20.2 Codes and Standards 24

4
20.3 Approval / Review of Technical Documents by Project Manager 24
21. Procurement 25
21.1 Plant and Equipment 25
21.2 Transportation 25
21.3 Packing and Marking 26
22. Materials and Workmanship 26
23. Installation 27
23.1 Tools & Tackles 27
23.2 Setting up/Supervision/Labor 27
23.3 Contractor‘s Equipment 28
23.4 Site Regulations and Safety 28
23.5 Site Clearance 28
24. Inspection & Testing 29
25. Authorized Test Centers for test certificates 30
26. Commissioning and Completion of the Facilities 30
27. Guarantee Test and Operational Acceptance 31
27.1 Functional Guarantees 31
27.2 Plant Performance Guarantee Test 32
27.3 Operational Acceptance and Final Acceptance 32
28. Inter-changeability 33
29. Power to Vary or Omit Work 33
30. Negligence 34
31. Statutory Responsibility 34
32. Insolvency and Breach of Contract 34
33. Delay in Execution or Failure to Supply 34
34. Liquidated Damages 35
35. Defect Liability 35
36. Termination for Default 37
37. Breach & Cancellation of the Contract 38
38. Force Majeure 38
39. Insurance 40
40. Statutory Acts, Rules and Standards 41
41. Hazardous Material 41
42. Stoppage of Work 41
43. Hindrance Register 41
44. Manuals 41
45. Delivery of Equipment 41
46. Liabilities during Transit 42
47. Deduction from Contract Price 42
48. Warranty / Guarantee 42
49. Final Bill 43
50. Risk Purchase 44
51. Unforeseen Conditions 44
52. Change in Laws and Regulations 45
53. Extension of Time for Completion 45
54. Care of Facilities 46
55. Contractor Performance & Feedback and Evaluation System 46
56. Fraud Prevention Policy 47

A. CONTRACT AND INTERPRETATION

5
1. DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS

The following words and expressions shall have the meanings hereby assigned to them:

―Acceptance‖ means acceptance of Facilities by the HGML after third party certification and
Commissioning of the Project and demonstration of functioning of the Project.

―Affected Party‖ means HGML or the Contractor whose performance has been affected by an
event of Force Majeure.

―Applicable Law‖ means any statute, law, regulation, ordinance, notification, rule, regulation,
judgment, order, decree, bye-law, approval, directive, guideline, policy, requirement or other
governmental restriction or any similar form of decision of, or determination by, or any
interpretation or administration having the force of law in the Republic of India and the State
Government, by any Government Authority or instrumentality thereof, whether in effect as of
the date of this Contract or thereafter.

―Bid‖ shall mean the proposal submitted by the Contractor along with all
documents/credentials/attachments annexure etc., in response to the RFP document, in
accordance with the terms and conditions hereof.

“CMC” means comprehensive maintenance contract of the Facilities.

―Commissioning‖ means the Project shall be considered commissioned if all equipment as per
rated capacity has been installed and energy has transmitted into grid.

―Completion‖ means that the Facilities (or a specific part thereof where specific parts are
specified in the SCC) have been completed operationally and structurally, and that all work in
respect of Pre-Commissioning of the Facilities or such specific part thereof has been
completed; and Commissioning has been attained as per Technical Specifications.

“Completion Schedule” means the Commissioning of Project within six months from the date
of signing of this Contract and subsequent CMC for 5 (five) years including one year of
successful demonstration of the Project.

―Contract‖ means the Contract Agreement entered into between HGML and the Contractor,
together with the Contract Documents referred to therein; they shall constitute the Contract, and
the term ―the Contract‖ shall in all such documents be construed accordingly.

―Contract Documents‖ means the documents listed in the Form of Contract.

“Contract Value” means the firm sum specified in the Contract, subject to such additions and
adjustments thereto or deductions therefrom, as may be made pursuant to the Contract i.e. the
base value including taxes and duties.

6
―Contractor‖ means the company whose Bid to perform the Contract has been accepted by
HGML and is named as such in the Contract Agreement, and includes the legal successors
or permitted assigns of the Contractor.

“Contractor’s Equipment” means all plant, facilities, equipment, machinery, tools, apparatus,
appliances or things of every kind required in or for installation, Completion and maintenance
of Facilities that are to be provided by the Contractor, but does not include Plant and
Equipment, or other things intended to form or forming part of the Facilities.

“Contractor’s Representative & Construction Manager” means the representative

named in the Contract/appointed by the Contractor as per the provision of Clause
17.2.

―Day‖ means calendar day of the Gregorian calendar.

“Defect Liability Period” means the period of validity of the warranties including CMC of
the Facilities for 5 years from Commissioning date, during which the Contractor is responsible
for defects with respect to the Facilities (or the relevant part thereof).

―Employer‖ means Hutti Gold Mines Company Limited (HGML), Bengaluru and includes the
legal successors or permitted assigns of the HGML.

―Engineer-in-Charge‖ means a graduate electrical engineer to work and over view the
implementation of the Project along with Third Party Inspector (graduate electrical
engineer) appointed by the Employer to perform the duties delegated by the Employer as
per the provision of Clause 17.1.

“Facilities” means the Plant and Equipment to be supplied, installed and commissioned, as
well as all the Installation Services including all infrastructures as mentioned in scope of works
mentioned at GCC Clause 7 to be carried out by the Contractor under the Contract.

“Functional Guarantee” means during the Guarantee Test, the Facilities and all parts thereof
shall attain the guarantees specified under the Technical Specifications.

―GCC‖ means the General Conditions of Contract hereof.

“Guarantee Test(s)” means the test(s) specified in the Technical Specifications to be carried
out to ascertain whether the Facilities or a specified part thereof is able to attain the Functional
Guarantees specified in the Technical Specifications.

“HGML” shall mean Hutti Gold Mines Company Limited.

“IEC” means International Electro-technical Commission.

“Installation Services” means all those services ancillary to the supply of the Plant and
Equipment for the Facilities, to be provided by the Contractor under the Contract; e.g.,
7
transportation and provision of marine or other similar insurance, inspection, Site preparation
works (including the provision and use of Contractor‘s Equipment and the supply of all use
structural and construction materials required), installation including civil and allied works etc.,
testing, Pre-Commissioning, Commissioning, operations, maintenance, the provision of
operations and maintenance manuals, training of Employer‘s Personnel etc.

“LoA” means Letter of Award issued to the Selected Bidder in accordance with the provision of
RFP document.

―Month‖ means calendar month of the Gregorian calendar.

“Operational Acceptance” means the acceptance by the Employer of the Facilities (or any
part of the Facilities where the Contract provides for acceptance of the Facilities in parts),
which certifies the Contractor‘s fulfillment of the Contract in respect of Functional and Plant
Performance Guarantees of the Facilities.

“Performance Demonstration Period” means the period during which the Contractor is
required to demonstrate the performance of the plant as per the requirements specified in
Schedule 5 – Technical Specifications of this Contract.

“Plant and Equipment” means permanent plant, equipment, machinery, apparatus, articles
and things of all kinds to be provided and incorporated in to the Facilities by the Contractor
under the Contract (including the spare parts), but does not include Contractor‘s Equipment.

“Plant Performance Guarantee Test” means the Tests conducted by the Contractor after
Commissioning of the Facilities.

―PR‖ means Performance Ratio.

“Pre-Commissioning” means the testing, checking and other requirements specified in the
Technical Specifications that are to be carried out before Commissioning by the Contractor
in co-ordination with Engineer-in-Charge and Third Party Inspector.

“SCC” means the Special Conditions of Contract.

“Site” means the land and other places upon which the Facilities are to be installed, and such
other land or places as may be specified in the Contract as forming part of the Site.

“Solar Power Plant” or “Solar PV Plant” means Gird Connected 14MWac Solar Photovoltaic
Power Plant engineered, procured, supplied and commissioned by the Contractor in accordance
with the provisions of this Agreement and Schedule 5 – Technical Specifications of this
Contract.

―Sub-contractor,‖ including vendors, means any person to whom execution of any part of the
Facilities, including preparation of any design or supply of any Plant and Equipment, is sub-

8
 contracted directly or indirectly by the Contractor, and includes its legal successors or
permitted assigns.

“Third Party Inspector/Independent Consultant” means the third party appointed

by the Employer for monitoring and supervision of the Project.

“Time for Completion” means the time within which Completion of the Facilities as a whole (or
of a part of the Facilities where a separate Time for Completion of such part has been
prescribed) is to be attained in accordance with the stipulations in the SCC and the relevant
provisions of the Contract.

2. USE OF CONTRACT DOCUMENTS & INFORMATION

2.1 All documents forming part of the Contract (and all parts thereof) are intended to be
correlative, complementary and mutually explanatory. The Contract shall be read as a whole.

2.2 The Contract will be signed in three originals and the Contractor shall be provided with one
signed original and the rest will be retained by the Employer.

2.3 The Contractor shall provide/ submit, free of cost to the Employer all the engineering data,
drawings and descriptive materials with the Bid, in at least three (3) copies to form a part of
the Contract immediately after issuance of LoA by Employer.

2.4 The Contractor shall not, without the Employer‘s prior written consent, disclose the Contract or
any provision thereof or any specification, plan, drawing, pattern therewith to any person other
than person employed by the Contractor in performance of the Contract. Disclosure to any
such employed person shall be made in confidence and shall extend strictly for purpose of
performance of the Contract only.

2.5 The Contractor shall not, without Employer‘s prior written consent, make use of any document or
information except for purpose of performing the Contract.

2.6 Any document other than the Contract itself shall remain the property of the Owner/Employer.

3. INTERPRETATION

3.1 Language

All correspondence and documents related to the EPC Contract exchanged between the
Contractor and the Employer shall be written in English language, provided that any printed
literature furnished by the Contractor may be written in another language, as long as such
literature is accompanied by a translation of its pertinent passages in English language in
which case, for purposes of interpretation of the EPC Contract, the translation shall govern.

9
 3.2 Singular and Plural

The singular shall include the plural and the plural the singular, except where the context
otherwise requires.

3.3 Headings

The headings and marginal notes in the General Conditions of Contract are included for ease
of reference, and shall neither constitute a part of the Contract nor affect its interpretation.

3.4 Persons

Words importing persons or parties shall include firms, corporations and government entities.

3.5 Entire Agreement

The Contract constitutes the entire agreement between the Employer and Contractor with
respect to the subject matter of Contract and supersedes all communications, negotiations and
agreements (whether written or oral) of parties with respect thereto made prior to the date
of Contract. The various documents forming the Contract are to be taken as mutually
explanatory.

3.6 Amendment

No amendment or other variation of the Contract shall be effective unless it is in writing, is

dated, expressly refers to the Contract, and is signed by a duly Authorized Representative of
each party hereto.

3.7 Independent Contractor

3.7.1 The Contract does not create any agency, partnership, joint venture or other joint relationship
between the parties hereto.

3.7.2 Subject to the provisions of the Contract, the Contractor shall be solely responsible for the
manner in which the Contract is performed. All employees, representatives or Sub-contractors
engaged by the Contractor in connection with the Performance of the Contract shall be under
the complete control of the Contractor and shall not be deemed to be employees of the
Employer. Nothing contained in the Contract or in any subcontract awarded by the
Contractor shall be construed to create any contractual relationship between any such
employees, representatives or Sub-contractors and the Employer.

3.7.3 Under no circumstances the Sub-contractor shall claim or shall put any binding to the Employer
and at all times the Sub-contractor must be managed by the Contractor. The Employer shall not
be responsible for any claims at any time by the Contractor in relation to the Sub-contractor.

10
 3.8 Non-Waiver

3.8.1 Subject to GCC Clause 3.8.2 below, no relaxation, forbearance, delay or indulgence by
either party in enforcing any of the terms and conditions of the Contract or the granting of time
by either party to the other shall prejudice, affect or restrict the rights of that party under
the Contract, nor shall any waiver by either party of any breach of Contract operate as
waiver of any subsequent or continuing breach of Contract.

3.8.2 Any waiver of a party‘s rights, powers or remedies under the Contract must be in writing, must
be dated and signed by an Authorized Representative of the party granting such waiver,
and must specify the right and the extent to which it is being waived.

3.9 Severability

a. If any provision or condition of the Contract is prohibited or rendered invalid or

unenforceable, such prohibition, invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity
or enforceability of any other provisions and conditions of the Contract.

b. It is stated that each paragraph, clause, sub-clause, schedule or annexure of this Contract
shall be deemed severable & in the event of the unenforceability of any paragraph,
clause sub-clause, schedule or the remaining part of the paragraph, clause, sub-clause,
schedule annexure & rest of the Contract shall continue to be in full force & effect.

3.10 Country of Origin

"Origin" means the place where the materials, equipment and other supplies for the Facilities
are mined, grown, produced or manufactured and from which the services are provided.

4. NOTICES

4.1 Unless otherwise stated in the Contract, all notices to be given under the Contract shall be in
writing, and shall be sent by personal delivery, registered post, special courier, or e-mail to the
address of the relevant party by the Authorized Representative of the party set out in
Contract coordination procedure to be finalized and mutually agreed for the execution of the
Contract and all the communication pertaining to Project shall be in accordance with the
procedure with the following provisions.

4.1.1 Any notice sent shall be confirmed within two (2) days after receipt.

4.1.2 Either party may change its postal, cable, telex, or e-mail address or addresses for receipt of
such notices by ten (10) days‘ notice to the other party in writing.

4.2 Notices shall be deemed to include any approvals, consents, instructions, orders and certificates
to be given under the Contract.

11
5. GOVERNING LAWS

5.1 The Contract shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with laws in force in India.
The Courts of Bengaluru shall have exclusive jurisdiction in all matters arising under the
Contract.

5.2 The Contract must be interpreted and read under the influence of Indian Contracts Act, 1872
and all amendments as on date.

6. SETTLEMENT OF DISPUTES

6.1 Dispute Resolution

6.1.1 Either Party is entitled to raise any claim, dispute or difference of whatever nature arising
under, out of or in connection with this Contract ( ―Dispute‖) by giving a written notice (Dispute
Notice) to the other party, which shall contain:

a) a description of the Dispute;

b) the grounds for such Dispute; and
c) all written material in support of its claim.

6.1.2 The other party shall, within thirty (30) days of issue of Dispute Notice issued under Clause
6.1.1, furnish:
a) counter-claim and defences, if any, regarding the Dispute; and
b) all written material in support of its defences and counter-claim.

6.1.3 Within thirty (30) days of issue of Dispute Notice by any Party pursuant to Clause 6.1.1 if
the other party does not furnish any counter claim or defence under Clause 6.1.2 or thirty
(30) days from the date of furnishing counter claims or defence by the other Party, both
the Parties to the Dispute shall meet to settle such Dispute amicably. If the Parties fail to
resolve the Dispute amicably within thirty (30) days from the later of the dates mentioned
in this Clause 6.1.3, the Dispute shall be referred for dispute resolution in accordance with
Clause 6.2.

6.2 Arbitration

6.2.1 It is agreed by the Parties that, any disputes or claims arising out of this Contract shall be
settled by the sole or several arbitrators appointed in accordance with The Arbitration
Centre-Karnataka (Domestic and International), Rules 2012.

6.2.2 The place of arbitration shall ordinarily be Bengaluru but by agreement of the Parties, the
arbitration hearings, if required, may be held elsewhere.

6.2.3 The request for arbitration, the answer to the request, the terms of reference, any written
submissions, any orders and awards shall be in English and, if oral hearings take place,
English shall be the language to be used in the hearings.

12
 6.2.4 The provisions of this Clause shall survive the termination of this Agreement for any reason
whatsoever.

6.2.5 The award shall be of majority decision. If there is no majority, the award will be given by
the presiding Arbitrator.

6.2.6 The Parties agree that the decision or award resulting from arbitration shall be final and
binding upon the Parties and shall be enforceable in accordance with the provisions of the
Arbitration Centre – Karnataka (Domestic and International), Rules 2012 subject to the
rights of the aggrieved parties to secure relief from any higher forum.

6.3 Reference to Arbitration

Notwithstanding any reference to the Arbitration herein,

6.3.1 The parties shall continue to perform their respective obligations under the Contract unless they
otherwise agree.

6.3.2 The Employer shall pay the Contractor any payment due to the Contractor.

B. Subject Matter of Contract:

7. SCOPE OF FACILITY

7.1 The scope of Facility includes, but not limited to, the following:

7.1.1 Design, engineering, manufacturing, procurement & supply, packing and forwarding,
transportation, unloading, storage, erection & installation, testing, Commissioning of Solar PV
Power Plant and comprehensive CMC for 5 (Five) years of Solar PV Power Plant for the
capacity mentioned in SCC. The Contractor shall register the Project for Clean Development
Mechanism (CDM) and Renewable Energy Certificate (REC) benefit.

7.1.2 All associated civil engineering works including design for:

a) Soil testing, earthwork for Site grading, cutting, filling, levelling & compacting of land

b) Construction of foundation & mounting structures for SPV panels

c) Fencing of SPV plant with security gate (s)

d) Installation of fire safety equipment.

e) Construction of equipment room and office cum control room.

f) Arrangement of permanent water supply for module washing and daily usage.

13
 g) Construction of Storm water drainage & sewage network

h) Construction of Approach Road to plant from main Road and road network within plant for
easy access to main locations for CMC.

i) Street lighting and area lighting within plant

7.1.3 All power conditioning system including junction boxes, Inverters, DC and AC circuit breaker(s).

7.1.4 Integrated microprocessor based SCADA with required software and hardware for control
and monitoring of SPV plant.

7.1.5 All associated electrical works required for interfacing at grid network voltage prescribed
(i.e. transformer(s), breakers, isolators, lightning arrestor(s), panels, protection system, cables,
metering, earthing of transformer etc.) as per Technical Specifications.

7.1.6 Design, supply, erection, testing & commissioning of transmission line / cabling and associated
switchgear equipment, transformer and metering equipment for connecting into existing
nearby switchyard as per Technical Specification and State Regulations.

7.1.7 Design and implementation of plant monitoring scheme with compatible software and
hardware for accessing the SCADA data remotely at a location in Hutti.

7.1.8 Comprehensive CMC of the SPV plant as detailed in Technical Specification including supply
and storage of all spare parts, consumables, repairs/ replacement of any defective
equipment etc.

7.1.9 Obtaining all associated Statutory and Regulatory compliances and approvals for successful
construction and operation of Plant.

7.1.10 Provision and inventory management of all mandatory and recommended spares as per the
OEM recommendation and plant requirement.

7.1.11 Scrap disposal and waste management including removal of debris and other non-usable
material.

7.2 The Contractor is free to use materials or equipment‘s having standards exceeding, the
specification mentioned under the Technical Specification.

7.3 Unless otherwise expressly limited in the Technical Specifications, the Contractor‘s obligations
cover the provision of all Plant and Equipment including spares and the Performance of all
services required for the design, the manufacture (including procurement, quality assurance,
construction, installation, associated civil, structural and other construction works,
Pre-Commissioning and delivery) of the Plant and Equipment and the installation,
Commissioning, Completion of Facilities and carrying out Guarantee Tests for the Facilities in
accordance with the plans, procedures, specifications, drawings, codes and any other

14
 documents as specified in the Technical Specifications. Such specifications include, but are not
limited to, the provision of supervision and engineering services; the supply of labour, materials,
equipment, spare parts (as specified in GCC Sub-Clause 7.5 below) and accessories;
Contractor‘s Equipment; construction utilities and supplies; temporary materials, structures and
facilities; transportation (including, without limitation, loading, unloading and hauling to, from
and at the Site); insurance and storage, except for those supplies, works and services that will
be provided or performed by the Employer, as set forth in GCC Clause 9.

7.4 The Contractor shall, unless specifically excluded in the Contract, perform all such work and/or
supply all such items and materials not specifically mentioned in the Contract but that can be
reasonably inferred from the Contract as being required for attaining Completion of the
Facilities as if such work and/or items and materials were expressly mentioned in the Contract.

7.5 In addition to the supply of mandatory spare parts included in the Contract, the Contractor
agrees to supply spare parts, recommended or otherwise required for the CMC of the Facilities.
However, the identity, specifications and quantities of such spare parts and the terms and
conditions relating to the supply thereof are to be agreed between the Employer and the
Contractor based on the recommendation of OEM, and the price of such spare parts shall be
that given as part of Appendix V: Proforma for Financial Proposal of the RFP document, which
shall be added to the Contract Value. The price of such spare parts shall include the purchase
price therefor and other costs and expenses (including the Contractor‘s fees) relating to the
supply of spare parts. The prices of spares covered under the Appendix V of the RFP document
shall be kept valid for a period as specified in SCC. Contractor shall maintain the minimum
required spares mandatory or recommended or otherwise at any time during the CMC period.

8. CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITY

8.1 The Contractor shall design, procure, manufacture (including associated purchases and/or
subcontracting), install, commission and complete the Facilities, carry out the Guarantee Tests
with due care and diligence in accordance with the Contract including the CMC for the
prescribed period.

8.2 The Contractor confirms that it has entered into this Contract on the basis of a proper
examination of the data relating to the Project provided by the Employer and assessed by
himself at the Site location, and on the basis of information that the Contractor could have
obtained from a visual inspection of the Site (if access thereto was available) and of other data
readily available to it only after proper due diligence relating to the requirement for executing
the Project and facilities available prior to Bid submission. The Contractor acknowledges that
any failure to acquaint itself with all such data and information shall not relieve its responsibility
for properly estimating the difficulty or cost of successfully performing the Scope of Work.

8.3 The Contractor shall acquire at its own cost, on behalf of the Employer, in the Employer‘s name,
all permits, approvals and/or licenses from all local, state or national government authorities or
public service undertakings in the country where the Site is located that are necessary for the
setting up of the Solar Power Plant mentioned under the Contract. The Contractor shall be
responsible for, but not limited to, entry permits for all imported Employer‘s Equipment (if any).

15
 In this regard, any document required from Employer shall be intimated at least 10 days prior
to submission. Contractor has to ensure safe keeping of the documents and diligent use. It is the
responsibility of the Contractor to safe keep and return all the approvals, permits, licenses,
certificates and other relevant document generated as a result of the setting up of Project and
CMC process to the Employer.

8.4 The Contractor shall also seek for any exemption applicable for the Project as per the orders
released from GOI time to time. In this regard, the Contractor shall be responsible to take all
necessary certificates as a proof of exemptions on behalf of Employer. The Contractor shall
register the Project for Clean Development Mechanism (CDM) and Renewable Energy
Certificate (REC) benefit. However, all the documents required from Employer, as needed for
the process, will be provided by Employer. The demand of such documents shall be made to the
Employer in at least 10 days advance.

8.5 The Contractor shall comply with all laws in force at the place, where the Facilities are installed
and where the Installation Services are carried out. The laws will include all national, provincial,
municipal or other laws that affect the Performance of the Contract and binding upon the
Contractor. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Employer from and against
any and all liabilities, damages, claims, fines, penalties and expenses of whatever nature
arising or resulting from the violation of such laws by the Contractor or its personnel, including the
Sub-contractors and their personnel, but without prejudice to GCC Sub-Clause 9.1 hereof.

8.6 Any plant, material, spares & spares inventory and services that will be incorporated in or be
required for the Facilities and other supplies shall have their origin as defined under GCC
Clause 3.10 (Country of Origin).

8.7 Unless otherwise specified in the Contract or agreed upon by the Employer and the Contractor,
the Contractor shall provide/ deploy sufficient, properly qualified operating and maintenance
personnel; shall supply and make available all raw materials, spares, other materials and
facilities; and shall perform all work and services of whatsoever nature, to properly carry out
Pre-Commissioning, Commissioning and Guarantee Tests, all in accordance with the provisions
of ―Technical Specifications‖ to the Contract at or before the time specified in the program
furnished by the Contractor under GCC Clause 18 hereof and in the manner thereupon
specified or as otherwise agreed upon by the Employer and the Contractor.

9. EMPLOYER’S RESPONSIBILITY

9.1 The Employer shall ensure the accuracy of all information and/or data to be supplied by the
Employer as described in Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer to the Contract, except
when otherwise expressly stated in the Contract.

9.2 The Employer shall be responsible for acquiring and providing legal and physical possession of
the Site thereto required for the proper execution of the Contract. The Employer shall give full
possession of Site and accord all rights of access thereto on or before the date(s) specified in
SCC.

16
 9.3 If requested by the Contractor and up on Employer‘s sole discretion, the Employer shall use its
best endeavors to assist the Contractor in obtaining in a timely and expeditious manner all
permits, approvals and/or licenses necessary for the execution of the Contract from all local,
state or national government authorities or public service undertakings that such authorities or
undertakings required for the Contractor or Sub-contractors or the personnel of the Contractor
or Sub-contractors, as the case may be, to obtain.

9.4 The Employer shall be responsible for the CMC of the Facilities after Completion and proper
hand over of the Site by Contractor, in accordance with GCC Clause 26 and 27. However, the
Contractor, undertake CMC and, shall be responsible for the care and custody of the facility as
per GCC Clause 26.9.

C. Payments

10. CONTRACT VALUE

10.1 The Contract Value mentioned under Appendix V: Proforma for Financial Proposal shall be firm
and shall not change after the Award of Contract.

10.2 Subject to GCC Sub-Clauses 8.2 and 9.1 hereof, the Contractor shall be deemed to have
satisfied itself as to the correctness and sufficiency of the Contract Value, which shall, except as
otherwise provided for in the Contract, cover all its obligations under the Contract.

10.3 Contract Value shall be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of GCC Clause 29.

11. TERMS OF PAYMENT

11.1 The terms of Payment shall be as specified in SCC. The procedures to be followed in making
application for and processing payments shall be those outlined in the same SCC Clause.

11.2 No payment made by the Employer herein shall be deemed to constitute acceptance by the
Employer of the Facilities, CMC of the Facility or any part(s) thereof.

12. BANK GUARANTEES

12.1 Issuance of Bank Guarantees

The Contractor shall provide the Bank Guarantees specified below in favour of the Employer at
the times, and in the amount, manner and form specified below.
12.2 Mobilization Advance Bank Guarantee

12.2.1 The Contractor shall, if advance mobilization payment is required, provide a Bank Guarantee
equal to advance mobilization payment, with an initial validity period of 180 days from the
date of signing of this Contract. The advance mobilization payment shall be 10% of the
Contract Value. However, in case of delay in Completion of Facilities under the Project, the
validity of the security shall be extended by the period of such delay.

17
12.2.2 The security shall be in the form of an unconditional and irrevocable bank guarantee as per
the Proforma provided in ―Schedule 2: Mobilization Advance against Bank Guarantee‖. The
Mobilization Advance shall be interest bearing, @ 12%. The total amount of mobilization
advance, including the interest levied, shall deemed to be adjusted from the first four stage
payments as specified in Clause 12 of the SCC. It should be clearly understood that
adjustment in the value of Bank Guarantee for Mobilization Advance shall not in any way
dilute the Contractor‘s responsibility and liabilities under the Contract including in respect of
the Facilities for which the adjustment in the value of Bank Guarantee is allowed. Bank
Guarantee in lieu of mobilization advance shall be returned to the Contractor on
Commissioning of the Project.

12.3 Performance Bank Guarantee

12.3.1 The Contractor shall, simultaneously with signing of this Contract, provide Bank Guarantees
for the due Performance of the Contract for ten percent (10%) of the Contract Value as per
Clause 3.6.1 of RFP in the following manner:
a) The first set of bank guarantee for 50% of the Performance Security shall be released
within 3 months after the successful commissioning and grid synchronization of the Plant
and handover of all the as-built drawings to the Employer.
b) The second set of bank guarantee for 10% of the Performance Security shall be valid
for a period of 15 (fifteen months) months from date of Commissioning, which shall be
returned after satisfactory CMC of the Facilities for the first anniversary from date of
Commissioning.
c) The third set of bank guarantee for 10% of the Performance Security shall be valid for
a period of 27 (twenty seven months) from date of Commissioning, which shall be
returned after satisfactory CMC of the Facilities for second anniversary from date of
Commissioning.
d) The fourth set of bank guarantee for 10% of the Performance Security shall be valid for
a period of 39 (thirty nine months) from date of Commissioning, which shall be returned
after satisfactory CMC of the Facilities for third anniversary from date of
Commissioning.
e) The fifth set of bank guarantee for 10% of the Performance Security shall be valid for
a period of 51 (fifty one months) from date of Commissioning, which shall be returned
after satisfactory CMC of the Facilities for fourth anniversary from date of
Commissioning.
f) The sixth set of bank guarantee for 10% of the Performance Security shall be valid for
a period of 63 (sixty three months) from date of Commissioning, which shall be returned
after satisfactory CMC of the Facilities for fifth anniversary from date of
Commissioning.

However, in case of delay in demonstration of the Performance Test (PR test) and Acceptance,
the validity of all the Contract Performance Bank Guarantees shall be extended by the
period of such delay.

12.3.2 The Performance Bank Guarantee shall be denominated in the Indian Rupees and shall be in

18
 the form of unconditional and irrevocable bank guarantee in the prescribed Proforma
provided in Schedule 1.

12.3.3 The Bank Guarantee submitted against Mobilization Advance and the Performance Bank
Guarantee shall be essentially from any of the Banks listed at Schedule – 4: Special
Conditions of Contract of the Bidding Documents.

13. TAXES AND DUTIES

13.1 Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall bear and pay
all taxes, duties, royalties, levies and charges in connection with the Project. The same shall
be paid by the Employer as per actuals on submission of documentary proof in original.

13.2 In order to claim the concessions and exemptions under the State and Central Government
including Customs duty, excise duty etc, the Contractor shall make the necessary submissions /
applications on behalf of the Employer in accordance with the applicable rules. Failure to get
the exemption shall not be grounds for claiming duties or taxes which the Employer would
have otherwise been exempted from paying to the concerned authorities.

13.3 HGML shall reimburse to the Contractor for any impact of the Goods and Service Tax (GST)
subject to submission of all the documents in original to the satisfaction of HGML.

D. Intellectual Property

14. COPYRIGHT & PATENT

14.1 The copyright in all drawings, documents and other materials containing data and information
furnished to the Employer by the Contractor herein shall remain vested in the Employer. The
Employer shall be free to reproduce all drawings, documents, specification and other
material furnished to the Employer for the purpose of the Contract including, if required, for
CMC of the Facilities.

14.2 The Contractor shall indemnify the Employer against third party claims of infringement of
patent, trademark or industrial design rights arising from use of goods or any part thereof in
India.

19
 15. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

15.1 The Employer and the Contractor shall keep confidential and shall not, without the written
consent of the other party hereto, divulge to any third party any documents, data or other
information furnished directly or indirectly by the other party hereto in connection with the
Contract, whether such information has been furnished prior to, during or following termination
of the Contract. Notwithstanding the above, the Contractor may furnish to its Sub-contractor(s)
such documents, data and other information it receives from the Employer to the extent required
for the Sub-contractor(s) to perform its work under the Contract, in which event the Contractor
shall obtain from such Sub-contractor(s) an undertaking of confidentiality similar to that imposed
on the Contractor under this GCC Clause 15.

15.2 The obligation of a party under GCC Sub-Clauses 15.1 above, however, shall not apply to
that information which:

15.2.1 Now or hereafter enters the public domain through no fault of that party.

15.2.2 Can be proven to have been possessed by that party at the time of disclosure and which was
not previously obtained, directly or indirectly, from the other party hereto.

15.2.3 Otherwise lawfully becomes available to that party from a third party that has no obligation
of confidentiality.

15.3 The above provisions of this GCC Clause 15 shall not in any way modify any undertaking of
confidentiality given by either of the parties hereto prior to the date of the Contract in respect
of the Facilities or any part thereof.

15.4 The provisions of this GCC Clause 15 shall survive termination, for whatever reason, of the
Contract.

16. GEOLOGICAL DISCOVERIES

All fossils, coins, articles of value or antiquity and structures and other remains or things of
geological or archaeological interest discovered on the Site where the services are performed,
be deem to be the absolute property of the Employer. The Contractor shall take reasonable
precautions to prevent the personnel or any other persons from removing or damaging any
such article or thing and shall immediately upon the discovery thereof and, before removal,
acquaint the Employer of such discovery and carry out, at the expense of the Employer, the
Employer‘s orders as to the disposal of the same.

20
 17. REPRESENTATIVES

17.1 Engineer-In-Charge:

If the Engineer-In-Charge is not named in the Contract, then within seven (07) days of the
Effective Date, the Employer shall appoint and notify the Contractor in writing of the name of
the Engineer-In-Charge. The Employer may from time to time appoint some other person as
the Engineer-In-Charge in place of the person previously so appointed, and shall give a
notice of the name of such other person to the Contractor without delay. The Employer shall
take reasonable care, unless unavoidable to see that no such appointment is made at such a
time or in such a manner as to impede the progress of work on the Facilities. The
Engineer-In-Charge shall represent and act for the Employer at all times during the currency
of the Contract. All notices, instructions, orders, certificates, approvals and all other
communications under the Contract shall be given by the Engineer-In-Charge, except as
herein otherwise provided.

All notices, instructions, information and other communications given by the Contractor to the
Employer under the Contract shall be given to the Engineer-In-Charge, except as herein
otherwise provided.

17.2 Contractor‘s Representative & Construction Manager

17.2.1 If the Contractor‘s Representative is not named in the Contract, then within seven (07) days of
the Effective Date, the Contractor shall appoint the Contractor‘s Representative and shall
request the Employer in writing to approve the person so appointed. If the Employer makes no
objection to the appointment within seven (07) days of submission, the Contractor‘s
Representative shall be deemed to have been approved. If the Employer objects to the
appointment within seven (07) days giving the reason therefor, then the Contractor shall
appoint a replacement within seven (07) days of such objection, and the foregoing
provisions of this GCC Sub- Clause 17.2.1 shall apply thereto.

17.2.2 The Contractor‘s Representative shall represent and act for the Contractor at all times during
the tenure of the Contract and shall give to the Engineer-In-Charge all the Contractor‘s notices,
instructions, information and all other communications under the Contract.

17.2.3 All notices, instructions, information and all other communications given by the Employer or the
Engineer-In-Charge to the Contractor under the Contract shall be given to the Contractor‘s
Representative or, in its absence, its deputy, except as herein otherwise provided.

17.2.4 The Contractor shall not revoke the appointment of the Contractor‘s Representative without the
Employer‘s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. If the Employer
consents thereto, the Contractor shall appoint some other person as the Contractor‘s
Representative, pursuant to the procedure set out in GCC Sub-Clause 17.2.1.

17.2.5 The Contractor‘s Representative may, subject to the approval of the Employer (which shall not
be unreasonably withheld), at any time delegate to any person any of the powers, functions

21
 and authorities vested in him or her. Any such delegation may be revoked at any time. Any such
delegation or revocation shall be subject to a prior notice signed by the Contractor‘s
Representative, and shall specify the powers, functions and authorities thereby delegated or
revoked. No such delegation or revocation shall take effect unless and until a copy thereof has
been delivered to the Employer and the Engineer-In-Charge.

17.2.6 Any act or exercise by any person of powers, functions and authorities so delegated to him or
her in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 17.2.5 shall be deemed to be an act or exercise by
the Contractor‘s Representative.

17.2.7 Notwithstanding anything stated in GCC Sub-clause 17.1 and 17.2.1 above, for the
purpose of execution of Contract, the Employer and the Contractor shall finalize and agree to
a Contract Co-ordination Procedure and all the communication under the Contract shall be in
accordance with such Contract Co-ordination Procedure.

17.2.8 From the commencement of installation of the Facilities at the Site until Operational
Acceptance, the Contractor‘s Representative shall appoint a suitable person as the
construction manager (hereinafter referred to as ―the Construction Manager‖). The
Construction Manager shall supervise all work done at the Site by the Contractor and shall be
present at the Site throughout normal working hours except when on leave, sick or absent for
reasons connected with the proper Performance of the Contract. Whenever the Construction
Manager is absent from the Site, a suitable person shall be appointed to act as his or her
deputy.

17.2.9 The Employer may by notice to the Contractor object to any representative or person
employed by the Contractor in the execution of the Contract who, in the reasonable opinion of
the Employer, may behave inappropriately, may be in- competent or negligent, or may
commit a serious breach of the Site regulations and safety. The Employer shall provide
evidence of the same, whereupon the Contractor shall remove such person from the works.

17.2.10 If any representative or person employed by the Contractor is removed in accordance with
GCC Sub-Clause 17.2.4, the Contractor shall, where required, promptly appoint a
replacement.

18. PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION

18.1 Work Schedule

Within fourteen (14) days after the date of Issue of LOA, the Contractor shall prepare and
submit to the Engineer-In-Charge a detailed program of Performance of the Contract, made
in the form of PERT Chart and showing the sequence in which it proposes to preparation
of Site, soil testing, establishment of Site of office, transport, procurement of materials, storing
arrangements, dispatch of personnel, fabrication, design, assemble, install, establishment of
step-up sub-stations, evacuation infrastructure and Pre-Commission the Facilities. The
program so submitted by the Contractor shall agree with the Time Schedule indicated in SCC
and any other dates and periods specified in the Contract. The Contractor shall update and

22
 revise the program as and when appropriate or when required by the Engineer-In-Charge,
but without modification in the Time for Completion given in the SCC and any extension
granted in accordance with clause for extension of time, and shall submit all such revisions to
the Engineer-In-Charge.

18.2 Progress Report

18.2.1 The Contractor shall monitor progress of all the activities specified in the work schedule
referred in GCC Sub-Clause 18.1 above, and submit the progress report to the
Engineer-In-Charge as per the Contract Co-ordination procedure.

18.2.2 The progress report shall be in a form acceptable to the Engineer-In-Charge and shall also
indicate: (a) percentage completion achieved compared with the planned percentage
completion for each activity; and (b) where any activity is behind the program, giving
comments and likely consequences and stating the corrective action being taken.

18.3 Maintenance of Records of Weekly Progress Review Meeting at Site

The Contractor shall be required to attend all weekly Site progress review meetings
organized by the ‗Engineer-In-Charge‘ or his Authorized Representative. The deliberations in
the meetings shall inter-alia include the weekly program, progress of work (including details of
manpower, tools and plants deployed by the Contractor vis-à-vis agreed schedule), inputs to
be provided by Employer, delays, if any and recovery program, specific hindrances to work
and work instructions by Employer. The minutes of the weekly meetings shall be recorded in
triplicate in a numbered register available with the ‗Engineer-In-Charge‘ or his Authorized
Representative. These recordings shall be jointly signed by the ‗Engineer-In-Charge‘ or his
Authorized Representative and the Contractor and one copy of the signed records shall be
handed over to the Contractor.

19. SUBCONTRACTING

19.1 The Contractor shall not, without the prior consent in writing of the Employer, assign or sublet or
transfer its Contract in whole or in part, its obligations to perform under the Contract or a
substantial part thereof, other than raw materials, or for any part of the work of which makers
are named in the Contract, provided that any such consent shall not relieve the Contractor
from any obligation, duty or responsibility under the Contract.

19.2 The Contractor shall notify the Employer in writing of all sub contracts awarded under the
Contract if not already specified in its Bid. Such notification in its Bid or later shall not relieve
the Contractor from any liability or obligation under the Contract.

19.3 In case, the Contractor engages any Sub-Contractor to carry out a part of the work, the
Sub-Contractor should have requisite Government License for carrying out such part of the
work.

20. DESIGN AND ENGINEERING

23
 20.1 Specifications and Drawings

20.1.1 The Contractor shall execute the basic and detailed design and engineering work in
compliance with the provisions of the Contract, or where not so specified, in accordance with
good and sound engineering practice not lesser than established current standard industry
practice.

20.1.2 The Contractor shall be responsible for any discrepancies, errors or omissions in the
specifications, drawings and other technical documents that it has prepared, whether such
specifications, drawings and other documents have been approved by the
Engineer-In-Charge or not, provided that such discrepancies, errors or omissions are not
because of inaccurate information furnished in writing to the Contractor by or on behalf
of the Employer.

20.2 Codes and Standards

Technical Specifications set out in the RFP document shall form part of this Contract. The
Contract shall be executed in compliance of the codes and standards set out in Technical
Specifications, the new edition or the revised version of such codes and standards current at
the date of Bid submission shall apply unless otherwise specified. However, the Contractor
may use equipment‘s/materials exceeding the standard mentioned.

20.3 Approval / Review of Technical Documents by Engineer-In-Charge

The Contractor shall prepare list of documents as per Technical Specifications and furnish to
the Engineer-In-Charge for approval of the same and Review of work schedule.

Any part of the Facilities covered by or related to the documents to be approved by the
Engineer-In-Charge shall be executed only after the Engineer-In-Charge‘s approval
thereof.

20.3.1 Within ten (10) days after receipt of any document requiring the Engineer-In-Charge‘s
approval, the Engineer-In-Charge shall either return one copy thereof to the Contractor with
its approval endorsed thereon or shall notify the Contractor in writing of its disapproval
thereof and the reasons therefor and the modifications that the Engineer-In-Charge
proposes.

20.3.2 The Engineer-In-Charge shall not disapprove any document, except on the grounds that the
document does not comply with some specified provision of the Contract or that it is contrary
to good engineering practice.

20.3.3 If the Engineer-In-Charge disapproves the document, the Contractor shall modify the
document and resubmit it for the Engineer-In-Charge‘s approval. If the Engineer-In-Charge
approves the document subject to modification(s), the Contractor shall make the required
modification(s), and upon resubmission with the required modifications the document shall be
deemed to have been approved.

24
20.3.4 The procedure for submission of the documents by the Contractor and their approval by the
Engineer-In-Charge shall be as per the Contract Co-ordination procedure.

20.3.5 If any dispute or difference occurs between the Employer and the Contractor in connection
with or arising out of the disapproval by the Engineer-In-Charge of any document and/or
any modification(s) thereto that cannot be settled between the parties within a reasonable
period, then such dispute or difference may be settled in accordance with GCC Clause 6.0
(Settlement of Dispute) hereof. If such dispute or difference is referred as per GCC Clause 6.0,
the Engineer-In-Charge shall give instructions as to whether and if so, how, Performance of
the Contract is to proceed. The Contractor shall proceed with the Contract in accordance with
the Engineer-In-Charge‘s instructions, provided that if the Arbitration upholds the Contractor‘s
view on the dispute, then the Contractor shall be reimbursed by the Employer for any
additional costs incurred by reason of such instructions and shall be relieved of such
responsibility or liability in connection with the dispute and the execution of the instructions as
the Arbitration shall decide, and the Time for Completion shall be extended accordingly.

20.3.6 The Engineer-In-Charge‘s approval, with or without modification of the document furnished
by the Contractor, shall not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility or liability imposed
upon it by any provisions of the Contract except to the extent that any subsequent failure
results from modifications required by the Engineer-In-Charge.

20.3.7 The Contractor shall not depart from any approved document unless the Contractor has first
submitted to the Engineer-In-Charge an amended document and obtained the
Engineer-In-Charge‘s approval thereof, pursuant to the provisions of this GCC Sub-Clause
20.3.

20.3.8 If the Engineer-In-Charge requests any change in any already approved document and/or in
any document based thereon, generally shall be taken care by the Contractor if the change is
not causing any major financial impact.

21. PROCUREMENT

21.1 Plant and Equipment

The Contractor shall procure and transport all the Plant and Equipment in an expeditious and
orderly manner to the Site.

21.2 Transportation
The Contractor shall at its own risk and expense transport all the Plant and Equipment and the
Contractor‘s Equipment to the Site by the mode of transport that the Contractor judges most
suitable under all the circumstances.

21.3 Packing and Marking

21.3.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for securely protecting and packing the Plant & Equipment

25
 as per prescribed standards in force to withstand the journey and ensuring safety of materials
and also arrival of materials at destination in original condition and good for contemplated use.
Packing case size & weight shall take into consideration the remoteness of the goods final
destination and absence of heavy material handling facilities at all points in transit.

21.3.2 Packing lists of materials shall be provided in each package to facilitate checking up of the
contents at the destination.

21.3.3 In order to import any items, associated with the Solar PV Power Project, from abroad or from
any other state in India, Contractor shall have to arrange any clearance, permission, if required
at his own risk, from any Government (Government of State & Government of India) or any
Government (Government of State & Government of India) controlled organization for
transportation of materials from manufacturing shop to delivery at Site. Necessary certificates if
so required shall be issued by the Employer within reasonable time after getting written request
from the Contractor along with the necessary documents substantiating necessity of such
approvals. All packing material is the property of the Employer and shall be immediately
deposited by the Contractor to the Employer‘s Store at Project Site.

22. MATERIALS AND WORKMANSHIP

22.1 All materials shall be of the best quality and workmanship capable of satisfactory operation
under the operating and climatic conditions as may be specified. Unless otherwise specified,
they shall conform in all respect to the latest edition of the relevant IS codes specification
wherever Indian specifications apply or IEC codes or equivalent internationally accepted
standard.

22.2 The Contractor shall supply & deliver all equipment and materials for installation at Site. The
Contractor shall arrange for transportation, loading & unloading and safe storage of
materials at Project Site at his own cost & risk.

22.3 If the Contractor offers equipment manufactured in accordance with other international well
recognized standards (mentioned above), he shall, in that case, supply a copy in English of the
Standard Specification adopted and shall clearly mention in what respect such standard
specification differs from Indian Standard Specifications. The Plant, equipment, and materials
offered by the Contractor should comply with one consistent set of Standards only to make
the system compatible and work in harmony as far as possible.

26
 23. INSTALLATION

23.1 Tools & Tackles

The Contractor shall provide technically suitable tools and tackles for installation & erection of
Plant & Machineries conforming to relevant BIS safety and technical standards for proper
execution of work. The Employer, in no way, shall be responsible for supply of any tools and
tackles for implementation of the work and also to carry out CMC activities.

23.2 Setting up/Supervision/Labor

23.2.1 Bench Mark

The Contractor shall be responsible for the true and proper setting-up of the Facilities in
relation to bench marks, reference marks which are mutually agreed upon by the Contractor
and Employer.

If, at any time during the progress of installation of the Facilities, any error shall appear in the
position, level or alignment of the Facilities, the Contractor shall forthwith notify the
Engineer-In-Charge of such error and, at its own expense, immediately rectify such error
to the satisfaction of the Engineer-In-Charge.

23.2.2 Contractor‘s Supervision:

The Contractor shall give or provide all necessary superintendence during the installation of
the Facilities, and the Construction Manager or its deputy shall be constantly on the Site to
provide full-time superintendence of the installation. The Contractor shall provide and employ
only technical personnel who are skilled and experienced in their respective disciplines and
supervisory staff who are competent to adequately supervise the work at hand.

23.2.3 Labour:
The Contractor shall provide and employ on the Site in the installation of the Facilities such
skilled, semi- skilled and unskilled labour as is necessary for proper and timely execution of
the Contract. The Contractor is encouraged to use local labour that has the necessary skills.

Unless otherwise provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall be responsible for the
recruitment, transportation, accommodation and catering of all labour, local or expatriate,
required for the execution of the Contract and for all payments in connection therewith.

The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all necessary permit(s) and/or visa(s) from
the appropriate authorities for the entry of all labour and personnel to be employed by
Contractor on the Site.

27
 The Contractor shall at all times during the progress of the Contract use its best endeavours to
prevent any unlawful, riotous or disorderly conduct or behaviour by or amongst its employees
and the labour of its Sub-contractors.

The Contractor shall, in all dealings with its labour and the labour of its Sub-contractors
currently employed on or connected with the Contract, pay due regard to all recognized
festivals, official holidays, religious or other customs and all local laws and regulations
pertaining to the employment of labour.

23.3 Contractor‘s Equipment

23.3.1 All equipment brought by the Contractor onto the Site shall be deemed to be intended to be
used exclusively for the execution of the Contract. The Contractor shall not remove the same
from the Site without the Engineer-In-Charge‘s consent that such Contractor‘s Equipment is no
longer required for the execution of the Contract.

23.3.2 Unless otherwise specified in the Contract, upon Completion of the Facilities, the Contractor
shall remove from the Site all Equipment brought by the Contractor to the Site.

23.4 Site Regulations and Safety

The Contractor shall have to provide necessary and adequate safety measures including
personal protective equipment and precautions to avoid any accident, which may cause
damage to any equipment / material or injury to workmen. The Employer shall not be
responsible for any such accidents. Also, Contractor shall engage sufficient security guards
to protect Facility from any theft and unauthorized access to Site.

23.5 Site Clearance

23.5.1 Site Clearance in Course of Performance

In the course of carrying out the Contract, the Contractor shall keep the Site reasonably free
from all unnecessary obstruction, store or remove any surplus materials, clear away any
wreckage, rubbish or temporary works from the Site, and remove any Contractor‘s Equipment
no longer required for execution of the Contract.

23.5.2 Site Clearance after Completion

After Completion of all parts of the Facilities, the Contractor shall clear away and remove all
wreckage, rubbish and debris of any kind from the Site, and shall leave the Site and Facilities
clean and safe.

23.5.3 Disposal of Scrap

The Contractor shall with the agreement of the Employer promptly remove from the Site any
‗Scrap‘ generated during Performance of any activities at Site in pursuance of the Contract.

28
 The term ‗Scrap‘ shall refer to scrap/waste/remnants arising out of the unpacking of
equipment, construction debris, fabrication of structural steel work and piping work at the
Project Site in the course of execution of the Contract and shall also include any wastage of
cables during the termination process while installing the cables.

The ownership of such Scrap shall vest with the Contractor except in cases where the items
have been issued by the Employer from its stores for their installation only without any
adjustment to the Contract Value. The removal of scrap shall be subject to the Contractor
producing the necessary clearance from the relevant authorities (Custom, Excise etc.), if
required by the law, in respect of disposal of the scrap. The liability for the payment of the
applicable taxes/duties shall be that of the Contractor.

The Contractor shall also indemnify to keep the Employer harmless from any act of omission or
negligence on the part of the Contractor in following the statutory requirements with regard to
removal/disposal of scrap. The Indemnity Bond shall be furnished by the
Contractor as per Proforma enclosed as Schedule 3. Further, in case the laws require the
Employer to take prior permission of the relevant Authorities before handing over the scrap to
the Contractor, the same shall be obtained by the Contractor on behalf of the Employer.

23.5.4 Watching and Lighting

The Contractor shall provide and maintain at its own expense all lighting, fencing, watch and
ward wherever necessary for the proper execution and the protection of the Facilities, or for
the safety of the owners and occupiers of adjacent property and for the safety of the public.

24. INSPECTION & TESTING

24.1 The Employer or its Authorized Representative shall have, at all time, access to the Project
Site/Contractor‘s premises and also shall have the power, at all times, to inspect and examine
the materials and workmanship of project work during its manufacture, shop assembly and
testing. If part of the plant is required to be manufactured in the premises other than the
Contractor‘s, the necessary permission for inspection shall be obtained by the Contractor for
the Employer or his duly Authorized Representative.

24.2 The Employer shall have the right to serve notice in writing to the Contractor on any grounds of
objections, which he may have in respect of the work. The Contractor has to satisfy the
objection, otherwise, the Employer at its liberty may reject all or any component of Plant or
workmanship connected with such work.

24.3 The Contractor shall issue request letter to the Employer or its Authorized Representative for
testing of any component of the Plant, which is ready for testing at least 07 days in advance
from the date of actual date of testing at the premises of the Contractor or elsewhere.
However, the Employer at its own discretion may waive the inspection and testing in writing
under very special circumstances. In such case, the Contractor may proceed with the tests
which shall be deemed to have been made in the Employer presence, and it shall forthwith

29
 forward two sets of duly certified copies of test results and certificates to the Employer for
approval. The Contractor, on receipt of written acceptance from the Employer, may dispatch
the equipment for erection & installation.

24.4 For all tests to be carried out, whether in the premises of the Contractor or any Sub-
Contractor, the Contractor, shall provide labour, materials, electricity, fuel, water, stores,
apparatus and instruments etc. free of charge as may reasonably be demanded to carry out
such tests of the plant in accordance with the Contract. The Contractor shall provide all
facilities to the Employer or its Authorized Representative to accomplish such testing.

24.5 The Employer or his Authorized Representative shall have the right to carry out inward
inspection of the items on delivery at Site and if the items have been found to be not in line
with the approved Specifications, shall have the liberty to reject the same.

24.6 If Employer desires, testing of any component(s) of the plant be carried out by an independent
agency. The inspection fee, if any, shall be paid by the Employer. However, the Contractor
shall render all necessary help to Employer whenever required free of charge.

24.7 The Contractor has to provide the necessary testing reports to the Employer as and when
required.

24.8 Neither the waiving of inspection nor acceptance after inspection by the Employer shall, in
anyway, absolve the Contractor of the responsibility of supplying the plant and equipment
strictly in accordance with specification and drawings etc.

25. AUTHORIZED TEST CENTERS FOR TEST CERTIFICATES

The PV modules/ Inverters/ cables and other Balance of system equipment deployed in the
solar PV power plant shall have valid test certificates for their qualification as per specified
IEC/ IS Standards by one of the NABL Accredited Test Centres in India. In case of module
types/ equipment for which such Test facilities may not exist in India, test certificates from
reputed ILAC Member body accredited Labs abroad (with proper proof of accreditation) will
be acceptable.

26. COMMISSIONING AND COMPLETION OF THE FACILITIES

26.1 As soon as installation of the Facilities has, in the opinion of the Contractor, been completed as
specified in the Technical Specifications, excluding minor items not materially affecting the
operation or safety of the Facilities, the Contractor shall so notify the Employer
(Engineer-In-Charge) in writing for conducting Pre- Commissioning Test of the Facility in
co-ordination with Employer representative.

26.2 As soon as all works in respect of Pre-Commissioning are completed and, in the opinion of the
Contractor, the Facilities are ready for Commissioning, the Contractor shall so notify the
Engineer-In-Charge in writing. The Contractor shall commence Commissioning of the Facilities as
per the GCC Clause 26.3.

30
26.3 Commissioning of the Facilities shall be completed by the Contractor as per procedures detailed
in the Technical Specifications and in the presence of the Engineer-In-Charge or the
representatives of the Employer.

26.4 If the Engineer-In-Charge notifies the Contractor of any defects and/or deficiencies, the
Contractor shall then correct such defects and/or deficiencies, and shall repeat the procedure
described in GCC Sub- Clause 26.2.

26.5 If the Engineer-In-Charge is satisfied that the Facilities have reached Completion, the
Engineer-In-Charge shall, within seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractor‘s notice, issue a
Completion Certificate stating that the Facilities have reached Completion as at the date of the
Contractor‘s notice.

26.6 If the Engineer-In-Charge is not so satisfied, then it shall notify the Contractor in writing of any
defects and/or deficiencies within seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractor‘s repeated
notice, and the above procedure shall be repeated.

26.7 If the Engineer-In-Charge fails to issue the Completion Certificate and fails to inform the
Contractor of any defects and/or deficiencies within fourteen (14) days after receipt of the
Contractor‘s notice under GCC Sub-Clause 26.2, or if the Employer makes use of the Facilities,
then the Facilities shall be deemed to have reached Completion as of the date of the
Contractor‘s notice or repeated notice, or as of the Employer‘s use of the Facilities, as the case
may be.

26.8 As soon as possible after Completion, the Contractor shall complete all outstanding minor items
so that the Facilities are fully in accordance with the requirements of the Contract, failing which
the Employer will undertake such completion and deduct the costs thereof from any monies
owing to the Contractor.

26.9 Upon Completion and successful demonstration of the PR test, the Contractor shall be responsible
for the care and custody of the Facilities, together with the risk of loss or damage thereto, and
shall thereafter take over the Facilities or the relevant part thereof for the agreed duration of
CMC as stipulated and mutually agreed terms and conditions.

27. GUARANTEE TEST AND OPERATIONAL ACCEPTANCE

27.1 Functional Guarantees

27.1.1 The Contractor guarantees that during the Guarantee Test, the Facilities and all parts thereof
shall attain the Functional Guarantees specified under Technical Specifications, subject to and
upon the conditions therein specified.

27.1.2 If, for reasons attributable to the Contractor, the guaranteed level of the Functional
Guarantees specified under Technical Specifications are not met either in whole or in part, the
Contractor shall, within a mutually agreed time, at its cost and expense make such changes,

31
 modifications and/ or additions to the Plant or any part thereof as may be necessary to
meet such Guarantees. The Contractor shall notify the Employer upon completion of the
necessary changes, modifications and/or additions, and shall seek the Employer‘s consent to
repeat the Guarantee Test. If the level of the specified Functional Guarantee parameters, as
demonstrated even during repeat of the Guarantee Test(s), are outside the acceptable
shortfall limit, the Employer may at its option, either

a) Reject the Equipment and Advise immediate replacement with equipment to suit the
provisions of Technical Specification without any additional cost

b) Reject the Equipment and recover the payments already made, or

c) Terminate the Contract and recover the payments already made, or

d) Accept the equipment after levy of liquidated damages in accordance with the provisions
specified.

27.2 Plant Performance Guarantee Test

The Plant Performance Guarantee (as mentioned in SCC) Test shall be conducted by the
Contractor after Commissioning of the Facilities to ascertain whether the Facilities or the
relevant part(s) can attain the Functional Guarantees specified in the Contract Documents. The
Contractor‘s and Engineer-In-Charge‘s advisory personnel shall attend the Guarantee Test.
The Contractor shall promptly provide the Employer with such information as the Employer
may reasonably require in relation to ascertain the performance guarantee based on the test
results. The detailed procedure for Plant Performance Guarantee Test shall be carried out as
per procedure laid down in Schedule 5 – Technical Specifications of this Contract.

27.3 Operational Acceptance and Acceptance

27.3.1 Operational Acceptance shall occur in respect of the Facilities when the Plant Performance
Guarantee Test in accordance with the procedure specified in Schedule 5 – Technical
Specifications of this Contract has been successfully completed and the Functional
Guarantees are met

27.3.2 At any time after any of the events set out in GCC Sub- Clause 27.3.1 have occurred, the
Contractor may give a notice to the Engineer-In-Charge requesting the issue of an
Operational Acceptance Certificate in the form provided in the Bidding Documents or in
another form acceptable to the Employer in respect of the Facilities or the part thereof
specified in such notice as at the date of such notice.

27.3.3 The Engineer-In-Charge shall, after consultation with the Employer, and within thirty (30) days
after receipt of the Contractor‘s notice, issue an Operational Acceptance Certificate.

27.3.4 If within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Contractor‘s notice, the Engineer-In-Charge fails to
issue the Operational Acceptance Certificate or fails to inform the Contractor in writing of the

32
 justifiable reasons why the Engineer-In-Charge has not issued the Operational Acceptance
Certificate, the Facilities shall be deemed to have been accepted as at the date of the
Contractor‘s said notice.

28. INTER-CHANGEABILITY

All the parts shall be made accurately to applicable Standards and specification so as to
facilitate replacement and repairs. All corresponding parts of similar apparatus shall be
inter-changeable.

29. POWER TO VARY OR OMIT WORK

29.1 No alterations, amendments, omissions, additions, subtractions, or variations of the work or

materials as specified in the data-sheets (1 to 6) (hereinafter referred to as ―variation‖)
under the Contract shall be made by the Contractor except as directed by the Employer.

29.2 If any suggested variations would, in the opinion of the Contractor, if carried out prevent
it from fulfilling any of its obligations or guarantees under the Contract, it shall notify the
Employer thereof in writing and the Employer shall decide forthwith whether or not the same
shall be carried out and if Employer confirms its instruction, the Contractor shall carryout the
work as per the instructions.

29.3 The differences in cost, if any, occasioned by such variations, shall be added to or deducted
from the Contract Value, as the case may be.

29.4 In the event of the Employer requiring any variations, reasonable and proper notice shall be
given to the Contractor as well, to enable it to make arrangements accordingly, and in cases
where goods or materials are already prepared/procured, or any designs, drawings or
patterns made or work done that require to be altered, a reasonable sum in respect thereof
shall be allowed by the Employer.

29.5 In every case in which the Contractor shall receive instructions from the Employer for carrying
out any work, which either then or later, will in the opinion of the Contractor involve a claim
for additional payment, the Contractor shall as soon as reasonably possible after the receipt
of such instructions, inform in writing the Employer of such claim for additional payment.

29.6 In any case, if the Contractor deviates from the design or specification as defined in the
Bid Document, the Contractor has to submit the deviation sheet to the Engineer-in-Charge
and seek approval from the Employer.

33
30. NEGLIGENCE

30.1 If the Contractor neglects to supply Equipment or construct the Plant with necessary infrastructure,
with due diligence and expeditiousness or refuses or neglects to comply with any reasonable
order given to it in writing by the Employer or contravenes any provisions of the Contract,
the Employer may give (7) seven days‘ notice in writing to the Contractor, to make good the
failure, neglect or contravention complained of. If the Contractor fails to comply with the
notice within reasonable time depending on the nature of affected work, which is evaluated
by the Engineer-In-Charge from the date of serving thereof, in the event of failure, neglect
or contravention capable of being made good within that time, then in such case, if the
Employer thinks fit, it shall be lawful for it to take the Plant and Equipments wholly or in part,
out of the Contractor‘s hand and give it to another person on Contract at current market
price and the Employer shall be entitled to retain any balance which may be otherwise
due on the Contract by it to the Contractor or such part thereof as may be necessary,
to the payment of the cost with respect to such acquisition as aforesaid.

30.2 If the cost of executing the work as aforesaid shall exceed the balance due to the
Contractor and the Contractor fails to make good such deficiency, the Employer shall
have the right to appropriate the Performance Security in addition to take action in the
manner it may consider deem fit in terms of the Contract including black-listing the
Contractor.

31. STATUTORY RESPONSIBILITY

The Contractor shall comply with all Applicable Laws or ordinances, codes, approved
standards, rules, and regulations and shall procure and maintain their validity all necessary
Municipal, Panchayat and Government permits & licenses etc. at its own cost.

32. INSOLVENCY AND BREACH OF CONTRACT

The Employer may at any time, by notice in writing, summarily terminate the Contract
without compensation to the Contractor in any of the following events:

If the Contractor shall at any time, be adjudged insolvent or shall have a receiving order
or order from administration of its state made against it or shall take any proceeding
for compensation under any Insolvency Act for the time being in force or make any
conveyance or assignment with its creditors or suspend payment or a Receiver, Liquidator
or manager on behalf of the Debenture holder is appointed or circumstances have arisen
which entitle the Court or debenture holder to appoint a Receiver, Liquidator or Manager.

33. DELAY IN EXECUTION OR FAILURE TO SUPPLY

33.1 Any delay in Completion of the work, shall attract liquidated damage, for late Completion as
per Liquidated Damage Clause 34 (GCC).

34
 33.2 If the Contractor fails to deliver the plant or fails to start the work within specified time frame
after signing of Contract Agreement or leave the work Site after partial execution of the work,
Employer shall have the right to get the work done through any other agency at the risk and cost
of the Contractor. Further to this, Employer may, without prejudice to the right of the Employer to
recover damages for breach of trust of the Contract, may impose liquidity damages on the
contractor as per GCC Clause 34 .

34. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES

34.1 The Project is scheduled to be commissioned within 180 days from the date of singing of this
Contract.

34.2 In case the Contractor fails to achieve successful Commissioning of Plant by the due date
indicated in Timeline, the Employer shall levy liquidated damages (―Liquidated Damages‖) on
the Contractor at the following rate: (partial/ part Commissioning shall not be accepted)

34.2.1 Delay up to 1 Month: - Employer will encash 20% of the total Performance bank guarantee on
day-to-day pro-rata basis.

34.2.2 Delay of more than one month and up to two months: - Employer will encash another 40% of
the total Performance bank guarantee on day-to-day pro-rata basis.

34.2.3 Delay of more than two month and up to three months: – Employer will encash the balance
40% of the total Performance bank guarantee on day-to-day pro-rata basis.

34.2.4 The maximum time period allowed (with LD) for Commissioning of the Project shall be 09
months from the date of signing of the Contract. In case of delay for more than 09 months,
the Employer shall get the project complete by other suitable agency at risk and cost of
Contractor. For calculation of Liquidated Damages, the month shall be considered
consisting of 30 days and date of signing of the Contract as reference date.

35. DEFECT LIABILITY

35.1 The Contractor must warrant that the Facilities shall be free from defects in the design,
engineering, materials and workmanship of the Plant and Equipment supplied and of the
work executed.

35.2 If it shall appear to the Employer that any supplies have been executed with unsound,
imperfect or unskilled workmanship, or with materials of any inferior description, or that any
materials or articles provided by the Contractor for the execution of Contractor are unsound
or otherwise not in accordance with the Contract, the Employer/Engineer-In-Charge shall on
demand in writing inform the Contractor‘s Representative specifying the item, materials or
articles complained of, notwithstanding that the same may have been inadvertently passed,
certified and paid for. The Contractor shall forthwith rectify or remove and replace that item
so specified and provide other proper and suitable materials or articles at its own charge
and cost, and in the event of failure to do so within a period to be specified by the

35
 Engineer-in-Charge in its demand aforesaid, the Engineer-in-Charge may on expiry of
notice period rectify or remove and re-execute the time or remove and replace with others,
the materials or articles complained of as the case may be at the risk and expense in all
respects of the Contractor. The decisions of the Employer in this regard shall be final and
binding.

35.3 The Contractor shall also be undertaking the CMC of the Facility and consequently shall
be required to rectify any defects that emerge during the CMC of the Facilities for the entire
term of this Contract.

35.4 The Defect Liability Period shall be 60 (sixty) months from the date of Successful
Commissioning of the Project (―Defects Liability Period‖).

35.5 If during the Defect Liability Period any defect should be found in the design, engineering,
materials and workmanship of the Plant and Equipment supplied or of the work executed by
the Contractor, the Contractor shall promptly, in consultation and agreement with the
Employer regarding appropriate remedying of the defects, and at its cost, repair, replace
or otherwise make good (as the Contractor shall, at its discretion, determine) such defect as
well as any damage to the Facilities caused by such defect.

35.6 Furthermore, without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, it is clarified that the
Contractor shall also be responsible for the repair, replacement or making good of any
defect, or of any damage to the Facilities arising out of or resulting from any of the following
causes:

a) Improper CMC of the Facilities by the Contractor; and

b) Operation of the Facilities outside specifications of the Facilities.

35.7 The Employer shall give the Contractor a notice stating the nature of any such defect
together with all available evidence thereof, promptly following the discovery thereof. The
Employer shall afford all reasonable opportunity for the Contractor to inspect any such
defect.

35.8 The Employer shall provide the Contractor all necessary access to the Facilities and the Site
to enable the Contractor to perform its obligations under this Clause 35 (Defect Liability).
The Contractor may, with the consent of the Employer remove any Plant and Equipment or
any part of the Facilities that are defective from the Site, if the nature of the defect and/or
any damage to the Facilities caused by the defect is such that repairs cannot be
expeditiously carried out at the Site.

35.9 If the repair, replacement or making good is of such a nature that it may affect the efficiency
of the Facilities or any part thereof, the Employer may give to the Contractor a notice
requiring that tests of the defective part of the Facilities shall be made by the Contractor
immediately upon completion of such remedial work, whereupon the Contractor shall carry
out such tests.

36
35.10 If such part fails the tests, the Contractor shall carry out further repair, replacement or
making good (as the case may be) until that part of the Facilities passes such tests. The tests,
in character, shall in any case be not inferior to what has already been agreed upon by the
Employer and the Contractor for the original Equipment/part of the Facilities.

35.11 If the Contractor fails to commence the work necessary to remedy such defect or any
damage to the Facilities caused by such defect within a reasonable time (which shall in no
event be considered to be less than seven (7) days), the Employer may, following notice to
the Contractor, proceed to do such work, and the costs incurred by the Employer in
connection therewith shall be paid to the Employer by the Contractor or may be deducted
by the Employer from any amount due to the Contractor or claimed under the Plant
Performance Guarantee, without prejudice to other rights, which the Employer may have
against the Contractor in respect of such defects.

35.12 If the Facilities or any part thereof cannot be used by reason of such defect and/or making
good of such defect, the Defect Liability Period of the Facilities or such part, as the case may
be, shall be extended by a period equal to the period during which the Facilities or such part
cannot be used by the Employer because of any of the aforesaid reasons. Upon correction
of the defects in the Facilities or any part thereof by repair/replacement, such
repair/replacement shall have the defect liability period of twelve (12) months from such
replacement.

35.13 In addition, the Contractor shall also provide an extended warranty for any such component
of the Facilities and for the period of time. Such obligation shall be in addition to the defect
liability specified under Clause 35.2.

36. TERMINATION FOR DEFAULT

36.1 The Employer may, without prejudice to any other remedy for breach of Contract, by
written notice of default sent to the Contractor, terminate the Contract in whole or in part.

36.2 If the Contractor fails to deliver or execute any or all of the goods within the time period(s)
under the Contract or any extension thereof granted by the Employer pursuant to the clause
for Delay in Execution or Failure to Supply or, if the Contractor fails to perform any other
obligations(s) under the Contract.

36.3 In the event the Employer terminates the Contract in whole or in part, pursuant to above,
the Employer may procure, upon such terms and in such manner as it deems appropriate,
goods similar to those undelivered, the Contractor shall be liable to the Employer for any
excess costs for such similar goods. However, the Contractor shall continue the
Performance of the Contract to the extent not terminated.

36.4 In case termination of the Contract due to default, the Contractor may be debarred
from participation in future tenders by Employer for a period to be specified.

37
 37. BREACH & CANCELLATION OF THE CONTRACT

37.1 In case of non-Performance in any form or change of the covenant and conditions of the
Contract by the Contractor, Employer shall have the power to annul, rescind, cancel or
terminate the order and upon its notifying in writing to the Contractor that it has so done,
this Contract shall absolutely determine. The decision of the Employer in this regard shall be
final and binding.

37.2 The following conditions shall contribute to the breach of contract:

a) If the Contractor fails to deliver any or all of the Goods within the period(s) specified in the
Contract; or

b) If the Contractor fails to perform any of their obligations(s) under the Contract, and

c) If the Contractor, in either of the above circumstances does not rectify his failure within a
period of 30 (Thirty) days (or such longer period as the Employer may authorize in writing)
after receipt of the default notice from the Employer

38. FORCE MAJEURE

38.1 A ‗Force Majeure‘ means any event or circumstance or combination of events those
stated below that wholly or partly prevents or unavoidably delays an Affected Party
in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, but only if and to the extent
that such events or circumstances are not within the reasonable control, directly or
indirectly, of the Affected Party and could not have been avoided if the Affected Party
had taken reasonable care or complied with prudent utility practices:

a) Act of God, including, but not limited to lightning, drought, fire and explosion (to the extent
originating from a source external to the Site), earthquake, volcanic eruption, landslide,
flood, cyclone, typhoon or tornado;

b) Any act of war (whether declared or undeclared), invasion, armed conflict or act of
foreign enemy, blockade, embargo, revolution, riot, insurrection, terrorist or military action;

c) Unless the delay has occurred solely as a result of the Contractors default, in obtaining
necessary approvals for evacuation, approvals from government electrical inspectorate,
delay in Pre-Commissioning and synchronization by competent authority;

d) Radioactive contamination or ionising radiation originating from a source in India or resulting

from another Force Majeure Event mentioned above excluding circumstances where the
source or cause of contamination or radiation is brought or has been brought into or near the
Power Project by the Affected Party or those employed or engaged by the Affected Party.

e) An event of Force Majeure affecting evacuation of power from the Facility to the grid.

38
38.2 Force Majeure Exclusions

Force Majeure shall not include (i) any event or circumstance which is within the
reasonable control of the Parties and (ii) the following conditions, except to the extent
that they are consequences of an event of Force Majeure:

a).Unavailability, late delivery, or changes in cost of the plant, machinery, equipment,

materials, spare parts or consumables for the Power Project;

b). Delay in the performance of by contractor, Sub-contractor or their agents;

c). Non-performance resulting from normal wear and tear typically experienced in power
generation materials and equipment;

d). Strikes at the Facilities of the Affected Party;

e). Insufficiency of finances or funds or the agreement becoming onerous to perform; and

f). Non-performance caused by, or connected with, the Affected Party‘s:

i. Negligent or intentional acts, errors or omissions;

ii. Failure to comply with an Indian Law; or

iii. Breach of, or default under this Contract Agreement.

38.3 In the event of either party being rendered unable by Force Majeure to perform any
obligation required to be performed by them under this Contract, relative obligation of
the party affected by such Force Majeure shall be treated as suspended during which
the Force Majeure clause last.

38.4 Upon occurrence of such causes, the party alleging that it has been rendered unable as
aforesaid, thereby, shall notify the other party in writing by registered notice within 48
(forty eight) hours of the alleged beginning thereof giving full particulars and
satisfactory evidence in support of its claim. Further, within 7 (seven) days, the
Contractor will furnish a detailed Contingency Plan to overcome the effects of the
incident and bring the project on its schedule after cessation of the effect of Force
Majeure.

38.5 The Affected Party shall give notice to the other Party of (i) the cessation of the relevant
event of Force Majeure; and (ii) the cessation of the effects of such event of Force
Majeure on the performance of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, as soon as
practicable after becoming aware of each of these cessations.

38.6 Time for Performance of the relative obligation suspended by the force majeure shall
stand extended by the period for which such clause lasts.

39
38.7 If works are suspended by Force Majeure conditions lasting for more than two months, the
Employer may have the option of cancelling this Contract in whole or part thereof, at its
discretion.

38.8 The Contractor shall not claim any compensation for Force Majeure conditions and shall
take appropriate steps to insure men and materials utilized by it under the Contract well
in advance.

39. INSURANCE

39.1 During the Contract period all insurance related expenses shall be borne by the Contractor.

The goods supplied under the Contract shall be fully insured against the loss or damage
incidental to manufacture or acquisition, transportation, storage and delivery in such a manner
that Employer shall not incur any financial loss, as long as the plant continues to remain under
the custody of the Contractor.

39.2 In case of any loss or damage or pilferage or theft or fire accident or combination of the said
incidents etc. under the coverage of insurance, the Contractor shall lodge the claim as per rules
of insurance. Any FIR required to be lodged to local Police Station shall be the responsibility of
the Contractor.

39.3 The Contractor shall arrange to supply/ rectify/ recover the materials even if the claim is
unsettled for timely Completion of the Project. The final financial settlement with the insurer
shall be rested upon the Contractor.

39.4 In case of any delay of the project attributable to the Contractor, the Contractor himself in
consultation with Employer should take the extension of insurance. Any financial implications
shall, however, be borne by the Contractor.

39.5 Contractor shall provide the insurance cover for the Linear Performance Guarantee for the
Solar PV modules in the name of the Employer. The insurance shall cover the entire 25 years
Linear Performance Guarantee offered by the module manufacturer. The 25 years period
shall be considered from COD. Contractor shall propose at least three (3) premier insurance
providers as per the Appendix-V of the RFP. Independent Consultant shall decide the party
with which it will prefer to go for insurance on the liner Performance Guarantee.

39.6 The Contractor should arrange for providing insurance coverage to its workmen under
Workmen‘s Compensation Act or similar Rules and Acts as applicable during execution of
work for covering risk against any mishap to its workmen. The Contractor shall also undertake
a Third Party Insurance. The Employer will not be responsible for any such loss or mishap.

39.7 All other insurance like, Contractor All Risk, Erection All Risk, insurance against theft and acts of
GOD, as required for the construction and CMC of the plant and to indemnify the Employer/
equipment/ material and resources shall be borne by the contractor. Fire insurance is to be

40
 arranged by the Contractor up to the years of CMC of the Facility.

39.8 The insurance are suitably taken for the activity/ act which is required to cover all the risk
associated to the activity / act. The Contractor shall be responsible to take suitable insurance
till the completion of the CMC and indemnify the Employer from all associated risks.

40. STATUTORY ACTS AND RULES

The work shall be executed in conformity with Indian Electricity Act 2003, Central Electricity
Authority Regulations, Explosive Act 1948, Petroleum Act 1934, National Building Code,
hazardous waste management rules 2009, e – waste (Management& Handling) rules 2011
and relevant Rules/ Acts in vogue at the time of execution including CMC period.

41. HAZARDOUS MATERIAL

Any hazardous material used during construction or used as part of the plant has to be taken
back by the supplier for recycling or dumping purpose after its operating / working life, so
that it may not affect the environment or any living being. Contractor(s) have to comply with
Karnataka State Pollution Control Board regulation.

42. STOPPAGE OF WORK

Employer shall not be responsible and not liable to pay any compensation due to stoppage
of work as a reaction from local public due to any undue action on the part of the Contractor
causing annoyance to local people.

43. HINDRANCE REGISTER

The Contractor may also maintain a Hindrance Register where reasons for delay may be
recorded from time to time and at the time of occurrence of the hindrance and get it duly
certified by the Engineer-in-Charge or his Authorized Representative.

44. MANUALS

The Contractor shall supply all necessary erection and Commissioning manuals, CMC manuals
etc. as and when required. Six sets of test results, manuals etc. shall be submitted by the
Contractor on Completion of the work.

45. DELIVERY OF EQUIPMENT

45.1 The Contractor shall deliver the equipment of the plant and machineries in accordance with
the terms of the Contract at the time(s) to the place(s) and in the manner specified in the
Contract. The Contractor shall comply with instructions that may be given by the Employer
from time to time regarding the transit of the plant and material.

45.2 Notification of delivery or dispatch in regard to each and every consignment shall be

41
 made to the Employer immediately after dispatch or delivery from the manufacturing works.
The Contractor shall supply to the consignee invoice in triplicate, CENVAT copy for availing
CENVAT/VAT benefit and packing account of all stores delivered or dispatched by him.

45.3 In case of any occurrence of loss or damage in transit, it shall be the liability of the Contractor
to initiate or pursue the claim with insurance Employer. It should take immediate steps to
repair the damaged apparatus or replacement there to.

46. LIABILITIES DURING TRANSIT

The Contractor shall be responsible for loss, damages, or depreciation to goods or of

plant, equipment, and machineries up to delivery at Site.

47. DEDUCTION FROM CONTRACT VALUE

47.1 All costs, claims, damages or expenses, which the Employer may have paid for which the
Contractor is liable, will be deducted by the Employer from deposited Performance Bank
Guarantee or from any money due or which become due to him under this Contract or any
contract are being executed elsewhere with the Employer.

47.2 Any sum of money due and payable to the Contractor, as per the Contract Agreement, may
be appropriated by the Employer and set off against any claim of the Employer, for the
payment of a sum of money arising out of or under any other contract made by the
Contractor with the Employer. It is an agreed term of the Contract that the sum of money,
withheld or obtained under this clause by the Employer, will be kept withhold or retained
as such by the Employer or till this claim arising out of in the same Contract is either
mutually settled or determined by the arbitrator, or by competent court, as the case may
be, and that the Contractor shall have no claim for interest or damages whatsoever on
this account or any other account in respect of any sum of money withheld or retained under
this clause and duly notified as such to the Contractor.

48. WARRANTY / GUARANTEE

48.1 PV modules used in grid connected solar power plants must be warranted for peak output
wattage, which should not perform at rated capacity of lesser than 90% at the end of 10 years
and 80% at the end of 25 years.

48.2 The modules shall be warranted for at least 25 years for failures due to material defects and
workmanship.

48.3 The mechanical structures, electrical works and overall workmanship of the grid connected solar
power plant must be warranted for a minimum of 25 years.

48.4 The Contractor must ensure that the goods supplied under the Contract are new, unused and of
most recent or current models and incorporate all recent improvements in design and materials
unless provided otherwise in the Contract.

42
 48.5 The warranty / guarantee period shall be as follows:

48.5.1 Solar PV Modules: Modules shall be warranted for a minimum period of 25 years in the
Contractor‘s detailed Warranty / Guarantee certificate. Same should be furnished with its Bid.

48.5.2 Inverters shall be warranted for the guarantee period provided by the original equipment
manufacturer. Same should be furnished with its Bid.

48.5.3 Transformers, associated switch gear and others: Contractor must furnish in detail its warranties
/ guarantees for these items.

48.6 During the period of Warranty / Guarantee the Contractor shall remain liable to replace any
defective parts, that becomes defective in the plant, of its own manufacture or that of its
Sub-contractors, under the conditions provided for by the Contract under and arising solely from
faulty design, materials or workmanship, provided such defective parts are not repairable at
Site. After replacement, the defective parts shall be returned to the Contractors works at the
expense of the Contractor unless otherwise arranged.

48.7 At the end of guarantee period, the Contractor‘s liability shall cease. In respect of goods not
covered by the first paragraph of this clause, the Employer shall be entitled to the benefit of
such guarantee given to the Contractor by the original contractor or manufacturer of such goods.

48.8 During the CMC and guarantee period, the Contractor shall be responsible for any defects in
the work due to faulty workmanship or due to use of sub- standard materials in the work. Any
defects in the work during the guarantee period shall therefore, be rectified by the Contractor
without any extra cost to the Employer within a reasonable time as may be considered from the
date of receipt of such intimation from the Employer failing which the Employer shall take up
rectification work at the risk and cost of the Contractor.

49. FINAL BILL

49.1 The final bill relating to the EPC Contract shall be prepared only after the Guaranteed
Performance of the plant has been observed. It will include the adjustments of all claims against
the Contractor by the Employer and awarded in its favour by the Arbitrator, up to the date
of preparation of the final bill.

49.2 The CMC shall be comprehensive. The maintenance service provided shall ensure project
functioning of the Solar PV system as a whole and Power Evacuation System to the extent
covered in the Contract. All preventive / routine maintenance and breakdown / corrective
maintenance required for ensuring maximum uptime shall have to be provided. Accordingly,
the Comprehensive CMC shall have two distinct components as described below:

49.2.1 Preventive / Routine Maintenance:

43
 This shall be done by the Contractor regularly and shall include activities such as cleaning and
checking the health of the Solar PV system, cleaning of module surface, tightening of all
electrical connections, and any other activity including the associated civil works, as mentioned
in GCC clause 7, wear and tear that may be required for proper functioning of the Solar PV
system as a whole. Necessary maintenance activities, Preventive and Routine for Transformers
and associated switch gears also shall be included.

49.2.2 Breakdown / Corrective maintenance:

Whenever a fault has occurred, the Contractor has to attend to rectify the fault & the fault
must be rectified within 24 hour‘s time from the time of occurrence of fault, failing which the
Contractor will be liable for additional liquidated damages as per terms & conditions under
Plant Performance Guarantee and under Warranty mentioned in SCC.

49.3 The date of comprehensive period shall begin on the date of demonstration of guaranteed
PR. However, operation of the Power Plant means operation of system as per Bid and
workmanship in order to keep the project trouble free covering the guarantee period. The
Contractor must demonstrate the committed PLF at the end of every year in accordance with
commitment made in the Techno-Commercial Enclosures of the Bid.

50. RISK PURCHASE

If the Contractor fails, on signing of the Contract, to take up the work within a reasonable
period or leave the work Site after partial execution of the work, the Employer shall have the
liberty to get the work done through other agency at the Contractor‘s own risk and additional
cost if any has to be borne by the Contractor. If the situation, so warrants, to compel the
Employer to cancel the Contract, it shall be liable to compensate the loss or damage, which
the Employer may sustain due to reasons of failure on Contractor‘s part to execute the work
in time.

51. UNFORESEEN CONDITIONS

51.1 If, during the execution of the Contract, the Contractor shall encounter on the Site any physical
conditions (other than climatic conditions) or artificial obstructions that could not have been
reasonably foreseen prior to the date of the Contract Agreement by an experienced
contractor on the basis of reasonable examination of the data relating to the Facilities, and
on the basis of information that it could have obtained from a visual inspection of the Site (if
access thereto was available) or other data readily available to it relating to the Facilities,
and if the Contractor determines that it will in consequence of such conditions or obstructions
incur additional cost and expense or require additional time to perform its obligations under
the Contract that would not have been required if such physical conditions or artificial
obstructions had not been encountered, the Contractor shall promptly, and before
performing additional work or using additional Plant and Equipment or Contractor‘s
Equipment, notify the Engineer-in-Charge in writing of

i) The physical conditions or artificial obstructions on the Site that could not have been

44
 reasonably foreseen

ii) The additional work and/or Plant and Equipment and/or Contractor‘s Equipment required,
including the steps which the Contractor will or proposes to take to overcome such
conditions or obstructions

iii) The extent of the anticipated delay

iv) The additional cost and expense that the Contractor is likely to incur.

On receiving any notice from the Contractor under this GCC Sub-Clause 51.1, the
Engineer-in-Charge shall consult and decide upon the actions to be taken to overcome the
physical conditions or artificial obstructions encountered. Following such consultations, the
Engineer-in-Charge shall instruct the Contractor of the actions to be taken.

51.2 Any reasonable additional cost and expense incurred by the Contractor in following the
instructions from the Engineer-in-Charge to overcome such physical conditions or artificial
obstructions referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 51.1 shall be paid by the Employer to the
Contractor as an addition to the Contract Value.

51.3 If the Contractor is delayed or impeded in the Performance of the Contract because of any
such physical conditions or artificial obstructions referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 51.1, the Time
for Completion shall be extended in accordance with GCC Clause 53 (Extension of Time for
Completion).

52. CHANGE IN LAWS AND REGULATIONS

If, after the date of Bid submission, in the country where the Site is located, any law, regulation,
ordinance, order or bye-law having the force of law is enacted, promulgated, abrogated
or changed (which shall be deemed to include any change in interpretation or application by
the competent authorities) that subsequently affects the costs and expenses of the Contractor
and/or the Time for Completion, the Contract Value may be correspondingly increased or
decreased, and/or the Time for Completion shall be reasonably adjusted to the extent that
the Contractor has thereby been affected in the Performance of any of its obligations under
the Contract.

53. EXTENSION OF TIME FOR COMPLETION

53.1 The Time(s) for Completion specified in the SCC shall be extended if the Contractor has
delayed or impeded in the Performance of any of its obligations under the Contract by
reason of any of the following:

53.1.1 Any occurrence of Force Majeure as provided in GCC Clause 38 (Force Majeure),
unforeseen conditions as provided in GCC Clause 51 (Unforeseen Conditions).

53.1.2 Any changes in laws and regulations as provided in GCC Clause 52 (Change in Laws and

45
 Regulations) or by such period as shall be fair and reasonable in all the circumstances and as
shall fairly reflect the delay or impediment sustained by the Contractor.

53.2 Except where otherwise specifically provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall submit to
the Engineer-in-Charge a notice of a claim for an extension of the Time for Completion,
together with particulars of the event or circumstance justifying such extension as soon as
reasonably practicable after the commencement of such event or circumstance. As soon as
reasonably practicable after receipt of such notice and supporting particulars of the claim,
the Employer and the Contractor shall agree upon the period of such extension. In the event
that the Contractor does not accept the Employer‘s estimate of a fair and reasonable time
extension, then the matter will be settled in accordance with the provisions of GCC
Sub-Clause 6.1.

53.3 The Contractor shall at all times use its reasonable efforts to minimize any delay in the
Performance of its obligations under the Contract.

53.4 The Contractor shall be required to attend all weekly Site progress review meetings
organized by the ‗Engineer-in-Charge‘ or his Authorized Representative. The deliberations in
the meetings shall include the weekly program, progress of work (including details of
manpower, tools and plants deployed by the Contractor vis-à-vis agreed schedule), inputs to
be provided by Employer, delays, if any and recovery program, specific hindrances to work
and work instructions by Employer. The minutes of the weekly meetings shall be recorded in
triplicate in a numbered register available with the ‗Engineer-in-Charge‘ or his Authorized
Representative. These recordings shall be jointly signed by the ‗Engineer-in-Charge‘ or his
Authorized Representative and the Contractor and one copy of the signed records shall be
handed over to the Contractor.

54. CARE OF FACILITIES

The Contractor shall be responsible for the care and custody of the Facilities or any part
thereof until the date of Completion of the Facilities pursuant to GCC Clause 18 or, where the
Contract provides for Completion of the Facilities in parts, until the date of Completion of the
relevant part, and shall make good at its own cost any loss or damage that may occur to the
Facilities or the relevant part thereof from any cause whatsoever during such period. The
Contractor shall also be responsible for any loss or damage to the Facilities caused by the
Contractor or its Sub-contractors in the course of any work carried out, pursuant to GCC Clause
35 (Defect Liability).

55. CONTRACTOR PERFORMANCE & FEEDBACK AND EVALUATION SYSTEM

The Employer has in place an established ‗Contractor Performance and Feedback System‘
against which the Contractor‘s Performance during the execution of Contract shall be
evaluated on a continuous basis at regular intervals. In case the Performance of the
Contractor is found unsatisfactory on any of the following four parameters, the Contractor shall
be considered ineligible for participating in future tenders for a period as may be decided by
the Employer:

46
 a) Financial Status

b) Project Execution and Project Management Capability

c) Engineering & QA Capability

d) Claims & Disputes

56. FRAUD PREVENTION POLICY

56.1 The Contractor along with their Associate/ Collaborator/ Sub-contractors/ sub-vendors/
Consultants/ Service Providers shall observe the highest standard of ethics and shall not
indulge or allow anybody else working in their organization to indulge in fraudulent activities
during execution of the Contract. The Contractor shall immediately apprise the Employer
about any fraud or suspected fraud as soon as it comes to their notice.

47
Special Conditions of Contract

48
Contents
1. PROJECT DESCRIPTION 50
2. Project Site 50
3. Engineer-in-Charge and Third Party Inspector 50
4. Scope of Services 50
5. Training of Employer‘s Personnel 50
6. Performance Guarantee 51
7. Project Time lines 52
8. Mode of Execution 52
9. Programme of Work 52
10. Starting of Work 52
11. Completion Schedule 52
12. Terms of Payment 53
13. Price Escalation 55
14. Taxes and Duties 55
15. Procurement of Materials 56
16. Samples 56
17. Notice of Operation 56
18. Rejection of Materials 56
19. Construction Power & Water Supply 56
20. Labour Engagement 56
21. Handing Over-Taking Over 57
22. Liquidated Damages 57
23. Liquidated Damages for PR and PLF deviations 57
24. Miscellaneous 58

49
1. PROJECT DESCRIPTION

The main objective of this Project is design, engineering, procure, manufacture, supply, erection,
testing and commissioning of 14MW (AC) Grid-Connected Solar Photovoltaic Power Plant with
all associated infrastructure including establishing step-up stations, pooling sub-stations of
((11/33)kV)/110kV, 110kV transmission line with associated metering and switchgear and 5
(five) years comprehensive maintenance contract from the date of commissioning on turnkey
basis.

2. PROJECT SITE

Project site shall be at Hutti, Lingsugur Taluk, Raichur District, Karnataka State. Details of the
Project Site are mentioned under Schedule 5 – Technical Specifications of this Contract.

3. ENGINEER IN – CHARGE AND THIRD PARTY INSPECTOR

Engineer in - Charge will be appointed and will be intimated after issue of LoA. Third Party
Inspector will be appointed and will be intimated to the Contractor.

4. SCOPE OF SERVICES

Engineering, procurement, supply and commissioning of 14 MW (AC) Grid-Connected Solar

Photovoltaic Power Plant along with all equipment and infrastructure related to the Project
along with accessories and recommended & mandatory spares including, but not limited to that
of mentioned in the Schedule 5 – Technical Specifications, transportation, unloading, receiving
and storage at Site.

a. Arranging to repair and/or re-order and supply all damaged or short-supply items.

b. Final check-up of equipment and pre – commissioning, commissioning and putting the
system into successful operation for performance demonstration while feeding power to the
grid while keeping the plant up for 100%.

c. Comprehensive maintenance contract of the plants for 5 (Five) years after commissioning
and PR and Plant Performance Guarantee Test.

5. TRAINING OF EMPLOYER’S PERSONNEL

On successful Commissioning of the Plant, the Contractor shall provide training on Solar Power
Plant operations and maintenance to a team of upto 10 personnel (Engineers and
Technician/Operators) as nominated by Employer.

50
 6. PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE

6.1 The Solar Power Plant performance will be evaluated through performance ratio test as per
IEC 61724 and PLF calculation as per the formulas and procedures mentioned under
Schedule 5 – Technical Specifications of this Contract.

6.2 The minimum acceptable PR of the plant is 0.75 and PLF shall be 23% Net against
installed DC capacity at STC.

6.3 As the PR of the Plant is dependent on the quality of plant equipment and optimum
design of the plant, the Contractor shall demonstrate the PR of 0.75 as per the
procedure mentioned at Clause 6.1 of SCC for Operational Acceptance of the Solar
Power Plant.

6.4 The initial acceptance of the Solar Power Plant will be evaluated during
commissioning by measuring PR for continuous 7 days. However, Contractor must
demonstrate the PR for a period of 30 days as per the PR test procedure specified in
Schedule 5 – Technical Specifications of this Contract.

6.5 The Acceptance of Plant will be evaluated based on minimum PLF demonstrated at the
end of one year from the date Commissioning.

6.6 During CMC period, the Solar Power Plant performance will be evaluated based on
annual Plant Load Factor. The PLF will be determined based on annual radiation
measured at the plant and the guaranteed PR by the Contractor. Second year
onwards plant deration factor also will be considered to evaluate the PLF.

6.7 During the Performance Demonstration Period after the commissioning of the plant
and during the CMC period, the Contractor need to maintain 100% uptime of the
plant to achieve the proposed PLF at the end of each year. Any repair, replacement,
overhauling, etc., are to be performed during night times so that no generation loss
will be there in day time.

6.8 Bidders are expected to make their own study of solar profile and other related
parameters of the area & make sound commercial judgment about the Performance
Ratio. It shall be the responsibility of the Bidder to access the corresponding solar
insolation values and related factors of solar plant along with expected grid
availability. The Bidder should access all related factors about the selected Site for
the Project before giving commitments of PR and PLF of the proposed Project.

6.9 The Contractor shall be responsible for achieving PR and PLF. For any shortfall in
achieving PR and PLF, compensation shall be recovered from the Contractor as per SCC
Clause 23.

51
 7. PROJECT TIME LINES:

The time line for execution of the Contract is 180 days from the date of signing of the
Contract and as per the indicative milestones mentioned below.

Timelines for Scope of work

Sl. No Stage Reference from D

1. Signing of EPC Contract Zero Date (D)
2. Site Development Work D+30
3. Approval of Major drawings D+60
4. Completion of Civil work D+75
5. Completion of supply of major equipment like D+90
SPV Modules (including structure for the
above), Inverters, transformers etc.
6. Installation of all major equipment D+135
7. Interconnection of all major equipment and D+155
completion of installation
8. Completion, testing and commissioning of Solar D+180
PV power plant
9. Operational Acceptance (PR test D+210
demonstration)

8. MODE OF EXECUTION

The entire work shall be executed on turnkey basis. Any minor item(s) not included in the
schedule but required for completion of the work shall have to be carried out/supplied
without any extra cost. Such works, not listed in the schedule of works but elaborately
described to perform or to facilitate particular operation(s) required for completion of the
project shall deemed to have been included in the scope of this work and the Contractor
shall supply, install the same without any extra cost.

9. PROGRAMME OF WORK

The Contractor shall submit the programme of work within 15 days from the date of receipt
of LoA. The programme shall include a Bar Chart indicating there in the starting position and
completion date of each of the major items of work.

10. STARTING OF WORK

The Contractor shall be required to start the work within 15 (fifteen) days from the date of
signing of Contract and shall thereof, report to the Employer accordingly.

11. COMPLETION SCHEDULE

11.1 The Time for Completion of the construction activities is 180 days from the date of singing of

52
 Contract. Thereafter, 5 years of CMC Contract from the date of Acceptance of the Solar Power
Plant.

11.2 The Contractor shall inform the Employer at least 30 days in advance in written notice, and
a final notice 7 days in advance to enable the Employer inform the commissioning committee of
the date on which it intends to synchronize the Solar Power Plant to the grid system.

11.3 The Contractor shall prepare the completion schedule accordingly and inconformity with
provisions of Technical Specifications and carry out the work as per the Technical Specifications
subject to ―Force Majeure‖ conditions. The Contractor shall mobilize resources keeping in view,
the above Time for Completion.

12. TERMS OF PAYMENT

12.1 Employer shall pay the Contractor in the following manner and at the following time:

Sl. No Payment Milestones Amount (excluding

applicable taxes
and duties)*
1. Upon the completion of all drawings and deliverables 5% of ECV
required for the construction of plant
2. Upon delivery, inspection and acceptance of modules at 30% of ECV
Site against certified invoice
3. Upon complete delivery, inspection and acceptance of 30% of ECV
balance of systems including inverters, transformers,
panel mounting structures, etc. at Site against certified
invoice
4. Upon completion of erection of 300-400V/((11/33)kV) 20% of ECV
sub-station, (11/33)kV /110kV sub-station, evacuation
infrastructure (11/33)kV, 110 kV, associated civil works
namely control rooms, security room, store room, Inverter
room and other civil structures after certification from
Engineer-in-Charge
5. Upon Commissioning of the Facility 5% of ECV
6. Operation Acceptance of the Facility pursuant to 5% of ECV
successful Guarantee Tests and demonstration of PR and
submission of all As – built documentation
7. Demonstration of PLF and successful operation and Year 1: OM-1
maintenance for first year from the date of
commissioning
8. On successful comprehensive maintenance contract of Year 2: OM-2
the Solar Power Plant on yearly basis for second year
from the date of commissioning
9. On successful comprehensive maintenance contract of Year 3: OM-3
the Solar Power Plant on yearly basis for third year from
the date of commissioning

53
 Sl. No Payment Milestones Amount (excluding
applicable taxes
and duties)*
10. On successful comprehensive maintenance contract of Year 4: OM-4
the Solar Power Plant on yearly basis for fourth year
from the date of commissioning
11. On successful comprehensive maintenance contract of Year 5: OM-5
the Solar Power Plant on yearly basis for fifth year from
the date of commissioning
12. On successful comprehensive maintenance contract of 5% of ECV
the Solar Power Plant and handing over the Solar Power
Plant in good operable condition on certification by the
Engineer-in-Charge, to the Employer
* Taxes and duties shall be payable as per actuals on the submission of documentation.
**‗OM‘ indicates the CMC Contract Value quoted by the Contractor for each individual
year in its Financial Bid.
a) OM payment shall be made to the Contractor on four equal quarterly
instalments.
b) The first part of bank guarantee for 50% of the Performance Security shall be
released within 3 months after the successful commissioning and grid
synchronization of the Plant and handover of all the as-built drawings to the
Employer.
c) The second part of bank guarantee for 10% of the Performance Security shall
be valid up to period of 15 (fifteen months) months from date of Commissioning,
which shall be returned after demonstration of CUF and satisfactory operation
and maintenance of solar power plant for the first anniversary from date of
Commissioning.
d) The third part of bank guarantee for 10% of the Performance Security shall be
valid up to period of 27 (twenty seven months) from date of Commissioning,
which shall be returned after satisfactory operation and maintenance of solar
power plant for second anniversary from date of Commissioning.
e) The fourth part of bank guarantee for 10% of the Performance Security shall be
valid up to period of 39 (thirty nine months) from date of Commissioning, which
shall be returned after satisfactory operation and maintenance of solar power
plant for third anniversary from date of Commissioning.
f) The fifth part of bank guarantee for 10% of the Performance Security shall be
valid up to period of 51 (fifty one months) from date of Commissioning, which
shall be returned after satisfactory operation and maintenance of solar power
plant for fourth anniversary from date of Commissioning.
g) The sixth part of bank guarantee for 10% of the Performance Security shall be
valid up to period of 63 (sixty three months) from date of Commissioning, which
shall be returned after satisfactory operation and maintenance of solar power
plant for fifth anniversary from date of Commissioning.

12.2 Mobilisation Payment shall be payable against submission of unconditional and irrevocable
Mobilization Advance Payment Bank Guarantee of equivalent amount of mobilisation
54
 payment as per format in Schedule 2 issued by the bank as enlisted at Schedule 4. This Bank
Guarantee shall be valid till 180 days from the date of issue of signing of Contract. The
recovery of the mobilization advance shall be made in accordance with GCC Clause 12.2.

12.3 ECV indicates the Contract Value quoted by the Successful Bidder in its Financial Proposal
excluding CMC cost.

12.4 Subject to any deduction which the Employer may be authorized to make under this Contract,
and or to any additions or deductions provided for in this Contract, the Contractor shall be
entitled to payment as follows:

12.4.1 All payments shall be made in Indian Rupees, unless otherwise specified in the Contract
Agreement. All payment shall be made on the basis of certified invoices.

12.4.2 The Contractor shall submit the bill / invoice for the work executed showing separately VAT,
Service Taxes and any other statutory levies in the bill / invoice.

12.4.3 All taxes and deductions shall be applicable as per prevailing income tax, Works Contract
Tax and other statutory rules and provisions in force.

12.4.4 The Contractor, while submitting the Invoices, shall provide the breakup of supply, services &
other works and applicable taxes separately.

13. PRICE ESCALATION

No Price escalation is allowed. The rate(s) quoted against the work shall remain firm during
the entire Contract period. Any change in Forex rate shall not be considered for price
variation.

14. TAXES AND DUTIES

14.1 Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall bear and
pay all taxes, duties, royalties, levies and charges in connection with the Project. The same
shall be paid by the Employer as per actuals on submission of documentary proof in
original.

14.2 In order to claim the concessions and exemptions under the under the State and Central
Government including Customs duty, excise duty etc, the Contractor shall make the
necessary submissions / applications on behalf of the Employer in accordance with the
applicable rules. Failure to get the exemption shall not be grounds for claiming duties or
taxes which the Employer would have otherwise been exempted from paying to the
concerned authorities.

14.3 HGML shall reimburse to the Contractor for any impact of the Goods and Service Tax
(GST) subject to submission of all the documents in original to the satisfaction of HGML.

55
 15. PROCUREMENT OF MATERIALS

The Contractor shall procure all necessary material required for the Project work and
arrange to store them properly. Test certificate in accordance with the specifications are to
be furnished by the Contractor to the Employer for approval in respect of the materials
procured by the Contractor.

16. SAMPLES

Employer reserves the right to choose samples from the supplied lot for conforming to the
quality from laboratories of its choice for acceptance of the equipment‘s and materials.

17. NOTICE OF OPERATION

The Contractor shall not carry out important operation without the consent in writing of the
Employer or his representative. For carrying out such important activity, the Contractor shall
intimate to the Employer at least 72 hours before starting of the job.

18. REJECTION OF MATERIALS

The Engineer–in–Charge‘s decision in regard to the quality of the material and

workmanship will be final. The Contractors at its own cost and risk without any compensation
shall immediately remove any material rejected by the Engineer–in–Charge from the Site
of work.

19. CONSTRUCTION POWER & WATER SUPPLY

19.1 The Contractor has to arrange Construction Power and water at the site for construction
purpose at its own cost.

19.2 Cost of electricity required during construction shall be payable by the Contractor. For
construction, temporary connection for construction power from ESCOM shall be arranged by
the Contractor as per applicable tariff.

19.3 The Employer may provide space for storage of material, and accommodation for labours
at Site. The Contractor shall make his own arrangement for the above.

20. LABOUR ENGAGEMENT

The Contractor shall be responsible to provide all wages and allied benefits to its labours
engaged for execution of the project work and also to carry out CMC service. The
Contractor shall remain liable to the authorities concerned for compliance of the respective
existing rules and regulations of the government for this purpose and shall remain liable for

56
 any contravention thereof. The Contractor is required to obtain necessary EPF sub-code
from Regional Provident Fund Commissioner, Raichur.

21. HANDING OVER –TAKING OVER

The work shall be taken over by the Employer upon successful completion of all tasks to be
performed at Site on equipment supplied, installed, erected and commissioned by the
Contractor in accordance with provision of the Contract. During handing over complete
Project work, the Contractor shall submit the following for considering final payment:

21.1 All as- Built Drawings and documents as per the contract coordination procedure set out for
the successful completion of the Project.

21.2 Detailed Engineering Document with detailed specification, schematic drawing, circuit
drawing, cable routing plans and test results, manuals for all deliverable items, Operation,
Maintenance & Safety Instruction Manual and other information about the Project.

21.3 Bill of material.

21.4 Inventory of recommended and mandatory spares at Project Site.

21.5 Immediately after taking over of complete facilities (s), the same will be handed over to the
Contractor for CMC for a period of as mentioned in the SCC Clause 4.

21.6 Complete set Asbuilt drawings required no of copies for CMC and customer.

22. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES

Liquidity damages for the delay in construction of the plant shall be as per the GCC Clause
34.

23. LIQUIDATED DAMAGES FOR PR AND PLF DEVIATIONS

23.1 During the Operational Acceptance any shortfall in the Performance Ration (PR) as
determined through the PR Test Procedure specified in Schedule 5 – Technical Specifications
of this Contract will attract imposition of liquidated damages. For every 0.01 shortfall in PR
below 0.75 by the Contractor, a penalty of 1% of the Contract Value shall be levied. In case
0.05 shortfall in the Plant PR below 0.75, remaining 4% of the Contract Value shall be levied.

23.2 In case of any defect in the system or after Commissioning, the Contractor shall repair it within
48 hours. Otherwise LD shall be charged and the same shall be deducted from the
Performance Security submitted to the Employer.

23.3 Liquidated Damages for lesser PLF shall be charged at a rate of:

57
 Difference in units derived from committed and achieved PLF (for a period of one year after
Commissioning) x Rs. [Tariff charged to Employer by ESCOM].

Liquidated Damages shall be recovered from the CMC payment payable to the Contractor.

24. MISCELLANEOUS

24.1 Based on reviewing the Project, if the progress is below expectation as demanded by the
Employer then the Employer reserves right to reduce the scope of the Contractor in part or full
and assign the same to other contractor(s) and get the work done at the risk and cost of the
existing Contractor.

24.2 The Contractor shall continue to provide all the monitoring services, licenses, software, access
to all information (real-time or stored) that were been used during the CMC to the Employer
and to the transmission authority.

24.3 The Contractor shall construct a temporary facility/ arrangement at site or otherwise for the
stay of Employer‘s employee/ consultant at the time of construction of the Solar Power Plant.

24.4 Provision for installing any additional monitoring equipment to facilitate on- line transfer of
data to the competent authority shall be provided by the Contractor.

24.5 In case of discrepancy between GCC Clause and SCC Clause on a particular subject, SCC
conditions will prevail.

58
 Schedule 1: Format for Performance Bank Guarantee

(Note: Total Performance Guarantee is to be submitted in 6 Nos. of Bank Guarantee in the ratio
of 50%, 10%, 10%,10%,10%,10%)

[To be on non-judicial stamp paper of Rupees One Hundred Only (INR 100/-) or appropriate
value as per Stamp Act relevant to place of execution, duly signed on each page. Foreign entities
submitting Bid are required to follow the applicable law in their country]

Reference No. ……………. Bank Guarantee No. ……………. Dated: ……………. (On
stamp paper of Rs.100/-)

1. In consideration of the ----- [Insert name of the Bidder] (hereinafter referred to as

‗Contractor') submitting the response to NIT inter alia for Engineering, Procurement,
Construction, Commissioning, comprehensive maintenance contract of 14MW AC Solar
Photovoltaic Grid Connected Power Plant on turnkey basis at Village Hutti, Taluk Lingsugur,
District Raichur in the State of Karnataka, in response to the RFP dated………… issued by
Hutti Gold Mines Company Limited (hereinafter referred to as Employer) and Employer
considering such response to the RFP of ………[insert the name of the Contractor] (which
expression shall unless repugnant to the context or meaning thereof include its executers,
administrators, successors and assignees) and selecting the Contractor and issuing Letter of
Intent No ------- to (Insert Name of Contractor) as per terms of RFP and the same having been
accepted by the Contractor. As per the terms of the RFP, the _____[insert name & address of
bank] hereby agrees unequivocally, irrevocably and unconditionally to pay to Employer at
[Insert Name of the Place from the address of Employer] forthwith on demand in writing from
Employer or any Officer authorised by it in this behalf, any amount upto and not exceeding
Rupees------------[Insert amount] only, on behalf of M/s [Insert name of the
Contractor] This guarantee shall be valid and binding on this Bank up to and including
[insert date of validity]
and shall not be terminable by notice or any change in the constitution of the Bank or the term
of contract or by any other reasons whatsoever and our liability hereunder shall not be
impaired or discharged by any extension of time or variations or alternations made, given, or
agreed with or without our knowledge or consent, by or between parties to the respective
agreement.

2. Our liability under this Guarantee is restricted to Rs.

(Rs.______________ only).
59
3. Our Guarantee shall remain in force until …………..[insert date of validity]. Lndependent
consultant shall be entitled to invoke this Guarantee till ………. until [Insert date which is 30
days after the date in the preceding sentence].

4. The Guarantor Bank hereby agrees and acknowledges that Employer shall have a right to
invoke this BANK GUARANTEE in part or in full, as it may deem fit.

5. The Guarantor Bank hereby expressly agrees that it shall not require any proof in addition
to the written demand by Employer, made in any format, raised at the above mentioned
address of the Guarantor Bank, in order to make the said payment to Employer.

6. The Guarantor Bank shall make payment hereunder on first demand without restriction or
conditions and notwithstanding any objection by ------------- [Insert name of the Contractor]
and/or any other person. The Guarantor Bank shall not require Employer to justify the
invocation of this BANK GUARANTEE, nor shall the Guarantor Bank have any recourse against
Employer in respect of any payment made hereunder

7. This BANK GUARANTEE shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of India and the
courts at Bengaluru shall have exclusive jurisdiction.

8. The Guarantor Bank represents that this BANK GUARANTEE has been established in such form
and with such content that it is fully enforceable in accordance with its terms as against
the Guarantor Bank in the manner provided herein.

9. This BANK GUARANTEE shall not be affected in any manner by reason of merger,
amalgamation, restructuring or any other change in the constitution of the Guarantor Bank.

10. This BANK GUARANTEE shall be a primary obligation of the Guarantor Bank and accordingly
Employer shall not be obliged before enforcing this BANK GUARANTEE to take any action
in any court or arbitral proceedings against the selected Contractor , to make any claim
against or any demand on the selected Contractor or to give any notice to the selected
Contractor or to enforce any security held by Employer or to exercise, levy or enforce any
distress, diligence or other process against the selected Contractor.

11. The Guarantor Bank acknowledges that this BANK GUARANTEE is not personal to Employer
and may be assigned, in whole or in part, (whether absolutely or by way of security) by
Employer to any entity to whom Employer is entitled to assign its rights and obligations.

12. Notwithstanding anything contained hereinabove, our liability under this Guarantee is
restricted to Rs.______(Rs.__________only) and it shall remain in force until…….. We are
liable to pay the guaranteed amount or any part thereof under this Bank Guarantee only

60
if Employer serves upon us a written claim or demand.

Signature
Name

Power of Attorney No.

For

[Insert Name of the Bank]

Banker's Stamp and Full
Address.

Dated this ______day of _, 20

Witness:
1.
…………………………
………….
Signature
Name and Address

2.
………………………………
….. Signature
Name and Address

61
 Schedule 2: Format of Bank Guarantee for Mobilization Advance

[To be on non-judicial stamp paper of Rupees One Hundred Only (INR 100/-) or appropriate
value as per Stamp Act relevant to place of execution, duly signed on each page]

Reference No. ……………. Bank Guarantee No. ……………. Dated:

……………. To:

WHEREAS Hutti Gold Mines Company Limited has issued LOI No.…………. for
―………………………………….‖ (hereinafter called ―the Contractor‖), having its registered
office at
………………………………..

AND WHEREAS vide Clause 12.2 of Section III: General Conditions of Contract, Mobilization
Advance up to 10% (10 percent) of the original contract value of Rs………………….. is payable
to the Contractor against Bank Guarantees, the Contractor hereby applies for Mobilization
Advance of --% (--- percent) amounting to Rs……………………../-
(Rupees…………………………………..) of the Contract Price, Now, we the undersigned, Bank
of …………., being fully authorized to sign and to incur obligations for and on behalf of and in the
name of Bank of ……………..hereby declare that the said Bank will guarantee the Employer the
full amount of Rs. …………………../- (Rupees……………………………………..) as stated
above. We, ……………….[Insert Name of Bank], do hereby unconditionally, irrevocably and
without demur guarantee and undertake to pay the Employer immediately on demand any or all
money payable by the Contractor to the extent of Rs. ………………./-
(Rupees………………………..) without any demur, reservation, context, recourse or protest
and/or without any reference to the Contractor. Any such demand made by the Employer on the
Bank shall be conclusive and binding notwithstanding any difference between the Employer and the
Contractor on any dispute pending before any court, Tribunal, Arbitrator or any other authority.
We agree that the guarantee herein contained shall be irrevocable and shall continue to be
enforceable till the Employer discharges this guarantee. This guarantee is valid till …………..[180
days] At any time during the period in which this guarantee still valid of the Contractor fails to fulfil
its obligation under the Contract, it is understood that the Bank will extend this guarantee under
the same condition for the required time on demand by the Employer at the cost of the Contractor.
The Guarantee hereinbefore contained shall not be affected by any change in the constitution of the
Bank or of the Contractor. The neglect or forbearance of the Employer in enforcement of payment
of any money, the payment whereof is intended to be hereby secured or the giving of time by the
Employer for the payment hereof shall in no way relieve the Bank of their liability under this Deed.
The expressions ―the Employer‖, ―the Bank‖ and ―the Contractor‖ hereinbefore used shall include

62
their respective successors and assigns. Notwithstanding anything contained herein: Our liability
under this Bank Guarantee shall not exceed Rs………………./- (Rupees…………….) this bank
Guarantee shall be valid up to…………..[insert date of validity] We are liable to pay the
guaranteed amount or any part thereof under this Bank Guarantee only and only if you serve upon
us a written claim or demand on or before ……………(date of expiry of Guarantee). In witness
whereof we of the Bank have signed and sealed this Guarantee on the…………………day of
………….. being herewith duly authorized.

For

[Insert Name of the Bank] Banker's Stamp and Full Address. Dated this day of _, 20

Witness:
1. ……………………………………. Signature
Name and Address

2. ………………………………….. Signature
Name and Address

INSTRUCTIONS FOR FURNISHING PERFORMANCE BANK GUARANTEE

 The Bank Guarantee by Bidders will be given on non-judicial stamp paper as per stamp
duty applicable at the place where the tender has emanated. The non-judicial stamp
paper should be in name of the issuing bank.
 The Bank Guarantee by Bidder will be given from bank as per Schedule 1: List of Banks
only.
 This bank guarantee/ all further communication relating to the bank guarantee should be
forwarded to ________, Hutti Gold Mines Company Limited, 3rd Floor, KHB Complex,
National Games Village, Koramangala, Bengaluru - 560047.
 The full address along with the Telex/Fax No. and email address of the issuing bank to be
mentioned.

63
 Schedule 3: Indemnity Bond to be executed by The Contractor for The Removal / Disposal of
Scrap/Disposal of Surplus Material

(TO BE EXECUTED ON STAMP PAPER OF APPROPRIATE VALUE)

INDEMNITY BOND

This INDEMNITY BOND executed this ……… day of …………. 20…... by ….........(Name of
Company)………….., a Company registered under the Companies Act, 1956/2013. and
having its registered office(s) at…….…..(Office Address)………, hereinafter called the
Indemnifier/Contractor (which expression shall, unless excluded by or repugnant to the context, be
deemed to mean and include its successors, administrators, executors and permitted assigns).

IN FAVOUR OF

HGML, a Government of Karnataka Enterprise, having its registered office at Hutti Gold Mines
Company Limited, 3rd Floor, KHB Complex, National Games Village, Koramangala, Bengaluru -
560047 (hereinafter referred to as ―HGML‖).

1. Employer has awarded the Contractor, contract for execution of work (―Scope of Work‖) as
mentioned in the Contract no…………………….. dated ................., entered into between
Employer and Contractor, relating to ……………….(Name & Address of
Project/Station)…………… (hereinafter called ‗the Project‘).

2. The Indemnifier for the purpose of execution of its Scope of Work had from time to time
procured and stored ………..(Details of Material)……. at the Project Site.

3. After completion of the Scope of Work by Indemnifier, it has been identified that scrap
……… (Details of Scrap Material & its Quantity)………..and/or surplus ……… (Details of
Surplus Material & its Quantity)……….. belonging to Indemnifier is lying at the said Project
Site.

4. Now, the scrap…….(Details of Scrap Material & its Quantity)…..and/or surplus ………
(Details of Surplus Material & its Quantity)……….. belonging to the Indemnifier, requires
to be removed by Indemnifier from the Project Site.

NOW THEREFORE THIS INDEMNITY BOND WITNESSETH AS UNDER:

64
1. That Indemnifier by way of this indemnity requests Employer to issue approval in favour of
Indemnifier for removal of scrap ………(Details of Scrap Material & its
Quantity)………..and/or surplus ………(Details of Surplus Material & its Quantity)………..
belonging to Indemnifier, from the project.

2. That the Indemnifier shall ensure clearing of its scrap ……… (Details of Scrap Material & its
Quantity)………..and/or surplus ……… (Details of Surplus Material & its Quantity)………..
by itself, as aforesaid.

3. That Indemnifier in consideration of the premises above, for itself and its respective, executors,
administrators and assigns, jointly and severally agree and undertake from time to time and
at all times hereafter to indemnify Employer and keep Employer indemnified from and against
all claims, demands, actions, liabilities and expenses which may be made or taken against
or incurred by Employer by reason of the issue of necessary approval by Employer and
permitting Indemnifier to remove scrap ………(Details of Scrap Material & its
Quantity)………..and/or surplus ………(Details of Surplus Material & its Quantity)………..
belonging to Indemnifier, from the project.

4. That Indemnifier undertakes to indemnify and keep Employer harmless from any act of
omission or negligence on the part of the Contractor in following the statutory requirements
with regard to removal/disposal of scrap and surplus belonging to Indemnifier, from the
Project Site aforesaid, by the Indemnifier. Further, in case the laws require Employer to take
prior permission of the relevant Authorities before handing over the scrap and/or surplus to
the Indemnifier, the same shall be obtained by the Indemnifier on behalf of Employer.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Indemnifier, through its authorized representative, has executed these
presents on the Day, Month and Year first mentioned above at
……….. (Name of the Place)
……….. Indemnifier
(Authorised Signatory)

Witensses:

1. …………………………

2. …………………………

65
 Schedule 4: List of Banks
1. SCHEDULED COMMERCIAL 2. OTHER PUBLIC SECTOR BANKS

BANKS
SBI AND ASSOCIATES 1. IDBI Bank Ltd.
1. State Bank of India 3. FOREIGN BANKS
2. State Bank of Bikaner & Jaipur 1. Bank of America NA
3. State Bank of Hyderabad 2. Bank of Tokyo Mitsubishi UFJ Ltd.
4. State Bank of Indore 3. BNP Paribas
5. State Bank of Mysore 4. Calyon Bank
6. State Bank of Patiala 5. Citi Bank N.A.
7. State Bank of Travancore 6. Deutsche Bank A.G
NATIONALISED BANKS 7. The HongKong and Shanghai Banking Corpn. Ltd.
1. Allahabad Bank 8. Standard Chartered Bank
2. Andhra Bank 9. Societe Generale
3. Bank of India 10. Barclays Bank
4. Bank of Maharashtra 11. ABN Amro Bank N.V.
5. Canara Bank 12. Bank of Nova Scotia
6. Central Bank of India 13. Development Bank of Singapore (DBS, Bank Ltd.)
7. Corporation Bank 4. SCHEDULED PRIVATE BANKS
8. Dena Bank 1. Federal Bank Ltd.
9. Indian Bank 2. ING Vysya Bank Ltd.
10. Indian Overseas Bank 3. Axis Bank Ltd.
11. Oriental Bank of Commerce 4. ICICI Bank Ltd.
12. Punjab National Bank 5. HDFC Bank Ltd.
13. Punjab & Sind Bank 6. Yes Bank Ltd.
14. Syndicate Bank
15. Union Bank of India
16. United Bank of India
17. UCO Bank
18. Vijaya Bank
19. Bank of Baroda

66
Schedule 5: Technical Specifications

67
 DISCLAIMER:

1. Though adequate care has been taken while preparing the R F P document, the Bidders shall satisfy
themselves that the document is complete in all respects. Intimation of any discrepancy shall be given
to this office immediately. If no intimation is received from any Bidder within twenty (20) days from
the date of notification of RFP and Issue of the Bid documents, it shall be considered that the Bid
document is complete in all respects and has been received by the Bidder.

2. Employer, reserves the right to modify, amend or supplement this Bid document including
all formats and Annexures.

3. While this RFP has been prepared in good faith, neither Employer nor their employees or
advisors make any representation or warranty, express or implied, or accept any
responsibility or liability, whatsoever, in respect of any statements or omissions herein, or
the accuracy, completeness or reliability of information, and shall incur no liability under any
law, statute, rules or regulations as to the accuracy, reliability or completeness of this RFP,
even if any loss or damage is caused by any act or omission on their part.

4. The specification mentioned for the equipment‘s viz., Solar modules, inverter, combiner
boxes, DC cables, module mounting structures, transformers, CT, PT, LT/ HT cables, interfacing
panels, switch gears and other associated equipment to complete the solar power project
and evacuation of power from the solar power plant to the designated KPTCL substation, the
present tender document is for the reference only. It may be subjected to changes/
alterations as per the design/ planning from the successful Bidder. It is advised that the
Bidder must satisfy himself with the prevailing site conditions before submission of his Bid with
respect to design proposed. The design must be optimized for the site conditions and
directed to achieve the maximum output from the installed capacity at all times. Moreover,
the components not mentioned, but are required to complete the plant for operation is also
included in the scope of bidder and shall be vetted by Employer.

Place:

(Signature)
Date: Name and Designation of bidder

68
A. Introduction

1. SITE DESCRIPTION

1.1 The land for the proposed project is located at Vill: Hutti, Taluk: Lingsugur, Dist: Raichur,
State: Karnataka and nearly 412km from Bengaluru on NH – 7 and NH -167. Raichur
district is situated in the north eastern part of the Karnataka, The district is bounded on
the North by the district of Kalaburgi, on the West by the districts of Bijapur and
Dharwar, on the East by the district of Mababoobnagar of Telangana, and on the
South are the districts of Kurnool of Andhra Pradesh. The two rivers, the Krishna and
the Tungabhadra from the entire North and Southern boundaries of the district .

1.2 Proposed Land Details:

Particulars Description
Details of proposed capacity of the 14MW (AC) SPV plant Multi crystalline)
solar power plant
Village Hutti
Taluk Lingsugur
District Raichur
State Karnataka
Location Hutti
Nearest Substation Details 110kV
Transmission Line Approx 3 km
Latitude 16.2184*
Longitude 76.6524*
Altitude 1709 ft , MSL
Estimated life of PV Power plant 25 years
Land Available 75 Acres (approx.)
Plot No./ Khasara No. As per annexure
Type of Land Own land
Details of land in possession Land owned by HGML, will be handed
over to Contractor
Nearest Urban Area Raichur
Nearest Highway NH-13 (Mangaluru-Solapur)
Nearest Railway Station Raichur
Nearest Domestic Airport Hyderabad Airport
Minimum values of Capacity Utilization PLF : 19% (against installed AC
Factor of the plant capacity at STC)
Water and Power for Construction To be arranged by the Contractor

B. System Design and Philosophy

69
 2. DESIGN PHILOSOPHY

2.1 The main objective of the design philosophy is to construct the complete Single axis tracking
Solar PV Power Plant with in-built Quality and appropriate redundancy to achieve high
availability and reliability with minimum maintenance efforts. In order to achieve this, the
following principles shall be adopted while designing system.

2.1.1 Technology: Solar PV multi-crystalline (>16% Multi) of high efficiency and 25 Years linear
power output warranty.

2.1.2 Adequate capacity of SPV modules, Junction boxes with proper protection, Inverters,
Cables of appropriate rating (DC and AC) etc. to ensure generation of power as per
design estimates. This is to be done by applying liberal de-rating factors for the PV array
and recognizing the component, system efficiency parameters of Inverters, transformers,
conductor loss etc.

2.1.3 Use of equipment and systems with proven design and performance that have a high
availability track record under similar service conditions.

2.1.4 Selection of the equipment and adoption of a plant layout to ensure ease of maintenance
as well as to enhance the solar plant performance.

2.1.5 Strict compliance with the approved and proven quality assurance norms and procedures
during the different phases of the project, and always use the manuals and specifications
issued by the manufacturer

2.1.6 Proper arrangements with respect to synchronizations to ensure evacuation of power to

the grid.

2.1.7 The plant instrumentation and control system should be designed to ensure high
availability and reliability of the plant to assist the operators in the safe and efficient
operation of the plant with minimum effort.

2.1.8 It should also provide for the analysis, study and evaluation of the historical data and help
in the plant maintenance people to take up the plant and equipment on preventive
maintenance.

2.1.9 Appropriate generation voltage of 300-400V AC at Inverter level has to be stepped up to

(11/33)kV to facilitate internal pooling and further stepping up of voltage to 110 kV at pooling
station to facilitate onward transmission and evacuation to the grid at the point of metering and
interconnection. The Contractor is free to select appropriate DC voltage at Inverter input
level based on SPV cluster leading to Inverter considering least I2R loss in DC side.

2.1.10 The power plant has to operate in parallel with the grid system which is infinite electrical

70
 system. Any faults not taken care will result in damage of only SPV power plant without
affecting STUs infinite system. Thus the Solar Power Plant has to protect its equipment
against any of possible fault or other disturbances from the grid.

2.1.11 Very fast responsive microprocessor based Directional and Reverse power flow protection
should be provided to ensure isolation of the solar power plant from the grid at the time
of any fault or/and any additional suitable protection.

2.2 The basic and detailed engineering of the plant shall aim at achieving high standards of
operational performance especially considering following:

2.2.1 Plant layout to ensure optimum availability for generation during the day time without any
shading.

2.2.2 High DC system voltage and low current handling requirements.

2.2.3 Selection of inverters with proven performance and ready availability of requisite spares.

2.2.4 Based on the SOLAR INSOLATION data from reliable sources, the solar PV system should
be so designed that it shall take into account the mean energy output after allowing for
various losses, temperature corrections, on an average day for each month of the year.

2.2.5 Careful logging of operational data / historical information from the Data Monitoring
Systems, and periodically processing it to determine abnormal or slowly deteriorating
conditions.

2.2.6 Solar PV Power Plant should be designed to operate satisfactorily in parallel with the grid
within permissible limits of high voltage and frequency fluctuation conditions, so as to
export the maximum possible units generated to the grid. It is also extremely important to
safeguard the system during major disturbances, like tripping / pulling out of big
generating stations and sudden overloading during falling of portion of the grid loads on
the power plant unit in island mode, under fault / feeder tripping conditions.

2.2.7 Flat Plate solar plate shall be fixed at 0˚ tilt or the single axis tracking mounted structure.
that mounted structure shall be designed to ensure the tracker shall be at minimum range of
-45˚ to +45˚. The tracker shall be operated either electrical/hydraulic system

The specifications provided with this bid document are a functional ones; any
specifications provided in this document is only meant for ensuring optimum standards and
there is no bar to use the equipment‘s of standards exceeding the standards mentioned.
The Bidder must submit a proposal based upon their own design. Bidder must optimize
their own design for Solar Photovoltaic (SPV) system with proven technology so that it shall
best meet to guarantee the performance factors as it is a part of the acceptance criteria
given in this bid document. The bidders are advised to visit the site before designing the
plant. The tenderer is free to study the actual condition of the existing location, and

71
 required to design proposed step-up substation at Inverter level and pooling sub-station
of 110kV level, which shall include the switchgear, communication equipments and systems
as required by STU. The Bidder is required to understand and Evaluate the scope of work
after visiting Hutti Gold Mines Co. Ltd. And subsequently, Tenderer can prepare a suitable,
appropriate technical design, necessary site specific drawings, complete bill of materials
(BOM) and full technical specifications, compatible to the proposed work.

2.3 The minimum array capacity at STC (Standard Test Conditions) shall be determined to
have 14MW (AC) output at the time of installation and after stabilized operation of first
year this capacity will be measured and the capacity of plant shall be minimum 14MW
(AC). If the bidder anticipates any degradation of the modules during the first year, it shall
be taken care of to provide additional capacity to achieve minimum 14MW (AC) of array
at the end of first year to meet guaranteed generation to avoid liquidated
damages/compensation on account of Performance Guaranteed Generation. (Note- This
is a critical point of the entire Solar PV plant, The Bidder must take the note of all the
critical parameters, considerations of technical aspects, product, site, climatic conditions,
etc).

2.4 This Bid document specifically cover the rest of the electrical engineering requirements
including 110kV transmission infrastructure for the proposed Grid Connected 14MW (AC)
Solar Power Plant along with their associated equipment. The capacity of the plant shall be
determined to attain minimum of 14MW (AC) at the point of evacuation at KPTCL
substation.

2.5 Selected Bidder (Contractor) shall design and prepare the detailed project report along
with BOQ (Bill of Quantities) and submit a copy to Employer for evaluation within 4 weeks
from the date of signing of the Contract.

2.6 Component and equipment reliability:

Each component offered by the bidder shall be of established reliability. The minimum
target reliability of each equipment shall be established by the bidder considering its
failure, mean time between failures and mean time to restore, such that the availability of
complete system is assured. The guaranteed annual system availability shall not be less
than 99.9%. Bidder recommendation of the mandatory spares shall be on the basis of
established reliability.

2.7 Bidder shall design the plant in order to have sustained life of 25 years with minimum
maintenance requirements.

2.8 The supply, erection, commissioning and all other allied works for 14MW (AC) SPV Power
Plant shall be completed within 6 months from the date of signing of the Contract.

C. Scope of Supply and Work

72
 3. DETAILED SCOPE OF WORK

3.1 Scope of Supply & Work includes detail design, engineering, manufacture, procurement &
supply of equipment and materials, preparation of single line diagrams, installation
drawings, electrical lay outs, erection key diagrams, electrical and physical clearance
diagrams, design calculations for Earth- mat, Bus Bar & Spacers indoor and outdoor
lighting/illumination etc. design memorandum, GTP and GA drawings for the major
equipment, design basis & calculation sheets, and other relevant drawings and documents,
testing at manufacturers works, inspection, packing and forwarding, supply, receipt and
unloading, Storing with proper security at site, providing associated civil works. ,
installation and incidentals, insurance at all stages, erection, testing and commissioning of
14MW (AC) Grid Interactive Solar PV Power Plant and performance demonstration with
associated equipment and materials on turnkey basis at Village: Hutti, Taluk: Lingsugur,
Dist: Raichur, State: Karnataka and 05 (five) years comprehensive operation and
maintenance from the date of commissioning and inclusive of performance demonstration
are covered under Bidders scope of work.

3.2 The equipment and materials for 14MW (AC) Grid Interactive Solar PV Power Plant with
associated system (Typical) shall include but not be limited to the receipt, unloading,
storage, erection, testing and commissioning of all supplied material for the following:

3.2.1 Solar PV modules of suitable rating, in array totalling minimum of 14MW (AC) including
mounting frames, structures, fasteners, array foundation and module interconnection.

3.2.2 Array Junction boxes, distribution boxes and Fuse boxes. MCBs, Surge Arrestors with string
monitoring capabilities.

3.2.3 Inverter with SCADA compatibility, common AC power evacuation panel with bus bars and
circuit breakers LT & HT Power Interfacing Panels, Plant Monitoring Desk, AC & DC
Distribution boards.

3.2.4 Design and construction of (300-400)V / (11/33)kV step-up substation at Inverter level
and ((11/33)kV)/110kV step up sub-station with power transformer, associate
switchgear, metering equipment, communication equipment, auxiliary transformers, etc.

3.2.5 Relay and protection system along with battery system.

3.2.6 LT Power and Control Cables including end terminations and other required accessories
for both AC & DC power.

3.2.7 Internal (300-400)V interconnection & Indoor feeder panels to cater auxiliary needs of
plant

3.2.8 (11/33)kV, 110 kV indoor/ outdoor control panels for incoming and outgoing lines with
VCBs((11/33)kV), SF6 Breakers (110kv), CTs, PTs, Bus bars, cables terminals kits and Bus

73
 coupler having Main and transfer Bus. Each bay shall complete with proper protection
scheme consisting of breakers, instrument transformers, Isolators with earth switch, LAs etc.

3.2.9 ABT meters (Main and Check) with all necessary rated CT‘s and PT‘s at the plant take off
point as well as at the substation as per the specification and design approved by
competent authority.

3.2.10 Data acquisition system (SCADA Latest) with remote monitoring facilities including SMU
level. Provision for specific data transfer to the State Load Dispatch Centre (SLDC) shall also
be provided.

3.2.11 Lightning arrestors for entire plant area.

3.2.12 PVC pipes, cable trays and accessories/trenches.

3.2.13 Earthing of the entire plant as per relevant standards.

3.2.14 Control room equipment related to solar power plant system, pooling station etc.

3.2.15 Testing, maintenance and monitoring of equipment for period of comprehensive

maintenance.

3.2.16 Mandatory spares & consumables for CMC period plus 1year often CMC .

3.2.17 IP PTZ type CCTV cameras not less than 28X at Main Entrance, Inverter control rooms, at
Main Control room and at switchyard.

3.2.18 Fire protection system in buildings and fire extinguishers.

3.2.19 One Solar resource monitoring centre including testing facilities. The Solar Observatory
with associated systems shall include but not be limited to the following:
a. Pyranometers.

b. Ultrasonic Anemometer.

c. Temperature Sensor – Ambient and module surface

d. Power source to the all sensors

e. Data Logger

f. Desktop and Printer

3.2.20 Construction of suitable infrastructure for evacuation of power from Inverter points to
step-up transformers (at (11/33)kV) and evacuation through UG cable up to pooling

74
 station to the delivery point line with suitable switchgears.

3.2.21 Design & construction of ((11/33)kV)/110 kV pooling substation and development of

transmission line for evacuation of power using appropriate towers with provision for
double circuit using coyote conductor for approximately 3 km from ((11/33)kV)/110 kV
pooling sub-station.

3.2.22 In addition to above, the Bidder is required to measure the Solar Radiation and other
climatic conditions relevant to measure the plant performance.. The satellite based
analysis is to be combined with direct ground based measurement equipment in order to
achieve the necessary accuracy and level of detail in the assessment of solar levels and
climatic conditions.

3.2.23 Estimation and determination of the plant generation on daily basis in form of look ahead
scheduling power output.

3.2.24 Any other equipment / material required to complete the 14MW (AC) Solar Power Plant.

3.3 During the CMC period, the Contractor shall keep the measured daily data at regular
interval and provide the same to Employer in electronic form compatible in CSV format.
The right to use the data shall remain with Employer

3.4 Materials and accessories, which are necessary or required for satisfactory and
trouble-free operation and maintenance of the plant.

3.5 The items of civil construction work shall include all works required for solar PV project and
should be performed specifically with respect to following but not limited to:

3.5.1 Conducting contour survey of the Solar Photovoltaic Power Plant for the total area
identified for 14MW (AC) Solar Photovoltaic capacity & complete soil investigation with
bore hole details.

3.5.2 Earthwork for Site grading, cutting, filling, levelling & compacting of land.

3.5.3 Construction and erection of perimeter fence/boundary wall and main/ security gate(s).

3.5.4 Construction of foundation & mounting structures for SPV panels, with proper spacing
between rows of module structure
3.5.5 Construction of 10m wide motorable approach road from main road for easy access to
site & 3.75m wide internal roads with 0.5m wide well compacted shoulders on each side
with WBM base to carry safe and easy transportation of equipment and material at the
project site during and after construction.

3.5.6 Construction of Inverter control room with necessary illumination system, fire fighting
equipment and finishing as required.

75
3.5.7 Construction of office building with provision for stores, control room, operator room,
pantry, wash room, conference room etc. along with requisite furniture, workstations, air
conditioning, internal and external illumination, other equipment as per the specifications
with minimum corpet area of 3000sqft.

3.5.8 Construction of Security room at strategic locations inside the plant with minimum floor
area of 150sqft.

3.5.9 Water required for construction shall be in the scope of. A suitable permanent
arrangement of water (Through Bore well & water harvesting) with RO facilities shall be
ensured to cater the day-to-day requirement of drinking water and permanent water
supply for module cleaning with 50 mt outlet arrangement with proper water pressure and
other needs of SPV power Plant during entire CMC period.

3.5.10 Construction of Storm water drainage & sewage network. Rain water harvesting system
should also be provided.

3.5.11 Perimeter lighting, Fabrication, supply & erection along with required GI junction boxes,
support, brackets and accessories as required. And also emergency power supply to be
provided, including some standalone GI pole mounted LED lighting.

3.5.12 Suitable conduits and their accessories and Hume pipes for crossings.

3.5.13 Supply of ferrules, lugs, glands, terminal blocks, galvanized sheet steel junction boxes with
powder coating paint for internal fixtures, cable fixing clamps, nuts and bolts etc. of
appropriate sizes as required in the plant.

3.5.14 Laying of Power Cables underground / over ground with proper cable trench/tray
arrangements.

3.5.15 Entire GI cable tray with proper GI support and accessories inside equipment room and
control room building and other locations as required.

3.6 Contractor shall obtain statutory approvals / clearances from Government Departments,
not limited to, the following-

3.6.1 Evacuation approvals from competent authority.

3.6.2 Airport authority clearance if required.

3.6.3 Pollution control board clearance, if required.

3.6.4 Deleted.

76
3.6.5 Deleted.

3.6.6 All other approval, as necessary for setting up of a solar power plant including CEIG,
connectivity, power evacuation, PTCC etc. as per the suggested guidelines

3.6.7 All other statutory approvals and permissions not mentioned specifically but are required
to carry out hassle free construction and operation of the plant

3.6.8 Construction of rain water drainage system and sewage system in the plant.

3.7 The Bidder shall arrange deployment of qualified and suitable manpower and required
necessary consumables during entire construction period.

3.8 Comprehensive maintenance contract of Solar Photovoltaic Power Plant for the 5 year
period from date of commissioning including deployment of engineering personnel,
technicians and security personnel.

3.9 All equipment‘s, items and works which are not specifically mentioned in this document but
are required for completion of work including construction, commissioning, operation &
maintenance of Solar Photovoltaic Power Plant in every respect and for safe and efficient
construction & erection, operation and guaranteed performance are included in the scope
of this bid.

3.10 Furnishing of project related documents, drawings, data design, and engineering
information to Employer or its authorized representative for review and approval in hard
copy and soft copy from time to time as per project schedule.

3.10.1 Contour plan and soil investigation data for the area

3.10.2 GA drawings of the entire project including roads, drains, storm water drainage, sewage
networks, equipment rooms, office cum control room, security gate, fire protection system
etc.

3.10.3 Design basis criteria along with relevant standards and site specific condition.

3.10.4 Solar insolation data and basis for generation data.

3.10.5 Design calculations and sheets.

3.10.6 Detailed technical specifications of all the equipment.

3.10.7 General arrangement and assembly drawings.

3.10.8 Schematic diagram for entire electric system.

77
3.10.9 GTP & G.A. drawings for all types of structures/ components, 300-400V/((11/33)kV)
substation, (11/33)kV/110 kV substation, related switchgears & other interfacing
panels.

3.10.10 Relay setting charts.

3.10.11 Quality assurance plans including manufacturing quality plan and field quality plans.

3.10.12 Detailed site EHS plan, fire safety & evacuation plan and disaster management plan.

3.10.13 Detailed risk assessment and mitigation plan.

3.10.14 Test reports (for type, acceptance, and routine tests).

3.10.15 CMC Instruction‘s manuals and its drawings. Erection & commissioning manuals, Technical
Break Down drill documentation and manuals,.

3.10.16 CMC plans, schedules and operational manuals for all equipment etc.

3.11 All drawings shall be fully corrected to agree with the actual "as built" site conditions and
submitted to Employer after commissioning of the project for record purpose. All as-built
drawings must include the Good for Construction deviation list.

3.12 The contractor shall forward the following to Employer within two weeks from signing of
agreement Schedule for various activities in the form of PERT Chart/Barr chart.

3.12.1 Weekly site work progress report with catch-up plan(s), as necessary to monitor actual
timelines of the project during construction period along with the real time snap shots
during the time of construction.

3.12.2 Daily/ Monthly CMC reports after commissioning of the project.

3.13 Providing a detailed training plan for all operation, maintenance procedures, which shall
after approval by Employer form the basis of the training program. The contractor, shall
also provide training to Employer‘s nominated staff.

3.14 Employ and coordinate the training of contractors‘ personnel who will be qualified and
experienced to operate and monitor the facility and to coordinate operations of the facility
with the grid system.

3.15 Establishing a system to maintain an inventory of spare parts, tools, equipment, consumables
and other supplies required for the facility‘s hassle free operation.

3.16 Adequate insurance coverage during EPC and CMC period to cater all risks related to
construction and CMC of plant to indemnify the Employer.

78
 3.17 Maintain at the facility accurate and up-to-date operating logs, records and monthly
reports regarding the comprehensive maintenance contract of facility.

3.18 Perform or contract for and oversee the performance of periodic overhauls or maintenance
required for the facility in accordance with the recommendations of the original equipment
manufacturer (OEM). List of OEM is set out in this Technical Specifications.

3.19 Procurement for spares parts, overhaul parts, tools, equipment, consumables, etc. required
to operate and maintain the project in accordance with the prudent utility practices and
having regarded to warranty recommendations.

3.20 Handover the facility along with inventory of spare parts, tools, equipment, consumables
and supplies, particularly proprietary items, if any, for the facility‘s operation along-with
required inventory to maintain the facility for two year on the basis of average requirement
at the time of conclusion of CMC period.

3.21 Maintain all administrative offices, roads, tool room, stores room, equipment‘s control rooms
in clean and workable condition. The solar field and entire plant facility shall be free from
weeds and shrubs and same should be done in regular intervals of not more than two
months.

3.22 Discharge obligations not limiting to wages/salary/contribution to welfare funds/

PF/insurance/ESI/Superannuating benefits etc to employees of the Contractor during the
agreement period in terms of applicable laws.

3.22.1 The S e l e c t e d B i d d e rshall be responsible for all the required activities for the
successful running, committed energy generation & maintenance of the Solar Photovoltaic
Power Plant covering:
a. Deputation of qualified and experienced engineers and technicians
b. Deputation of Security personnel for the complete security of plant
c. Successful running of Solar Power Plant for committed energy generation.
d. Co-ordination with STU/SLDC/other statutory organizations as per the requirement on
behalf of Employer for Joint Metering Report(JMR), furnishing generations schedules as
per requirement, revising schedules as necessary and complying with grid requirements.
e. Monitoring, controlling, troubleshooting maintaining of logs & records, registers.
f. Supply of all spares, consumables and fixing / application as required.
g. Supply & use of consumables such as grease, oil etc. throughout the maintenance period
as per recommendations of the equipment manufacturers.
h. Conducting periodical checking, testing, overhauling and preventive action.
i. General up keeping of all equipment, building, roads, Solar PV modules, Inverter etc.
j. Submission of periodical reports to Employer/Independent Consultant on the energy
generation & operating conditions of the power plant.
k. Furnishing generation data monthly to Employer/Independent Consultant by 1st week of
every month for the previous month to enable Employer raise commercial bills on

79
 consumers.
l. Replacement of Modules, Invertors and other equipment as and when required.

3.22.2 The period of Operation and Maintenance will be deemed to commence from the date of
commissioning of the Project and completion of performance demonstration followed by
final acceptance. The Contract shall further be extended on the mutually agreed terms and
conditions after completion of agreement period.

3.22.3 All the equipment required for Testing, Commissioning, CMC and for the healthy operation
of the Plant must be calibrated, time to time, from the NABL accredited labs and the
certificate of calibration must be provided prior to its deployment.

3.23 Operation and Performance Monitoring

3.23.1 Operation part consists of deputing necessary manpower necessary to operate the Solar
Photovoltaic Power Plant at the full capacity. Operation procedures such as preparation
to starting, running, routine operations with safety precautions, monitoring etc., shall be
carried out as per the manufacturer‘s instructions to have trouble free operation of the
complete system.

3.23.2 Daily work of the operation and maintenance in the Solar Photovoltaic Power Plant
involves periodic cleaning of Modules, logging the voltage, current, power factor, power
and energy output of the Plant at different levels. The operator shall also note down
time/failures, interruption in supply and tripping of different relays, reason for such
tripping, duration of such interruption etc. The other task of the operators is to check
battery voltage-specific gravity and temperature. The operator shall record monthly
energy output, down time, etc.

3.24 Maintenance

3.24.1 The contractor shall carry out the periodical/plant maintenance as given in the
manufacturer‘s service manual and perform operations to achieve committed generation.
Apart from the manufacturer recommendation, bidder shall carry out the plant
performance maintenance quarterly, half yearly and annual.

3.24.2 Regular periodic checks of the Modules, Inverter‘s and other switchgears shall be carried
out as a part of routine corrective & preventive maintenance. In order to meet the
maintenance requirements stock of consumables are to be maintained as well as various
spare as recommended by the manufacturer at least for 5 years to be kept for usage.

3.24.3 Maintenance of other major equipment involved in Solar Photovoltaic Power Plant such as
step up transformers, overhead line equipment, indoor / outdoor (11/33)kV, 110 kV VCB
/ SF6 kiosk, associated switchgears, other fixtures & components and metering panel.
Particular care shall be taken for outdoor equipment to prevent corrosion. Cleaning of the
insulators and applying Vaseline on insulators shall also be carried out at regular

80
 intervals. Earth resistivity of Plant as well as individual earth pit is to be measured and
recorded every month. If the earth resistance is high suitable action is to be taken to bring
down the same.

3.24.4 According to the recommendations stock of special tools and tackles shall be maintained
for PV Modules, Inverter‘s, switchgears and other major electrical equipment.

3.24.5 A maintenance record is to be maintained by the operator/engineer-in-charge to record

the regular maintenance work carried out as well as any breakdown maintenance along
with the date of maintenance, reasons for the breakdowns, steps taken to attend the
breakdown duration of the breakdown etc.

3.24.6 The Schedules will be drawn such that some of the jobs other than breakdown, which may
require comparatively long stoppage of the Power Plant, shall be carried out
preferably during the non-sunny days. The information shall be provided to Engineer-in-
charge for such operation prior to start.

3.24.7 The Contractor shall deploy enough manpower at Solar Photovoltaic Power Plant site to
carryout work instructions and preventive maintenance schedules as specified. The
contractor shall keep at least one skilled and experienced supervisor at site on permanent
basis to supervise the jobs that are being carried out at site.

3.24.8 The Contractor will attend to any breakdown jobs immediately for repair/replacement
/adjustments and complete at the earliest working round the clock. During breakdowns
(not attributable to normal wear and tear) at CMC period, the Contractor shall
immediately report the accidents, if any, to the Engineer In-charge showing the
circumstances under which it happened and the extent of damage and or injury caused.

3.24.9 The Contractor shall comply with the provision of all relevant acts of Central or State
Governments including payment of Wages Act 1936, Minimum Wages Act 1948,
Employer's Liability Act 1938, Workmen's Compensation Act 1923, Industrial Dispute Act
1947, Maturity Benefit Act 1961, Mines Act 1952, Employees State Insurance Act 1948,
Contract Labour (Regulations & Abolishment) Act 1970, Electricity Act 2003, Grid Code,
Metering Code, MNRE guidelines or any modification thereof or any other law relating
whereto and rules made there under from time to time.

3.24.10 The Contractor shall at his own expense provide all amenities to his workmen as per
applicable laws and rules.

3.24.11 The Contractor shall ensure that all safety measures are taken at the site to avoid
accidents to his or his sub-contractor or Employer 's Workmen.

3.24.12 If any jobs covered in CMC Scope as per CMC Plan are not carried out by the contractor
during the CMC period, the Engineer-In-Charge can issue a notice to the Contractor.
Repetition of such instances may lead to the Termination of the Contract by the Employer

81
 and forfeiture of Bank Guarantees.

3.25 Quality Spares & Consumables

In order to ensure longevity and safety of the core equipment and optimum performance of
the system the contractor should use only genuine spares of high quality standards.

3.26 Testing Equipment, Tools and Tackles

The Contractor shall arrange for all the necessary testing equipment, tools and tackles for
carrying out all the construction, operation and maintenance work covered under this
contract. And these test equipment‘s shall have the periodic calibration.

3.27 Security services

The contractor has to arrange proper security system including deputation of security
personnel at his own cost for the check vigil for the Solar Power Plant. The security staff
may be organized to work on suitable shift system; proper checking & recording of all
incoming & outgoing materials vehicles shall be maintained. Any occurrence of unlawful
activities shall be informed to Employer immediately. A monthly report shall be sent to
Employer on the security aspects.

82
 Technical Standards
4. PHOTOVOLTAIC MODULES

a) IEC 61215 Latest Ed. (Design qualification and type approval for Crystalline Si
modules),

b) IEC 61730 (PV module safety qualification testing @ 1000 V DC or higher)

c) For modules to be used in a highly corrosive environment throughout their lifetime they
must qualify for IEC 61701.

d) IEC 60904-1 (Measurement of photovoltaic current-voltage characteristics)

(Test certificate copy shall be be provided).

General Requirements of Solar PV Modules:

d.1 The modules shall be procured from only such module manufacturers who
manufacture both Solar cells and modules. Further the manufacturer shall have
appeared in the Bloomberg‘s list of Tier-I manufacturers for the preceding four
quarters from the Bid-Due Date.

d.2 The glass used to make the crystalline silicon modules shall be toughened low iron
glass with minimum thickness not less than can be 3.2 mm (with support bars)/ 4.0
mm (with support bars) for 72 cell module The glass used shall have transmittance
of above 90% and with bending less than 0.3% to meet the specifications.

d.3 The back sheet used in the crystalline silicon based modules shall be of PET based
structure. The thickness of back sheet should be of minimum 250 microns with water
vapour transmission rate less than 3g/m2/day. The Back sheet shall have voltage
tolerance of more than 1000 V.

d.4 The EVA used for the modules should be of UV resistant in nature. No yellowing of
the back sheet with prolonged exposure shall occur.

d.5 The sealant used for edge sealing of PV modules shall have excellent moisture
ingress protection with good electrical insulation (Break down voltage >15
kV/mm) and with good adhesion strength.

d.6 The junction box used in the modules shall have protective bypass diodes to
prevent hot spots in case of cell mismatch or shading. The material used for junction
box shall be made with UV resistant material to avoid degradation during module
life and the Junction sealing shall comply IP67 degree of protection..

d.7 The crystalline silicon based modules supplied should be of Potential Induced

83
 Degradation (PID) free modules and the test certificate from third party lab
complying with the same shall be provided.

d.8 The rated output of the modules shall have positive tolerance of 3-5% and no
negative tolerance is allowed.

d.9 Modules should have rugged design to withstand tough environmental conditions
and should withstand at maximum wind load of 2400 pascal defined as per IEC
standard..

d.10 Modules shall perform satisfactorily in relative humidity up to 85% in line with IEC
standard and temperature between -10oC and 85oC (module temperature).

d.11 PV modules must be warranted for their output peak watt capacity, First year
maximum allowable degradation shall be 3% of the rated capacity. YoY the
maximum allowable degradation is 0.7% only. Additionally, each solar PV
module used in solar power plant /system must provide a linear power output
peak watt rated capacity. Actual power output of the product may reach at least
97% of the nameplate power output specified on the product during the first year.
for the second year, the actual power output will decline annually by no more than
0.7% for a period of 24 years, so that by the end of 25th year, an actual output
of at least 80.2% of the nameplate power output specified on the product will be
achieved.

d.12 The modules shall be warranted for minimum of 25 years against all
material/manufacturing defects and workmanship..

d.13 The flash data of all modules to be supplied are required to be submitted at the
time of supply and the sample IV curve of the rated watt class to be provided..

Each module used in the Project shall use a RFID tag bearing the following details: The
RFID must be placed outside the lamination of the PV module.

d.14
a) Name of manufacturer, name of manufacturer of solar cells symbol of bidder;
b) Country of Origin (separately for cells and modules)
i. Unique model number;
ii. Unique Serial number;
c) Month and Year of manufacture (separately for cells and module).
d) Date and Year of obtaining IEC PV module qualification certificate.
e) Name of Test Lab issuing IEC certificate.
f) Other relevant information on traceability of solar cells and module as per ISO 9000.
i. Polarity of terminals or leads (colour coding is permissible).
ii. Maximum system voltage for which the module is suitable.
iii. Date & place of manufacture.

84
 iv. I-V Curve for the module at standard test condition (1000 W/sq m, AM 1.5, 25 °C).
v. Wattage, Wp, Pmax, Imp, Vmp, Isc, & FF for the module.

d.15 The Contractor would be required to maintain accessibility to the list of module IDs
along with the above parametric data for each module.

d.16 The temperature co-efficient of power for the modules shall not be more than
0.50%/ °C.

d.17 The module‘s power mismatch of the modules connected to an Inverter should be
less than 2%.

d.18 SPV module shall have module safety class-II and should be highly reliable, light
weight and must have a service life of more than 25 years.

d.19 The module frame shall be made of corrosion resistant material, which shall be
electrically compatible with the structural material used for mounting the modules.
In case of metal frames for modules, it is required to have provision for earthing.

d.20 The module frame should have been made of Aluminium or corrosion resistant
material, which shall be electrolytically compatible with the structural material
used for mounting the modules with sufficient no. of grounding/installation.

d.21 All materials used for manufacturing solar PV module shall have a proven history
of reliability and stable operation in external applications. It shall perform
satisfactorily in relative humidity up to 85% in line with IEC standard with
temperature between -10°C to +85°C (cell) and shall withstand adverse climatic
conditions, such as high speed wind, blow with dust, sand particles, saline climatic
/ soil conditions.

d.22 Modules only with the same rating and manufacturer shall be connected to any
single Inverter.
d.23 Bidder shall provide data sheet for Solar PV Module (Under STC) along with Bid
Documents as per Guarantee Technical Particular.( Data Sheet- 1). Also, the
bidder must provide the commercial data sheet indicating the exact power of the
module, if the data sheet consists of a range of modules with varying output
power.

 The sampling test shall be carried out on random basis in the case of SUPPLIED PV
MODULE at accreted labs by the Bidder/ supplier at his cost.
* SPV MODULES, shall have the In House Test Report issued by the manufacturer shall
match with major Specs of IEC- Wp, Pmax, Vm,Im, Isc,Pld,FF,along with Product
serial Number, Batch Number and date of manufacture.

d.24 The Employer or its authorized representative reserves the right to inspect the

85
 modules at the manufacturer‘s site prior to dispatch.

d.25 The Bidder is advised to check and ensure the availability of complete capacity of
modules prior to submitting the Bid document.

d.26 Entire drawings, detailed test & flash reports and compliance certificates of the
offered modules should be submitted for approval of Employer within 6-8 week
from the date of signing of agreement and supply should start thereafter. The
bidder may specify SPV panels with latest technology surpassing standards
mentioned in this document with prior approval of authority.

d.27 The module shipments in any one of the last three years should be atleast 1GW.

d.28 In modules, modules manufacturer/ fabricator and cell manufacturer should from
single party. Panels and cells from different manufacturer is not allowed.

5.1 Module Mounting Structure (Single Axis Tracker):

5.1.1 Only single axis East West real time tracking shall be acceptable

5.1.2 All modules associated with a specific tracking system should be connected to a common
Inverter

5.1.3 One of the array of each tracking units should have inclinometer mounted on the structure

5.1.4 In case of failure of supply, the arrays should return to horizontal position. Contractor shall
supply Tracking mechanism with inbuilt mechanism for meeting this requirement

5.1.5 Contractor to provide the back tracking arrangement for best utilization of land

5.1.6 Tracker safety features like lightening detection, auto high wind stow and air pressure
detection are mandatory

5.1.7 Single tracker block should have average installed capacity of 150 kWp with maximum
capacity preferred upto 300kWp. Preference will be given to ganged array type of
tracker configuration over single row independent tracker so as to reduce number of
motors and controllers per MWp

5.1.8 Mounting structures shall be designed to withstand the extreme weather conditions in the
area. Design wind speed factors shall be as per IS:875-III or as per a Wind Tunnel Study
from a reputed international facility, for the design of MMS.

5.1.9 The structural material, corrosion protection and design, shall be as per Design Criteria for
Module Mounting Structures (MMS) described elsewhere in this specification

86
5.1.10 The design and the calculations for the MMS and the foundation system shall be submitted
for prior approval of CUSTOMER before commencement of construction and shall be
based on the soil report

5.1.11 Structure shall be designed and analyzed in accordance with finite element method using
software (STAAD), with considering Dead load and wind load as per IS: 875 (Part 1& 3)
or as per Wind Tunnel study done from a reputed international facility respectively.
Analysis to be done as per appropriate load combinations in IS 800

5.1.12 Structure must be provided with limit switches to control the rotation of the frame.

5.1.13 All fasteners for Module mounting, Structural and Tracker assembly shall be of Austenitic
Stainless Steel Grade- SS304/UNS S 20430. They must have acid resistant, anti-seize &
protective corrosion resistant finish for better durability considering the adverse climate
conditions on site, Two numbers of anti-theft fasteners of stainless steel on two diagonally
opposite corners for each solar module shall also be provided. Flange Bolt & Flange Nut
system should be used for effective installation to avoid human error

5.1.14 Bearing should be type tested for operation cycles which solar plant will go through in its
life of 25 years.

5.1.15 Preferably there should not be any viscous lubrication in the bearing, but if there is any,
then it should be maintenance free. No cleaning should be needed.

5.1.16 Bearing should also be resistant to dust, water and any other external parameters.

5.1.17 In case of lightning strike, there should be no arcing in the bearing resulting in a seized
bearing connection. A safe path to ground (earth) should to be provided.

5.1.18 The motor pneumatic should be IP 65 or better and it should be powered by reliable
supply to drive the link through gear or electric actuator.

5.1.19 The temperature rise in the motor during operation specified in IS12802: 1989 should not
be more than approximately 10°C.

5.1.20 The location and moisture or fumes shall not seriously interfere with the operation of the
motor.

5.1.21 The severity of vibration for the motors shall be within the limits specified in IS 12075:
1987.

5.1.22 It should have the latest technology Micro-controllers (at least 32 bit) for controlling all the
outputs and for taking feedback from the sensors.

87
5.1.23 Battery back-up (with 3 day autonomy) should be provided for Controller. Preference will
be given to self-powered controller to avoid cabling over plant area..

5.1.24 The controller must be enabled with feature of stowing during high speed winds.

5.1.25 Wireless communication between all controllers and Tracker SCADA system will be
preferred with aim of reducing plant O&M on cabling and civil costs.

5.1.26 The structure shall be designed to allow easy replacement of any module and shall be in line
with the site requirements.

5.1.27 Design drawings with material selected and their standards shall be submitted for prior
approval of independent consultant within 21 days of signing of agreement.

5.1.28 The support structure design & foundation shall be designed with reference to the existing
soil conditions in order to withstand wind speed applicable for the zone (Site Location) or
180kmph, whichever is higher, using relevant Indian wind load codes. The bidder shall
furnish test certificate from the competent authority for the same. The structures and
foundations shall also conform to the seismic conditions pertaining to the zone using relevant
Standards and codes.

5.1.29 The Bidder should design the structure height considering highest flood level at the site. The
minimum clearance between the lower edge of the module and the ground shall be the
higher of (i) above highest flood level at the site and (ii) 600 mm.

5.1.30 Cables should r u n th ro u gh from Pipes and Cable-ties shall be used to hold and guide
the cables/wires from the modules to junction boxes. All the cables were aesthetically tied
to module mounting structure.

5.1.31 Bidder must submit all the quality test documents and test certificates complying with the
requirement of the structure.

5.1.32 Every major Component of the Plant should be suitably named/numbered for easy
traceability, identification and maintenance.

5.1.33 Preferably, the vendor should be an Indian entity to fulfill any specific DCR requirements.

5.1.34 They must have supplied for a total capacity of 50 MWp in last 5 years.

5.1.35 They must have supplied for a total capacity of 25 MW in last 5 years in India.

5.1.36 At least 14 MW should have been in operation for a minimum period of 6 months on or
before techno-commercial bid opening.

88
 5.2 SMU with Junction Box/ Combiner Box:

5.2.1 All junction/ combiner boxes including the string junction box, array junction box and main
junction box/ combiner box should be equipped with appropriate functionality, safety
(including fuses, grounding, contacts etc.) and protection.

5.2.2 The terminals will be connected to copper bus-bar arrangement of proper sizes to be
provided. The junction boxes will have suitable cable entry points fitted with cable glands
of appropriate sizes for both incoming and outgoing cables. Suitable markings shall be
provided on the bus-bars for easy identification and UV resistant cable ferrules will be
fitted at the cable termination points for identification.

5.2.3 The Junction Boxes shall have suitable arrangement for the followings:

a. Strings are required to be connected to the bus bar through individual fuses.

b. Provide arrangement for disconnection for each of the groups.

c. Provide a test point for each sub-group for quick fault location and to provide group
array isolation.

d. Suitable space for workability and natural cooling

5.2.4 The rating of all component of JB‘s shall be suitable with adequate factor of safety to inter
connect the Solar PV array.

5.2.5 The junction boxes shall be dust, vermin, and waterproof and made of thermoplastic/
metallic in compliance with IEC 62208, which should be sunlight/ UV resistive as well as fire
retardant & must have minimum protection to IP65 (Outdoor)/ IP21 (indoor) and Protection
Class II.

5.2.6 The Array Junction Box will also have suitable surge protection. In addition, over voltage
protection shall be provided between positive and negative conductor and earth ground
such as Surge Protection Device (SPD). The maintenance free earthing shall be done as per
the relevant standards.

5.2.7 Each Array Junction Box will have suitable Reverse Blocking Diodes of maximum DC
blocking voltage of 1000V with suitable arrangement for its connecting. The bypass &
reverse blocking diodes should work for temperature extremes and should have efficiency
of 99.98%, confirmed by appropriate IEC standards.

5.2.8 Adequate capacity solar DC fuses & isolating miniature circuit breakers should be
provided if required.

5.2.9 Details of junction box specifications, including all components, Data Sheet shall be

89
 provided along with Bid document. (Data Sheet 2)

5.2.10 Bidder shall provide all the test reports/ test certificates and compliance certificates
before installation at site.

5.2.11 Junction Box/ Combiner Box shell include an arc flash warning.

5.3 Inverter Standards & Compliances

5.3.1 Inverter shall confirm to the following standards and appropriately certified by the labs:

a) Efficiency measurement: IEC 61683

b) Environmental Testing: IEC 60068-2 or IEC 62093
c) EMC, harmonics, etc.: IEC 61000 series, 6-2, 6-4 and other relevant Standards.
d) Electrical safety: IEC 62109 (1&2), EN 50178 or equivalent

Recommended practice for PV – Utility interconnections: IEEE standard 929 – 2000 or

equivalent
a) Protection against islanding of grid: IEEE1547/ UL1741/ IEC 62116 ore equivalent

b) Grid Connectivity: Relevant CEA/ CERC regulation and grid code (Latest version)
c) Reliability test standard: IEC 62093 or equivalent

The MNRE, NISE (SEC) approved / tested Inverters are preferred.

General requirements of Inverter:

5.3.2 Inverter shall consist of an electronic Inverter along with associated control, protection and
data logging devices.

5.3.3 The rated power/name plate capacity of the Inverters shall be the AC output of the
Inverter at 50oC. Any Inverters with AC output at 50oC, below the name plate/rated
power of the Inverter shall not be allowed.

5.3.4 The Inverter supplied shall have minimum of 20% additional DC input Capacity.
(E.g. if Inverter is supplied with rated capacity of 1000 kW (AC) shall accept at least
1200 kW of DC power.)

5.3.5 All Inverters should consist of associated control, protection and data logging devices and
remote monitoring hardware and compatible with software used for string level
monitoring.
5.3.6 Dimension and weight of the Inverter shall be indicated by the Bidder in the offer.

5.3.7 Only those Inverters which are commissioned for more than 50 MW capacity solar PV
projects till date shall be considered for this project. Bidder has to provide sufficient

90
 information to the satisfaction of the Independent consultant before placing the final order
for Inverters.

5.3.8 The minimum European efficiency of the Inverter shall be 98% load as per IEC 61683
standard for measuring efficiency. The Bidder shall specify the conversion efficiency of
different loads i.e. 25%, 50%, 75% and 100% in its offer. The Bidder should specify the
overload capacity in the bid.

5.3.9 The Inverter shall be tropicalized and design shall be compatible with conditions
prevailing at site. Provision of exhaust fan with proper ducting for cooling of Inverter‘s
should be incorporated in the Inverter‘s, keeping in mind the extreme climatic condition of
the site as per the recommendations of OEM to achieve desired performance and life
expectancy.

5.3.10 The Inverters shall have minimum protection to IP 65(Outdoor)/IP 21(indoor) and
Protection Class II.

5.3.11 Nuts & bolts and the Inverter enclosure shall have to be adequately protected taking into
consideration the atmosphere and weather prevailing in the area.

5.3.12 Grid Connectivity: Relevant CERC regulations and grid code as amended and revised
from time to time shall be complied. The system shall incorporate a uni-directional Inverter
and should be designed to supply the AC power to the grid at load end. The inverter shall
adjust the voltage & frequency levels to suit the Grid.

5.3.13 All three phases shall be supervised with respect to rise/fall in programmable threshold
values of frequency.

5.3.14 The Inverter output shall always follow the grid in terms of voltage and frequency. This shall
be achieved by sensing the grid voltage and phase and feeding this information to the
feedback loop of the Inverter. Thus control variable then controls the output voltage and
frequency of the Inverter, so that Inverter is always synchronized with the grid. The Inverter
shall be self- commutated with Pulse width modulation (PWM) technology. This should be
capable of synchronize maximum within 1 Minute.

5.4 Operational Requirements for Inverter

5.4.1 The Inverter must have the feature to work in tandem with other similar Inverter's and be
able to be successively switched "ON" and "OFF" automatically based on solar radiation
variations during the day.

5.4.2 The Inverter shall be capable of controlling power factor dynamically.

5.4.3 Maximum power point tracker (MPPT) shall be integrated in the inverter to maximize
energy drawn from the Solar PV array. The MPPT should be microprocessor based to
minimize power losses. The details of working mechanism of MPPT shall be mentioned by the

91
 Bidder in its offer. The MPPT unit shall confirm to IEC 62093 for design qualification.

5.4.4 The system shall automatically ―wake up‖ in the morning and begin to export power
provided there is sufficient solar energy and the grid voltage and frequency is in range.

5.4.5 Sleep Mode: Automatic sleep mode shall be provided so that unnecessary losses are
minimized at night. The inverter must also automatically re-enter standby mode when
threshold of standby mode reached.

5.4.6 Stand – By Mode: The control system shall continuously monitor the output of the solar power
plant until pre-set value is exceeded & that value to be indicated.

5.4.7 Basic System Operation (Full Auto Mode): The control system shall continuously monitor
the output of the solar power plant until pre-set value is exceeded & that value to be
indicated.

5.4.8 Inverter shall have provisions/features to allow interfacing with monitoring software and
hardware devices.

5.4.9 Inverter should have Display in the front.

5.4.10 Inverter should have master slave configuration.

5.5 Protection against faults for inverter

The inverter shall include appropriate self-protective and self-diagnostic feature to protect
itself and the PV array from damage in the event of inverter component failure or from
parameters beyond the inverter‘s safe operating range due to internal or external causes.
The self-protective features shall not allow signals from the inverter front panel to cause the
inverter to be operated in a manner which may be unsafe or damaging.

Faults due to malfunctioning within the inverter, including commutation failure, shall be
cleared by the Inverter protective devices. In addition, it shall have following minimum
protection against various possible faults.

5.5.1 Grounding Leakage Faults: The inverter shall have the required protection arrangements
against grounding leakage faults.

5.5.2 Over Voltage & Current: In addition, over voltage protection shall be provided between
positive and negative conductor and earth ground such as Surge Protection Devices (SPD).

5.5.3 Inverter shall have arrangement for adjusting DC input current and should trip against
sustainable fault downstream and shall not start till the fault is rectified.

92
5.5.4 Galvanic Isolation: The inverter Inverter shall have provision for galvanic isolation.
5.5.5 Each solid state electronic device shall have to be protected to ensure long life of the
Inverter as well as smooth functioning of the Inverter.

5.5.6 Anti-islanding (Protection against Islanding of grid): The inverter shall have anti islanding
protection. (IEEE 1547/UL 1741/ equivalent BIS standard)

5.5.7 Unequal Phases: The system shall tend to balance unequal phase voltage (with 3- phase
systems).

5.5.8 Reactive Power: The output power factor of the inverter should be of suitable range to
supply or sink reactive power. The inverter shall have internal protection arrangement
against any sustained fault in the feeder line and against lightning in the feeder line.

5.5.9 Isolation: The inverter shall have provision for input & output isolation. Each solid- state
electronic device shall have to be protected to ensure long life as well as smooth
functioning of the inverter.

5.5.10 All Inverters shall be three phase using static solid state components. DC lines shall have
suitably rated isolators to allow safe start up and shut down of the system. Fuses & Circuit
breakers used in the DC lines must be rated suitably.
5.5.11 The Bidder should select the Inverter (Central) as per its own system design so as to optimize
the power output.

5.5.12 Desired Technical Specifications of Inverter.

a) Sinusoidal current modulation with excellent dynamic response.
b) Compact and weather proof housing (indoor/ outdoor)
c) Comprehensive network management functions (including the LVRT and capability to
inject reactive power to the grid)
d) No load loss < 1% of rated power and maximum loss in sleep mode shall be less than
0.05%
e) Optional VAR control
f) Unit wise & integrated Data logging
g) Dedicated Prefabs / Ethernet for networking

5.5.13 Inverter must provide protection against:

a) Over current
b) Sync loss
c) Over temperature
d) DC bus over voltage
e) Cooling Fan failure (If provided)
f) Short circuit
g) Lightning

93
 h) Earth fault
i) Surge voltage induced at output due to external source
j) Power regulation in the event of thermal overloading
k) Set point pre-selection for VAR control
l) Bus communication via -interface for integration
m) Remote control via telephone modem or mini web server
n) Integrated protection in the DC and three phase system
o) Insulation monitoring of the PV array with sequential fault location

5.5.14 Ground fault detector which is essential for large PV generators in view of appreciable
discharge current with respect to ground.

5.5.15 Over voltage protection against atmospheric lightning discharge to the PV array is
required.

5.5.16 The inverter must be entirely self-managing and stable in operation.

5.5.17 A self-diagnostic system check should occur on start up. Functions should include a test of key
parameters on start up.

5.5.18 Inverter front panel shall be provided with display (LCD or equivalent) to monitor, but not
limited to, the following:
a. DC power input
b. DC input voltage
c. DC Current
d. AC power output
e. AC voltage (all the 3 phases and line)
f. AC current (all the 3 phases and line)
g. Power Factor
h. Frequency
i. Display of sine wave with distortion, if any.

5.5.19 Documentary Requirements & Inspection

a) The bill of materials associated with inverter‘s should be clearly indicated while
delivering the equipment.
b) The Contractor shall provide to the Independent consultant, data sheet containing
detailed technical specifications of all the Inverters and inverters. Operation &
Maintenance manual should be furnished by the Bidder along with Bid documents .
c) The Independent consultant or its authorized representative reserves the right to inspect
the inverters at the manufacturer‘s site prior to dispatch.

inverters have the In Internal Test Report issued by the manufacturer which shall be comparative
with the Test Report of IEC approval within the tolerances along with Product serial Number, Batch
Number and date of manufacture.

94
5.6 Cable and Wires

5.6.1 All cables and connectors for use for installation of solar field must be of solar grade which
can withstand harsh environment conditions including High temperatures, UV radiation, rain,
humidity, dirt, burial and attack by moss and microbes for 25 years and voltages as per
latest IEC standards. (Note: IEC standards for DC cables for PV systems is under
development, the cables of 600 – 1800 volts DC for outdoor installations should comply
with the draft EN 50618/ TUV 2PfG 1169/09.07 for service life expectancy of 25 years,
cables shall be run through DWC/UPVC Pipes between SMU to Inverter ).

Insulation: Outer sheath of cables shall be electron beam cross-linked XLPE type and black
in colour. In addition, Cable drum no. / Batch no. to be embossed/ printed at every one
meter. Cable Jacket should also be electron beam cross-linked XLPE, FRLS(Flame
Retardant Low Smoke), UV resistant and black in colour.

5.6.2 Wires with sufficient ampere capacity and parameters shall be used so that maximum
voltage-drop at full power from the PV modules to Inverter should be less than 1.5%
(including diode voltage drop). Selected Bidder shall provide voltage drop calculations in
excel sheet.

5.6.3 Only terminal cable joints shall be accepted. No cable joint to join two cable ends shall be
accepted. All wires used on the LT side shall conform to IS and should be of appropriate
voltage grade. Only copper conductor wires compliant with IEC 60228, Class 5 of reputed
make shall be used.

5.6.4 All high voltage cables connecting the main junction box to the Inverter/ transformers
should be PVC insulated grade conforming to IS 1554 and cables shall also conform to IEC
60189 for test and measuring the methods.

5.6.5 All (11/33)kV cables shall be run through trenches from Inverter room to
(11/33)kV/110kv substation.

5.6.6 Cable terminations shall be made with suitable cable lugs & sockets etc., crimped properly
and passed through brass compression type cable glands at the entry & exit point of the
cubicles.

5.6.7 All cable/wires shall be provided with UV resistant printed ferrules for DC side however,
for HT cables, punched/ embossed aluminium tags are required. The marking on tags shall
be done with good quality letter and number ferrules of proper sizes so that the cables can
be identified easily.

5.6.8 Power cables, Control Cables and instrumentation / communication cables laid separately.

95
 The wiring for modules interconnection shall be as per industry standards.

5.7 Swi tchboar d bo x / DC Distribution Box (DCDB) / AC Distribution Box (ACDB) panels

5.7.1 Selected Bidder shall provide sufficient no. of switchboards / DCDB / ACDB wherever
required.

5.7.2 All boxes/ panels should be equipped with appropriate functionality, safety (including
fuses, grounding, etc.) and protection.

5.7.3 The terminals of proper sizes shall be used for connecting to bus-bar arrangement of proper
sizes. The panels/ boxes will have suitable cable entry points fitted with cable glands of
appropriate sizes for both incoming and outgoing cables.

5.7.4 Adequate rating fuses & isolating miniature circuit breakers should be provided.

5.7.5 The panels/ boxes shall have suitable arrangement for the followings:

a) Provide arrangement for disconnection

b) Provide a test point for quick fault location
c) To provide isolation
d) The current carrying rating of the boxes/ panels shall be suitable with
adequate safety factor
e) The rating of the boxes/ panels shall be suitable with adequate safety
factor to inter connect to the local/ internal grid
f) Thermal/ heat dissipation arrangement/ Vent for safe operation.

5.7.6 The boxes/ panels shall be dust, vermin, and waterproof and made of thermoplastic/
metallic in compliance with IEC 62208, which should be sunlight/ UV resistive as well as fire
retardant & must have minimum protection to IP 65(Outdoor)/ IP 20(indoor) and Protection
Class II.

5.7.7 All panels/ boxes shall be provided with adequately rated bus-bar, incoming control,
outgoing control etc. as a separate compartment inside the panel to meet the requirements.
All live terminals and bus bars shall be shrouded. The outgoing terminals shall be suitable
to receive suitable runs and size of cables required for the Inverter/Transformer rating.

5.7.8 The boxes/ panels must be grounded properly to ensure all safety related measures for
safe operation.

5.7.9 All the Panels to be manufactured with sufficient space for working and must have
temperature suitability up to 85o C with separate cable and bus bar alley.

5.8 Lightning Protection for PV Array

96
5.8.1 The source of over voltage can be lightning or other atmospheric disturbance. Main aim of
over voltage protection is to reduce the over voltage to a safe level before it reaches the
PV or other sub-system components as per IEC 60099-4:2014 / IS: 2309– 1989
(Reaffirmed – 2005), Edition 3.1 (2006-01).

5.8.2 Necessary foundation / anchoring for holding the lightning conductor in position to be made
after giving due consideration to shadow on PV array, maximum wind speed and
maintenance requirement at site in future.

5.8.3 The Bidder shall submit the drawings, calculations and detailed specifications of the PV
array lightning protection equipment to Independent consultant for approval before
installation of system.

5.8.4 The lightning conductor shall be earthed through flats and connected to the grounding mats
as per applicable Indian Standards with earth pits. Three earth pits shall be provided
for each lightning arrestor. Each lightning conductor shall be fitted with individual earth
pit as per required Standards including accessories, and providing masonry enclosure with
cast iron cover plate having locking arrangement, watering pipe using charcoal or coke
and salt as required as per provisions of IS.

5.9 Solar Photovoltaic Power Plant Electrical System

The technical requirements of design, fabrication, supply, installation, testing at works,

installation testing & commissioning of all electrical equipment required for the Solar
Photovoltaic Power Plant starting from Inverter control panel of Plant and up to the Grid
tie up point with the State grid including all control protection, metering equipment, step up
transformer 300-400V/(11/33)kV, (11/33)kV/110 kV , indoor/ outdoor switchgears
and balance of equipment complete in all respects shall be of high standard and quality
meeting the requirement of respective Indian standard (following table). All the Type test
Reports along with material despatch Clearance Certificate (MDCC) for all equipment
and cables are to be submitted by the Contractor prior to the despatch of the same. The
brief particulars and requirement of equipment is as under-

IS/IEC Reference Specification

IEC-298 A.C. Metal – enclosed and control gear for rated voltages above 1KV
and including 72.5KV

IS-3427 A.C. Metal – enclosed and control gear for rated voltages above 1KV
and including 52KV.
IS-8623 Specification for Low Voltage Switchgear and Control gear
assemblies.
IS-13118/ IEC-56 Specification for High Voltage AC Circuit Breakers.
IEC-529 Degrees of Protection.

97
 IS/IEC Reference Specification
IS-5578 & 11353 Marking and arrangement for switchgear bus bar main connections
and auxiliary wiring.
IS-325 Specification for 3 Phase Induction motors.
IS-2629 Recommended practice for hot dip galvanizing of iron and steel.
IEC-137 Bushing for AC Voltages.
IS-3347 Porcelain Transformer Bushings.
IS-5561 Terminal Connectors
IS-3156 Voltage Transformers
IS-2705 Current Transformers
IS-3231 Electric relays for power protection.
IS-13010 Watt hour meters
IS-13779 Static Energy Meters
IS-8686 Static Protection Relays
IS-1248 Electrical measuring instruments
IS-2099 High Voltage Porcelain Bushings.
IS-10118 Minimum clearances for Outdoor Switchgear.
IEC-694 Common Clauses for High Voltage Switchgear and Control gear
IEC-60255 & Numerical Relays
IEC-61330

5.10 Step-Up Transformer

All Transformers shall have the In Internal Test Report & type test reports issued by the
manufacturer with Product serial Number, Batch Number and date of manufacture.

5.10.1 The transformer at first level (300-400)V/(11/33)kV shall be d e s i g n e d f o r 1 1 0 %

a n d s h a l l b e copper wound, 3 phase, O N A N , core type construction, oil immersed and
shall be suitable for outdoor applications.

5.10.2 The Bidder shall provide the complete turnkey design, supply, erection, testing and
commissioning of transformers and transformer substation to step-up the output of the
Inverter to (11/33)kV at the location of the Inverter. The power from the (11/33)kV
transformer (inverter duty) shall be collected at a common location from where it shall be
stepped up to 110 kV level and transmitted to the STU substation through overhead
transmission line. However, the detailed scheme of design lies with the bidder and must
submit the same to independent consultant for approval prior to construction.

5.10.3 Power Transformers utilized shall be 3 phase, copper wound, ONAF.

( 11/33)kV/ 1 1 0 k V 50 Hz, Y D N 1, should be suitable for parallel operation and shall
serve under fluctuations in voltage up to plus 10% to minus 15%. The bidder is required to
design (11/33)kV/110kv substation of capacity 20 MVA transformer.

98
5.10.4 Associated Switchgear of approved make. RTCC panel, as per design, shall provide in
control room. neutral shall be effectively earthed through earthing transformer

5.10.5 Gener al requirement of standards shall be as per below:

Standards Relevance
IS: 2026 (Part 1 to 4) Specifications for Power Transformer
IS: 2099 Bushings for alternating voltage above 1000 V
IS: 3639 Fittings and accessories for power transformer
IEC: 60076 (Part 1 to 5) Specifications for Power Transformer
IS: 9921 Part 1 to 5 Alternating current dis-connectors (isolators) and
earthing switches rating, design, construction, tests etc.

IS: 2705 Part 1 to 4 & IEC: 185 Current transformer

IS: 3156 Part 1 to 4 Voltage Transformer
IS: 3070 part 1 to 3 Lightning arrestors
IS: 2544 Porcelain insulators for system above 1000 V
IS: 5350 Part III – post insulator units for systems greater than 1000V

IS: 5621 Hollow Insulators for use in electrical equipment

IS: 5556 Serrated lock washers – specification

5.11 General Requirements

5.11.1 The equipment and accessories covered by this specification shall be designed,
manufactured and tested in accordance with the latest relevant standards and codes of
practice published by the Bureau of Indian Standards (BIS) as applicable.

5.11.2 All electrical equipment and installation shall confirm to the latest Indian Electricity Rules
as regards safety, earthing and other essential provisions specified for installation and
operation of electrical plants. Relevant national and international standards in this
connection shall be followed.

5.11.3 All working parts, insofar as possible, are to be arranged for convenience of operation,
inspection, lubrication and ease of replacement with minimum downtime. All parts of
equipment or of spare equipment offered shall be interchangeable.

5.11.4 The quality of materials of construction and the workmanship of the finished products/
components shall be in accordance with the highest standard and practices adopted for the
equipment covered by the specification.

99
5.11.5 All items of equipment and materials shall be thoroughly cleaned and painted in
accordance with relevant Indian Standards. The finish paint shall be done with two coats
of epoxy based final paint of colour Shade RAL 7032 of IS: 5 for indoor equipment.

5.11.6 Any fitting or accessories which may not have been specifically mentioned in the
specification but which are usual or necessary in the equipment of similar plant or for
efficient working of the plant shall be deemed to be included in the contract and shall be
provided by the Contractor without extra charges. All plant and apparatus shall be
complete in all details whether such details are mentioned in the specifications or not.

5.11.7 All equipment shall be designed for operation in tropical humid climate at the required
capacity. The reference parameters for which the transformers are to be designed are as
under:-
Particulars Condition
Maximum ambient temperature 500C
Maximum daily average ambient temp 350C
Minimum ambient air 100C
temperature(Cooling)
Climatic Conditions Max. Relative Maximum 85% during monsoon
Humidity Minimum 20%
Average 65%

Rainfall
Annual average rain 720mm

Max. for one day 115mm

Max. intensity 38mm/hr

Period June to September

Maximum Wind Speed 15.9kms/hr

5.12 RATINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS (300-400)V / (11/33)kV TRANSFORMER (Inverter Duty)

The typical rating and electrical characteristics of the ( 3 0 0 - 4 0 0 ) V / ( 1 1 / 3 3 ) k V

ONAN Outdoor type transformer (inverter duty) shall be as under however, the ratings
may vary subjected to design by the bidder and relevant to the respective IS codes:

SPECIFICATION FOR (300-400)V / (11/33)kV or (400-433)V / (11/33)kV, CLASS

INVERTER TRANSFORMERS OF RATING 750KVA, 1000 KVA 1250 KVA, 1500 KVA,
1600kVA, 2000kVA, 2400kVA, 3000kVA AS APPLICABLE AND SUITABLE WITH SITE
SPECIFICATION.

100
 Note- All the technical specification related to transformers and accessories shall have the
proper design, drawings, approved specifications and tenderer shall have to obtain the
prior approval from independent consultant.

Note- THE CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE TO BE FAMILIAR AND FOLLOW THE LATEST
SPECIFICATIONS, IS, RELATED STANDARDS, PROCEDURES, METHODS ALONG WITH
KPTCL NORMS AND SITE SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS.

1.0 SCOPE:

The specification covers manufacture, testing at works and supply of 3 phase, 50Hz, core
type oil immersed self cooled Distribution Transformers conforming to IS: 1180 and IS:
2026 of 1977 and other Technical related and applicable IS specifications as amended
from time to time and REC specifications for the specified work with specific site.

One set of drawings showing size, Shape of tank, Core and windings, Radiators etc., for
all the capacity of Transformers and an internal clearance drawings are furnished by the
Corporation.

The transformers shall be manufactured strictly as per specifications and enclosed

drawings without any deviations.

2.0 STANDARDS:

The applicable standards for distribution transformers including various accessories are
specified here below:

Note- All the windings of the transformers shall be of copper conductor.

i. Colours for Ready mixed paints &. Enamels - IS: 5/1994

ii. Ready mixed paint, brushing, Zinc

chrome, priming - IS: 104/1979

iii. New Insulating oils - IS:335/1993

iv. Methods for testing of Steel Sheets for

Magnetic Circuits of Electrical apparatus - IS: 649/1997

v. Outdoor type three

Phase distribution transformers - IS: 1180 /1989
Up to and including 100KVA, (11/33)kV class (Part I &.II)

vi. Solid press Boards for Electrical purposes - IS: 1576/1992

101
 vii. Power Transformers IS: 2026/1977
(Parts 1 to 5)
viii. Bushings for alternating voltages
above 1000 volts - IS: 2099/1986

ix. Determination of water content by

Karl fischer method-Test method - IS: 2362/1993

x. Paper covered Copper conductors - IS: 6162/1971

(Part I & II)

xi. Rectangular conductors for

Electrical Machines - IS: 6160/1971

xii. Dimensions for Porcelain Transformer

Bushing Dimensions for use in normal - IS: 3347
And lightly polluted atmosphere (Part I - IV)

xiii. Electric Power Connectors - IS: 5561/1970

xiv. Method of test for specific resistance (Resistivity)

of Electrical insulating liquids - IS: 6103/1971

xv. Method of test for power factor and Dielectric

Constant of electrical Insulating liquids - IS: 6262/1971

xvi. Method for Determination of electric strength

of insulating oils - IS:6792/1992

xvii. Code of practice for selection Installation, - IS: 10028/1985

Maintenance of Transformers (Part I to III)

xix. CBIP Manual - Section B & C

xx. REC Specification - No.2

xxi. REC construction standards K.5
(Capitalization of losses) - K5 (R-1993)

3.0 SYSTEM DETAILS:

The transformers shall be suitable for outdoor installation with

3Phase, 50 Hz, (11/33)kV System in which the neutral is effectively earthed and the same
shall be suitable for service under fluctuations in supply voltage up to 12% permissible

102
 under Indian Electricity Rules and the frequency variation of -5% and +2% (47.5Hz to
51.0Hz).

4.0 CLIMATIC CONDITIONS:

The material used in the construction of the Distribution transformers shall be suitable for
use under the following climatic conditions.
a. Ambient Air Temperature - 5° C to 50°C:
b. Relative Humidity - 0 to 100%
c. Altitude - 0 to 100 Meters

5.0 RATINGS:
Secondery Voltage - (11/33)kV - 3Phase
Primary Voltage - 400/ 300 Volts. 3Phase

The winding of the transformers shall be connected in delta on the primary side and in star
on the secondary side. The neutral of the LT windings shall be brought out to a separate
terminal. The vector group shall be Dyn.l1.

6.0 TECHNICAL PARAMETERS:

a) Percentage Impedance:

The Percentage Impedance shall be 4.5% for transformers up to 100KVA and 5% for
transformers of 750KVA, 1000 KVA,1250 KVA, 1500 KVA, 1600KVA, 2000KVA,
2400KVA, 3000KVA with tolerance as per IS: 2026.

b) Temperature rise:

The Temperature Rise for top oil over should be 45°C max (measured by thermometer as
per IS: 2026) over the ambient temperature.

c) The temperature rise for windings shall not exceed 50°C Max. (Measured by resistance
in accordance with IS: 2026) over the ambient temperature.

d) No Load Voltage Ratio:

The No Load Voltage ratio shall be 433-240V /(11000/33000), for all capacities of
distribution transformers at normal tap.

6.0 (A) Losses:

The No load and load losses shall be indicated by the bidder. The losses shall not exceed
permissible limits shall be as provided IS 2026 and applicable IS.

103
7.0 TAPS:

 Tappings shall be provided for 750 KVA,1000 KVA,1250 KVA, 1500 KVA,
1600KVA, 2000KVA, 2400KVA, 3000KVA transformers only on the HV voltage
windings for variation for HV voltages as under.

 Voltage Ratio : Range of variation

 300-400V /(11000V/33000) : +2.5%, 0, -2.5%, -5%, -7.5%,-10%.

 Tap changing shall be carried out by means of an externally operated self position
switch and when the Transformer is in de-energized condition.

 Switch position No.1 shall be marked as 1 (High) shall correspond to the maximum
voltage tap position switch position No.2 shall be marked as 2 (normal) shall
correspond to normal voltage tap position. Switch position 6 ,shall be marked as 6
(Low) shall correspond to the minimum voltage tap position.

 Each tap change shall result in variation of 2.5% in voltage.

 Provision shall be made for locking the tap switch handle in position.

 No taps shall be provided in case of 25/63/100KVA transformers.

8.0 DESIGN & CONSTRUCTION:

Core:

a) The core shall be of high grade CRGO steel sheet of M4 grade or superior to that
having low loss and non ageing grain oriented, coated with hot oil proof insulation,
bolted together to the frames firmly to prevent vibration or noise. All core clamping
bolts shall be effectively insulated.

The complete design of core must ensure permanency of the core losses with
continuous working of the transformers. The value of the flux density shall not be more
than 1.7 tesla at 50 HZ.

The construction of core, internal clearances minimum effective area of cross section,
minimum Nos. of core steps etc., shall be strictly as per the drawings enclosed.

b) The transformers core shall not be saturated for any value of V/F ratio to the extent
of 112.5% of the rated value of V/F ratio i.e., (11/33)kV/50Hz. (Due to combined
effect of voltage and frequency) upto 12.5% without injurious heating at full load
conditions the core shall not be saturated.

104
 The Bidder shall furnish necessary design data in support of this condition

c) The maximum thickness of core laminations shall not exceed 0.3mm. Further the
lamination sheets used for top yoke, bottom yoke etc., shall be of single piece.

d) No load current, shall be measured by energizing the transformers at 300-400 volts

50 C/S on the LT Side of transformer (300-400V/((11/33)kV) Transformer).
Increase of voltage by 10% shall not increase the no load current disproportionately
high. Test for magnetic balance by connecting the LV phase by phase to rated phase
voltage and measurement of an, bn, cn, voltage shall be carried out. The no load
current shall not exceed 2% in respect of 250KVA and 500KVA, 750KVA, 1000
KVA,1250 KVA 1500 KVA Transformers and 4 to 5% in respect of 100KVA and
below distribution transformers at rated voltage and frequency.

The minimum
(1) Effective core area
(2) Number of core steps
(3) Internal clearance
Shall be as per the specification and drawings as indicated in the drawings for each
capacity.

Minimum effective cross sectional area of the core to be provided are as follows:
1) 25KVA - 41.18 sq.cm.
2) 63KVA - 75.00 sq.cm.
3) 100KVA - 84.60 sq.cm.
4) 250KVA - 146.20 sq.cm.
5) 500KVA - 218.00 sq.cm.
6) 750 KVA,1000KVA,1250 KVA,1500 KVA, 1600KVA, 2000KVA, 2400KVA,
3000KVA as required specs by manufactures.

Note: If the manufacturer uses the better quality CRGO steel for the core the
manufacturer has to furnish the area of cross section of the core along with the design
details.

e) The unbalance current in the neutral shall not be more than 2% of the rated current.

9.0 CORE CLAMPING:

1) M.S. Channel 125 x 65mm for 500KVA, 100x50mm for 250 KVA
75 x 40mm for 100 KVA and below transformers on top and bottom shall be used for
clamping the core.

2) 2 Nos. of 12mm high tensile vertical bolts in parallel in each side shall be provided. The
size of the Bolts to be provided in parallel are as follows:

105
 a) 25, 63, 100KVA - 2 Nos. of 12mm High Tensile Bolts
b) 250 KVA - 2 Nos. of 16mm High Tensile Bolts
c) 500 KVA - 2 Nos. of 20mm High Tensile Bolts
d). 750 KVA, 1000KVA, 1250 KVA, 1500 KVA as required specs by manufactures.

3) Channel on LV side to be reinforced at equidistance if hole cutting is done for LT lead so

as to avoid bending of channel.

4) M.S. Channels are to be painted by varnish and corrosion oil resistant paint before use.
5) Flat or cut channel shall not be used.

6) Core mounting is to be done with ISF 50x10 for Transformers up to and including
100KVA & 50 X 16 for 750 KVA,1000KVA, 1250KVA, 1500 KVA, 1600KVA,
2000KVA, 2400KVA, 3000KVA as required specs by manufactures of transformer.

7) Clamping arrangement should be strong enough to withstand mechanical forces. The

mechanical strength shall be proven by short circuit test.
TIE BOLTS:

Four horizontal tie rods (or high tensile steel) of 12mm dia for transformers up to l00KVA,
16mm for 250KVA and 20mm for 500KVA, 750 KVA,1000KVA,1250 KVA, 1500 KVA,
1600KVA, 2000KVA, 2400KVA, 3000KVA as required specs by manufactures. to be
used. Rods to be effectively insulated with kraft paper tube of thickness I.5mm.

i) All top and bottom Yoke nuts bolts and tie rods shall be painted with oil and
corrosion resistant paint before use.
ii) Channel - (top yoke) on LV side to be reinforced at equidistance if hole cutting is
done to avoid bending of channel.

iii) The flat provided at the core shall be as per the drawings enclosed and shall not
be cut through the length.
iv) Tie rods shall be effectively earthed.
v) Drawing of the building of the core shall be got approved before start of the
work

10.0 WINDINGS:

a) Material- Double layer paper covered Copper conductor shall be used.

b) The gauge shall as per the IEC and manufacturing standards.
c) LV winding shall be in even layers
d) The neutral formation shall be at top

11.0 INSULATION, INSULATION MATERIAL & CLEARANCES:

a) Press board blocks at top and bottom of each coil assembly shall be provided. There

106
 must be atleast 4 blocks per phase/coil of each of thickness of 30mm. Core wrapper
shall be of minimum of 1mm thick.

The channel at phase barrier board shall be of 2mm thick press board. The tie rod
insulation kraft paper shall be of thickness 1mm. Between HV and LV windings
addition press Board cylinder of at least 2mm in addition to spacers shall also be
provided.

b) No. of vertical/axial wedges up to 100 KVA minimum 18 Nos. and for 250 KVA &.
500KVA, 500KVA 750 KVA,1000KVA,1250 KVA, 1500 KVA, 1600KVA, 2000KVA,
2400KVA, 3000KVA as required specs by manufactures shall be provided
depending upon the capacity of transformers between LV and HV windings and
equispaced around LV. The wedge shall be minimum 6.5mm thick and 8-12mm wide.

c) The inter layer insulation shall be provided between HV windings layers depending
on the design. The details shall be furnished.

d) Double paper covering shall be used for winding insulation both for HV & LV
windings. Either performed corrugated cylindrical boards or cylindrical compressed
boards with spacers shall be provided between HV & LV windings. Press board of
type - D IS: 1576 to be used for top and bottom yoke insulation. The electrical grade
insulating paper shall be of F class insulation.

e) HV & LV coils single coil multi layer winding shall be used for all capacities of
transformers.

f) Tap lead shall be insulated with 1.5 mm thick paper insulation. Inspection of windings
prior to tankings shall be done. Manufacturing drawing for the transformer showing
various clearance shall have to be approved independent consultant.

12.0 TANK:

1) The transformer tank shall be of robust construction and shall be built of electrically
welded M.S. Plates (The side wall shall have only two joints). All joints of tank and
fittings shall be oil tight and no bulging shall occur during service.

The tank design shall be such that the core and windings can be lifted freely. The tank
plates shall be of such strength that the complete Transformer when filled with oil
could be lifted bodily by means of the lifting lugs provided. The tank inside shall be
painted by varnish. Top cover shall be slightly sloping towards HV bushings an cover
the top with end walls. Shape of the tank shall be Rectangular/Octagonal only. No
other shape will be accepted.

a) Side wall thickness - 3.15 mm

b) Top and bottom plate thickness - 5.00 mm

107
 (3.15mm for 25KVA)
c) As per the Latest applicable IS

2) Suitable reinforcement by welded angle shall be provided on all the outside walls on
the edge of the tank. The permanent deflection shall not be more than 5mm up to
750mm length and 6mm up to 1250mm length and 8mm up to 1750mm length when
transformer tank without oil is subjected to Air pressure test as per IS:1180.

3) Lifting lugs:

2 Nos, for 25,63 and 100KVA and 4 Nos. for 250 and 500KVA, 500KVA 750
KVA,1000KVA,1250 KVA, 1500 KVA as required specs by manufactures.
transformers of welded heavy duty lifting lugs of M.S. Plate 8mm thick suitably
reinforced by vertical supporting flat welded edgewise below the lug on the side
wall shall be provided.

Pulling Lugs:
4 Nos. of welded heavy duty pulling lugs of M.S plate 8 mm thick for 250 & 500KVA,
500KVA 750 KVA,1000KVA,1250 KVA, 1500 KVA, 1600KVA, 2000KVA,
2400KVA, 3000KVA as required specs by manufactures shall be provided to pull
the transformer horizontally,

4) Top Cover Fixing Bolts: As per latest IS.

 6mm Neoprene bonded cork gaskets confirming to IS-4352 Part-II shall be

placed between top cover plate and tank.

 GI bolts and nuts shall be size 12mrn x 40mm with one plain and one spring
washer suitably apart (100mm) to press the cover.

5) Tolerance on tank dimensions shall be limited to -5% to + 10%.

13.0 HEAT DISSIPATION:

a) Heat dissipation by tank walls excluding top and bottom should be 500 watts / Sq.
mtr.
b) Heat dissipation by radiator 1.25mm thick shall be considered for heat dissipation
calculation. The tenderer shall submit the calculation sheet along with No. of radiators
to be provided and type of fixing radiators to the transformer tank.
c) The guaranteed temperature rise of oil and winding shall be found by conducting
temperature rise test in presence of the representative of the independent consultant.

14.0 TOTAL MINIMUM OIL VOLUME:- as per the lates IS.

Sl. No. Rating Oil in Ltrs. (inclusive for oil absorbed in core coil

108
 assembly)
1 25KVA 85
2 63KVA 115
3 100KVA 140
4 250KVA 340
5 500KVA 420

6. 750 KVA, 1000KVA, 1250 KVA, 1500 KVA, 1600KVA, 2000KVA, 2400KVA,
3000KVA as required specs by manufactures as per IS.2026.

NOTE: If the absorption of oil in the core and winding assembly is more than
permissible value first filling oil volume should be increased accordingly
detailed calculation of absorption shall be submitted.

15.0 CONSERVATOR: as per the latest applicable IS.

Conservators shall be provided on transformers of rating 63KVA, 100KVA, 250KVA and

500KVA, 500KVA 750 KVA, 1000KVA, 1250 KVA, 1500 KVA, 1600KVA, 2000KVA,
2400KVA, 3000KVA as required specs by manufactures

When a conservator is fitted, the oil gauge and the plain or dehydrating breathing
device shall be fixed to the conservator which shall also be provided with a drain plug
and a filling hole (1¼ nominal size thread) with cover. In addition, the cover of the main
tank shall be provided with an air release plug to enable air trapped within to be
released. Unless the conservator is so located as to eliminate the possibility of air being
trapped within the main tank.

a) Prismatic oil level indicator shall be provided on the side which will be fully covered
detachable flange with single neoprene gasket and tightended with M.S. bolts and
nuts.

b) The inside diameter of the pipe connecting the conservator to the main tank shall be
with in 20 to 50 mm and it should project in to the conservator in such a way that its
end is approximately 20 mm above the bottom of the conservator so as to create a
sump for collection of Impurities. The minimum oil level (corresponding to - 5° C)
should be above sump level.

c) The pipe from conservator tank connecting to main tank shall be sloping so that the oil
falling from the pipe shall not fall directly on the active parts and shall fall on the side
walls only.
d) The conservator shall be provided (except for 25KVA) with the drain plug and filling
hole with cover. In addition, the cover of the main tank shall be provided with an air
release plug (except for 25KVA).

109
 e) Conservator pipes fixing conservator to the top plate of the transformer should be on
either side of metal pocket provided for mounting LT bushings with minimum electrical
clearance of 110mm between phases and also earth.

16.0 BREATHERS :

Breather joints shall be of bolted type. It shall have die cast Aluminium body and inside
container for Silicagel shall be of tin. Makes of Breathers shall be subject to independent
consultant approval.

The volume of the breather shall be

a) 250 grams of silicagel breather shall be provided for 25 KVA, 63 KVA and 100
KVA transformers.
b) For 250 KVA and 500 KVA transformers 500Gms. breather shall be provided.
c) 750 KVA, 1000KVA, 1250 KVA, 1500 KVA, 1600KVA, 2000KVA,
2400KVA, 3000KVA as required specs by manufactures , IS 2026.

The breather shall have an inspection window to view the condition of the silicagel.

17.0 TERMINALS:

a) Brass rods 12mm dia for HT and LT for 25KVA, 63KVA and 100KVA Transformers.

b) Brass rods 12mm dia for HT, 20mm dia for LT for 250 KVA and 12mm dia, for
HT and 30mm dia for 500KVA, 750 KVA,1000KVA,1250 KVA, 1500 KVA,
1600KVA, 2000KVA, 2400KVA, 3000KVA as required specs by
manufactures transformers shall be provided IS 2026.

c) HT/LT Bimetallic connectors shall be provided to 25KVA, 63KVA and 100KVA

transformers.

d) Connecting lugs shall be provided confirming to IS: 3347 for LT terminals of 250 and
500KVA Transformers.

e) The metallic connector shall be L type for LT bushing of distribution transformer of

capacity of 100, 250 and 500KVA.

The L type clamp shall be suitable to take off two/four circuits of 240 Sq. mm
aluminum wire (for 250, 500KVA transformers)

f) The HV and LV windings conductor shall not be terminated to the bushing rod directly.

g) The HV winding shall be linked through a terminal lug and copper jumper lead of size
1.6mm dia for 25/63/100KVA, 2.65mm for 250KVA and 3.75mm for 500KVA

110
 transformers. The leads shall be enclosed in kraft paper tube.

h) The LV winding shall be terminated using inverted 'S' type link of size 25x3mm
Aluminum strip for 25/63/100KVA, 40x5mm for 250KVA and 70x5mm for
500KVA transformers.
1) All the leads / links shall be immersed in oil.
2) All the leads/links shall be taken neatly strapped on an insulated press
Board/wooden Bus Bar.

18.0 BUSHINGS: As per the latest applicable IS.

I. For (11/33)kV, 12kV/36kV Bushings (confirming to IS: 2099/1986) with single gap
arcing horns shall be used and for 300-400 volts, 1.1KV terminal Bushings confirming
to IS: 7421/1974shall be used. Bushings of the same voltage class shall be inter
changeable. The dimensions of Bushings shall be as per IS-3347 and these Bushings
shall be mounted on side of the tank or on the top cover. The bushings mounted on the
side shall not have an inclination of more than 30 degrees from the vertical as per
CBIP manual and IS-2099. Only sheet metal pocket shall be provided for mounting
HV bushings alternately the same can be mounted on pipes. Creepage distance shall
not be less than 25mm/KV as per IS: 2099-1986.

II. Brazing of all internal connections – All jumpers from windings to bushing shall have
a cross section larger than tile winding conductor. For copper, silver brazing alloy to
be used. For aluminium, L&T aluminum brazing rods shall be used.

III. The minimum phase to phase and phase to earth external clearances for HV & LV
Bushings shall be as follows:

Minimum clearances
Phase to phase (in mm). Phase to earth
HV Bushings 255 140
LV Bushings 75 40

The above 140 mm. clearance does not apply to arcing horn gap.

19.0 TANK BASE CHANNEL:

a) For 25, 63 & 100KVA Trans. ISMC 75 x 40mm. channel shall be used for base.
b) For 250 KVA transformers 100 x 50mm channel shall be used

c) For 500 KVA transformers 125 x 65mm channel shall be used

Stiffeners (flats) shall be provided to tank base channels, along the length of the tank for
250 and 500 KVA, 750 KVA,1000KVA,1250 KVA, 1500 KVA, 1600KVA, 2000KVA,

111
 2400KVA, 3000KVA as required specs by manufactures transformers shall be provided
IS 2026. transformers.

20.0 TERMINAL MARKING PLATE AND RATING PLATES:

The transformer shall be provided with a brass plate showing the relative physical
position of the terminal and their markings. The relative position of the Tappings switches
shall also be shown in the plate, corresponding to the different tapping voltages in case
of 250 KVA, and 500KVA distribution transformers. This shall be in accordance with IS:
2026. The transformers shall be provided with rating plate furnishing the information as
specified in IS-2026.

The month and year of delivery shall be indicated on the rating plate. The rating plate
shall be embossed / engraved type but not painted. The serial No. of transformer shall
follow the code Nos. as detailed below. These shall be punch marked on the transformer
tank and also on the top cover.

Alpha Numeric Numeric Numeric Numeric

1 2 3 4

Alpha represents code name of manufacturer.

Numeric 1. Represents capacity
I.e. , code - 01 for 25KVA
- 02 for 63KVA
- 03 for 100KVA
- 04 for 250KVA
- 05 for 500KVA

Numeric 2 - Represents year of manufacturer.

Numeric 3 - Represents month of manufacture.

Numeric 4 - Represents SL. No. of Transformers.

21.0 FITTINGS:
The fittings on the transformers shall be as under.

1) Rating and Terminal marking plate - 1 No.

2) Earthing terminals minimum M12 - 2 Nos.

with nuts should be provided on the tank

3) Lifting lugs - 2 Nos. for 25, 63, 100 And 4 Nos. for 250/500 KVA.

4) Cap for oil filling (on conservator) - 1 No.

112
 5) Drain valve 20 mm. dia shall be provided with metallic cover by spot welded to
tank for 250KVA and 500KVA , 750 KVA,1000KVA,1250 KVA, 1500 KVA as
required specs by manufactures transformers shall be provided IS
2026.transformers (No drain value shall be provided for 25, 63, 100KVA
ratings).

6) Conservator with drain plug - 1 No. (except for 25KVA).

7) Thermometer pocket - 1 No. for 250KVA and 500KVA, 750

KVA,1000KVA,1250 KVA, 1500 KVA, 1600KVA, 2000KVA, 2400KVA,
3000KVA as required specs by manufactures transformers shall be provided IS
2026. transformers only.
,
8) Air release plug on main tank (except for 25 KVA).

9) BREATHERS: As per standards.

10) Oil level guage shall be provided indicating 3 positions of oil marked as below:
Minimum (-) - 5 degree C
30 degree C
Maximum (+) - 98 degree C

11) Off circuit tap switch handle shall be provided with locking arrangement in
case of more than 250 above KVA Transformers.

12) HT & LT bushings - 3 Nos. of HT bushings and 4 Nos. of LT bushings shall be

provided with terminal connectors. Each bushing of HV and LV shall be provided
with 3Nos. of brass nuts and 2 Nos. plain brass washers for connecting terminal.
LT terminal connectors for 250KVA and 500KVA, 750 KVA,1000KVA,1250 KVA,
1500 KVA, 1600KVA, 2000KVA, 2400KVA, 3000KVA as required specs by
manufactures transformers shall be provided IS 2026. transformers shall be
supplied in a separate packing.

13) RADIATORS: Elliptical/fin/tubular type radiator shall be provided as per

design.

14) Arcing horns for HT bushings with adjustable type on the ground side.

15) Filter valve - 20mm dia shall provided for 250KVA and 500KVA transformers
only, with metal cover box (tack welded).

22.0 TRANSFORMER OIL:

113
The transformer shall be supplied complete with first filling of oil and tile same shall
comply with IS: 335/1993 with latest revisions thereof and ageing characteristics
specified.

a) NEW OIL:
SL. Characteristics Requirements
No.
1 Appearance Oil shall be clear and transparent and free
from suspended matter and sediments.
2 Density (Max) at 29,5° C 0.89 g/cm3
3 Kinematic viscosity (max) 27 Cst at 27°C
4 Interfacial tension at 27°C (Min) 0.04N/M
5 Flash point (Min) 140°C
6 Neutralization value 0.02mg KOH/gm.
a) Total acidity (Max) Nil
b) Inorganic acidity/Alkalinity
7 Pour point (max) -6°C
8 Corrosive sulphur Non Corrosive

9 Electric strength (break down voltage

(min) with 2.5mm gap)
a) New Unfiltered oil as in received 30KV (RMS)
condition.
b) After filtration. 60KV (RMS)
10 Dielectric dissipation factor (tan delta) 0.002
at 90°C (Max)
11 SK Value (Max) 12%
12 Water content (Max) 50PPM
13 Specific Resistance (Min) (Resistivity)
a) At 90°C (min) 35 x 1012 Ohm – cm.
b) At 27°C (min) 1500 x 1012 Ohm – cm.
14 Oxidation Stability
a) Neutralization value after oxidation 0.40 Mg/KOH/g.
(Max.) 0.1 % by weight
b) Total sludge after oxidation (Max.)
15 Ageing characteristics after
accelerated ageing (Open breaker
method with copper catalyst)
a) Resistivity at 27°C 2.5 x 1012 Ohm - cm (min)
b) Resistivity at 90°C 0.2 x 1012 Ohm - cm (min)
c) Dielectric loss factor (tan delta) at 0.2 (Max.)
90°C 0.05 (Max.)
d) Total acidity mg KOH/g 0.05 by weight.
e) Sludge Content (Max.)

114
 SL. Characteristics Requirements
No.
16 Presence of oxidation in hibitor (Percent The oil shall not contain antioxidant
by weight) additives

Remarks: Value of 0.05% (max) shall be treated as absence of oxidation inhibitor.

b). The important characteristics of the transformer oil after it is filled in the
transformer (with in 3 months of filling) shall be as follows.

SL. Characteristics Requirements

No.
1 Electric Strength 50kV Min. With 2.5mm Gap
2 Dielectric dissipation factor (Tan delta) at 90°C 0.01 Max
3 Specific resistance (Resistivity) at 27°C 19 x 1012 Ohm-cms.
4 Flash point P.M. (Closed) 1400C(Min)
5 Interfacial tension at 27°C 0.03 B+N+M or more
6 Neutralization value (total acidity) 0.5mg of KOH/g or less
7 Water content PPm 33 (Max)

All tests to verify the characteristics mentioned as above shall be carried out in
accordance with IS: 335/1993.

115
23.0TESTS:

Type tests, routine tests and acceptance tests shall be conducted on transformers, of each
capacity. All the equipment‘s offered, shall be fully type tested as per the relevant
standards.

Independent consultant reserves the right to witness the routine tests at its discretion.

23.1TYPE TEST

The following shall constitute the type tests as per IS-1180 (Part I) and IS: 2026/CBIP
manual.

a) Measurement of winding resistance

b) Measurement of voltage ratio and check of voltage vector relation ship
c) Measurement of impedance voltage/Short circuit impedance and load loss.
d) Measurement of no-load loss and current
e) Measurement of Insulation resistance.
f) Induced over voltage withstand test.
g) Separate source voltage withstand test.
h) Impulse voltage withstand test.
i) Temperatures rise test
j) Short circuit test
k) Air pressure test
l) Permissible flux density and over fluxing.
m) Un Balance current test: The value of unbalance current indicated by the Ammeter
as shown in the test arrangement of CBIP manual shall not be more than 2% of the
full load current.

NOTE:

A) One (300-400)V/(11/33)kV Transformers selected at random out of the lot . will

be subjected to type test at CPRI at contractor cost..

B) The transformer so selected at random vide item (A) shall also be subject to strip test
after all the type tests are conducted. After the strip test the transformer shall be
subjected to physical inspection as per ISS.

If the Transformer fails to meet the requirement of type tests, the quantity of
transformers ordered on them will be forthwith rejected.

116
23.2 Routine Tests:

All transformers manufactured shall be subjected to the following routine test, at the
manufacturer's works - In accordance with IS:1180 (Part I & II) and IS:2026, and other
applicable IS.

1) Measurement of winding resistance.

2) Measurement of voltage ratio and Check of voltage vector relationship
3) Measurement of impedance voltage/short circuit impedance and load loss.
4) Measurement of no load loss current and neutral current.
5) Measurement insulation resistance.
6) Induced over voltage withstand test.
7) Separate source voltage withstand test.

23.3 Type and Routine Test certificates:

1. All the type and routine tests as stipulated in the relevant standards shall be carried
out by the supplier in the presence of independent consultant representative.
2. Immediately after finalization of tile programme of type/ acceptance/ routine
testing, the supplier shall give fifteen days advance intimation to the independent
consultant to enable to depute its representative for witnessing the tests. The routine
test certificate shall be submitted along with tile inspection offer.

24.0 TOLERANCES:

Unless otherwise specified herein, the values of different parameters of the transformers
supplied shall be within the tolerance permitted in the IS-2026 on the guaranteed values.
Positive tolerance is not applicable for losses and negative tolerance not applicable for
cross sections of winding specified.

25.0 FINISHING:

The exterior of the transformer tank and other ferrous fittings shall be thoroughly cleaned,
scrapped/sand blasted and given a priming coat and two finishing coats of durable oil the
weather resistance paints or enamel. The colour of finishing coats for transformers shall be
as follows, as per IS: 5.
a) For 25 KVA - Dark admiralty grey shade No. 63

b) For 63 KVA - Dark admiralty grey shade No. 63

c) For 100 KVA - Dark admiralty grey shade No. 63

d) For 250 KVA -

e) For 500 KVA -

117
750 KVA, 1000 KVA,1250 KVA, 1500 KVA, 1600KVA, 2000KVA, 2400KVA, 3000KVA Dark
admiralty grey shade No. 63

26.0 GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS:

The guaranteed technical particulars as per Data Sheet -4 to be filled and uploaded by
the Tenderer. The transformers to be supplied against this order shall have the value as
per Technical specifications.

27.0 DOCUMENTATION:

27.1 All drawings shall conform to international standards organization (ISO) 'A' Series of
drawing sheet/Indian standards specification IS:656. All drawings shall be in ink and
suitable for micro filming. All dimensions and data shall be in SI Units.

27.2 List of typical Drawings and Documents enclosed:

1) General drawing showing internal clearance dimensions and active parts.

2) Dimensional sketch for 63KVA – 1500 KVA rating Transformer as applicable.

27.3 APPROVAL OF DRAWINGS / WORK BY INDEPENDENT CONSULTANT SHALL NOT

RELIEVE THE SUPPLIER OF HIS RESPONSIBILITY AND LIABILITY FOR ENSURING
CORRECTNESS AND CORRECT INTERPRETATION OF THE DRAWINGS FOR
MEETING THE REQUIREMENT OF THE LATEST REVISION OF APPLICABLE
STANDARDS, RULES AND CODES OF PRACTICES. THE EQUIPMENTS SHALL
CONFORM IN ALL RESPECTS TO HIGH STANDARDS OF ENGINEERING DESIGN
WORKMANSHIP AND LATEST REVISIONS OF RELEVANT STANDARDS AT THE TIME
OF SUPPLY AND THE INDEPENDENT CONSULTANT SHALL HAVE THE POWER TO
REJECT ANY WORK OR MATERIALS WHICH IN HIS JUDGMENT IS NOT IN FULL
ACCORDANCE THERE WITH.

28.0 History Books (as per the proforma enclosed) shall be supplied for all the individual
transformers along with the transformers. The size of the History Books shall be 150mm
and 210mm for all capacities with different colour for wrappers for early identifications
of the Transformers.

118
29.0 PUNCH MARKING OF TRANSFORMER SERIAL NO.

The serial No. of the Transformer shall be punch marked on the transformers tank and also
on the top cover in addition to that indicated on the name plate as per relevant clause.

Particulars (300-400)V / (11/33)kV Transformer

Specs.
Continuous kVA ratings As per design
Type Oil immersed
Frequency 50 Hz
Type of cooling Oil Natural Air Natural (ONAN)
No. of phases 3 (Three)
Rating voltage H.V. side (11/33)kV
Highest System voltage on H.V. side 12 kV/36kV r.m.s.
Rated voltage on L.V. side 0.300-0.400 kV r.m.s.
Vector Group DyN11
Connections
a. H.V. Winding Delta
b. L.V. winding Star with Neutral solidly earthed
On load taps on H.V. Side (for H.V. Variation) + 5 to – 10.0 % (in steps of 1.25%)
Impedance voltage (%)as per IS 2026 4%
Minimum Creep age distance at 400 phase to 32 mm/Kv
Transformer connections LV side – Cables/ Bus Duct with
weather proof enclosure as per design

HV Side –Bushing with enclosure

Technical Specification for SF6 circuit Breaker 110kv :

a) The Circuit Breakers shall be of sulphur hexafluoride (SF6) type and shall be complete
with all the accessories and auxiliary equipments and mounting structures required for
their satisfactory operation in various sub-stations of KPTCL grid. The SF6 gas shall
comply with IEC-376, 376A AND 376B and be suitable in all respects for use in the
switch gear under the worst operating conditions.
b) The high pressure cylinders in which the SF6 gas is shipped and stored at site shall
comply with requirements of the following standards and regulations:
IS: 4379 - Identification of the contents of industrial gas cylinders
IS: 7311 - Seamless high carbon steel cylinders for permanent and
high pressure liquefiable gases.

The cylinders shall also meet Indian Boiler regulations.

OPERATING MECHANISM AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENTS:

119
1. The circuit breaker shall be designed for electrical local as well as remote control. In
addition there shall be provision for local mechanical control (emergency trip).
2. The operating mechanism shall be of spring charging type (both for closing and opening
operation) or semi pneumatic operation type in which closing operation is of spring
charging type and opening operation is by pneumatic type or pneumatic type for both
opening & closing operations. The mechanism shall be adequately, designed for the
specified tripping and re-closing duty. The entire operating mechanism control circuitry,
individual breaker compressor unit, hydraulic pump, spring charging motor etc., as
required, shall be housed in an outdoor type, steel enclosure. This enclosure shall conform
to the degree of protection IP-55 of IS-2147 and shall be suitable for mounting on a
separate concrete plinth.
3. all working parts in the mechanism shall be of corrosion resistant material. All bearings
which require greasing shall be equipped with pressure grease fittings.
The design of the operating mechanism shall be such that it shall be practically
maintenance free. The guaranteed number of years of maintenance free operation, the
number of full load and full rated short circuit current breaking operations without
requiring any maintenance or overhauling shall be clearly stated in the tender bid. As far
as possible, the need for lubricating the operating mechanism shall be kept to the
minimum and eliminated altogether, if possible.
4. The operating mechanism shall be anti-pumping and trip free, for all method of closing
operations i.e., electrical, mechanical, pneumatic, semi-pneumatic type and hydraulic
type. There shall be no rebounds in the mechanism and it shall not require any critical
adjustments at site. Operation of the power operated closing device, when the circuit is
already closed, shall not cause damage to the circuit breaker or endanger the operator.
Provision shall be made for attaching an operation analyzer to facilitate testing of
breaker at site.
a) A mechanical indicator shall be provided to show open and close position of the
breaker. It shall be located in a position where it will be visible to a man standing on
the ground level with the mechanism housing closed. An operation counter shall also be
provided in the central control cabinet.
b) All the control knobs, manual spring charge etc., shall be easily approachable
on-ground level. The height of these locations should be not more than 2000 mm from
ground level.
5. The supplier shall furnish detailed operation and maintenance manual of the mechanism
along with the operation manual for the circuit breaker.
The detailed drawing indicating all the individual parts of the breakers and control
mechanism duly marking parts number shall be furnished.
6. PNEUMATIC OPERATING MECHANISM
Pneumatic operating mechanism for both closing and opening of the breaker -operations
affected by compressed air.
7. Other Requirements like control panel with, interlocking facility , mounting, cabling, etc
shall comply KPTCL norms.

120
 STANDARDS :

The circuit breakers shall conform to the latest revision and amendments of standards as
given below :
Sl. No. Standard ref. No. Title
1 IS : 117 Ready mixed paints, brushings, finishing etc.,
2 IS : 325 Specification for 3 phase induction motor
IS : 2099
3 High voltage porcelain bushing
IEC : 2331
Degree of protection provided for enclosures
4 IS : 2147
for low voltage switch gear and control gear
Recommended practice for hot dip
5 IS : 2629
galvanizing of iron and steel
General requirement of switch gear and
6 IS : 3247 control gear for voltages not exceeding
1000V
Identification of contents of industrial gas
7 IS : 4379
cylinders
8 IS : 5561 Electrical power connectors
High pressure cylinder in which SF6 gas is
9 IS : 7311
transported and stored at site.
10 IS : 13118 Specification for HV AC circuit breakers
CIGRE working Switching over-voltages in EHV and UHV
11 group report No. systems with special reference to closing and
13-02-1973 re-closing transmission lines.
Indian electricity
12
rules
13 IEC : 56 Specification for AC circuit breakers
14 IEC :60 High voltage test techniques
Insulation coordination, terms, definitions,
15 IEC : 71 Part I & II
principles and rules
16 IEC : 270 Partial discharge measurements
Specification and acceptance of new supply
17 IEC : 376
of SF6
Common clauses for high voltage switchgear
18 IEC : 694
and control gear controls.

UPS (Uninterrupted Power Supply):

GENERAL

121
The Uninterrupted Power Supply (UPS)system shall be designed to meet theelectrical power
requirements of SCADA systems and other requirement in respective inverter rooms. The UPS
System shall be designed to give the voltage at approximate mid level of the tolerance band
of the power supply modules/packs of Control System, when the charger is feeding the load. This
shall also take in consideration the voltage drop in cables from DCDB to the control panels (if
required). In case the Power Supply Output of a charger exceeds the voltage band tolerated by
the power supply modules/packs of Control System, provision for safe tripping of that charger
is to be ensured.

Bidder shall clearly bring out in the proposal the redundancy feature along with configuration
diagram, single line diagram and data sheets etc. & this shall be finalized subject to Independent
consultant's approval during detailed engineering.

UPS system shall consist of 1 x 100% charger and inverter, 1 x 100% Battery bank for 2 hour,
Bypass Line Transformers and Voltage Stabilizer, static switch, manual bypass switch, 2 x 100%
ACDB, and other necessary Protective devices and accessories.

During the sizing of the UPS , the following loads shall be considered ( but not limited to)

• Data logger / SCADA

• Fire Detection/ Alarm Panel
• HMI of SCADA
• Emergency Lighting
• Inverter's Auxiliary supply ( if applicable)

UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY (UPS) SYSTEM

The minimum capacity of the UPS at load factor of 0.8 lagging inclusive of 10% design margin
at 50 deg C. The UPS system shall meet the following requirements as a minimum. If UPS KVA
rating is applicable at a lower ambient temperature than specified 50 deg.c, the bidder shall
consider a derating factor of at least 1.5%/deg.c for arriving at the specified UPS capacity at
50 deg.c ambient. The UPS shall have an overload capacity of 125 % rated capacity for 10
minutes and 150 % rated capacity for 10 seconds. The inverter shall have sufficient capability to
clear fault in the maximum rated branch circuit, limited to 8 percent of finally selected ups
capacity.

Chargers
The chargers shall be self regulating, solid state silicon controlled, full-wave
rectifier type designed for single and parallel operation with battery and shall have automatic
voltage regulators for close voltage stability even when AC supply voltage fluctuates, effective
current limiting features and filters to minimise harmonics. The charger should be capable to fully
charge the required batteries as well as supply the full rated load through inverter. Furthermore
the charger should be able to re-charge the fully discharged battery within 8 hours. The charger
output regulation shall be ± 1% from no load to full load with an input power supply variation
of ± 10% in voltage and ± 5% in frequency. In addition to indications/display on charger panel,
alarms along with relevant analog measurements shall also be provided by employing RS 485

122
Port Modbus Protocol / Ethernet TCP/IP protocol for use in solar SCADA. The list of alarm output
& 4-20 mA signals shall be as approved by Independent consultant during detailed engineering.

The charger shall be current limited for charger circuit protection and protection of battery from
overcharge shall also be provided. The current limit shall be continuously adjustable. The
chargers shall have a slow walk in circuit which shall prevent application of full load DC current
in less than 10 seconds after AC power is energised.

The chargers shall be fed from 300V-400V AC, 50 HZ, 3 phase, 3 wire system. Charger design
shall ensure that there is no component failure due to fluctuations of input supply or loss of supply
and restoration.

The minimum full load efficiency at nominal input and output shall be 90% The ripple content
shall be limited to +/- 2 % of Charger output voltage. The UPS battery shall have sufficient
amp-hour capacity to supply the steady state KVA rating of the UPS specified for 120 minute,
irrespective of the actual load on UPS.

The UPS system shall be capable of operating without D.C. battery in circuit under all conditions
of load and the performance of various components of UPS like inverter, charger, static switch
etc. shall be guaranteed without the battery in circuit.

The UPS system design shall ensure that in case of failure of mains input power supply to one of
the chargers, the other charger whose mains input power supply is healthy, shall feed to one or
both the inverters as the case may be as per manufacturer's standard practice & continue to
charge the

D.C. battery at all load conditions. The Bidder should note that this situation should not in any way
lead to the discharge of the D.C. Battery.

Static Inverters
The static inverter shall be of continuous duty, solid state type using proven Pulse Width
Modulation (PWM)/Quasi square wave/step wave technique. Ferro-resonant types Inverters
are not acceptable. The nominal voltage output shall be 230 Volts. single phase ,50 Hz. The
inverter equipment shall include all necessary circuitry and devices to conform to requirements
like voltage regulation, current limiting, wave shaping, transient recovery, automatic
synchronization etc. The steady state voltage regulation shall be +/-2% and transient voltage
regulation (on application/removal of 100% load) shall be +/-20%. Time to recover from
transient to normal voltage shall not be more than 50 mSec. Frequency regulation for all
conditions of input supplies, loads and temperature occurring simultaneously or in any
combination shall be better than ± 0.5% (automatically controlled). The total harmonic content
shall be 5% maximum and content of any single harmonic shall be 3% maximum. The inverter
efficiency shall be at least 85% on full load and 80% on 50% load. The synchronisation limit for
maintenance of synchronisation between the inverter and stand by AC source shall be 48-52Hz,
field adjustable in steps of 1 Hz. The inverter shall be directly connected to the battery without
any power electronic converter.

123
Static Switch and Manual Bypass Switch
The static switch shall be provided to perform the function of transferring UPS loads
automatically without any break from (i) faulty inverter to healthy inverter in case of failure of
one of the two inverters and (ii) from faulty inverter to standby AC source in case of failure of
both the inverters. The transfer time shall be 1/4 cycle maximum in synchronous mode.

Manualbypass switch shall be employed for isolating the UPS during maintenance

Continuous and overload capacity of the switches shall be equal to 100% of the continuous and
overload rating of each inverter. Peak Capacity shall be 1000% 01 continuous rating for 5
cycles.

Isolation Transformer and Voltage Stabiliser:

Isolation transformer of appropriate voltage and phase as per system requirement along with
associated voltage stablizer shall be furnished with each UPS system. The transformer shall be of
low impedance air-cooled type and its KVA rating and percentage impedance should be
selected so that extremely fast fault clearance is achieved.

The overload capacity of the transformer and voltage stabilizer shall not be less than 300% for
200 millisecond duration. The voltage stabilizer shall employ servo controlled circuitry and shall
maintain the specified output voltage for 0-100% load with maximum input voltage variations
as indicated above. The efficiency of the stabiliser shall be 95% or better.

The type and other details shall be subject to Independent consultant 's approval.

Batteries
Contractor has the option of supplying either Nickel Cadmium type batteries or Lead Acid Plante
type batteries. The detailed specification for the batteries has been mentioned elsewhere in this
specification. Battery with charger for DC load of Switchgear and for UPS at Main pooling
Switchgear shall be Separate/ independent. However, at Inverters rooms/Sub pooling
switchgears, proposal for using common battery for UPS and Switchgear DC load shall be
subject to approval during detail engineering. For sizing calculation, an aging factor of 0.8 and
a temperature correction factor as per manufacturer's standard at 4 deg.0 electrolyte
temperature (Based on temperature characteristics curve to be submitted by the Contractor at a
temperature of 4 deg. C), Capacity factor, float correction (if applicable) shall be taken into
consideration. The sizing of the battery shall be as approved by Independent consultant during
detailed engineering. The Contractor shall typically consider a voltage drop of 4V from battery
room to the inverter input while sizing the battery for UPS System.

DRAWINGS/DOCUMENTS REQUIREMENTS

Bidder shall furnish the power supply distribution scheme, single line diagram, all calculations
such as Rectifier Modules / UPS Charger/ Inverter rating calculations, battery sizing calculation

124
etc. for UPS during detailed engineering for Independent consultant 's review and approval.
Minimum AC output Capacity of UPS at Inverter Room/ Sub-pooling Switchgear and Main
Control room/ Main Pooling Switchgear shall be 5 KVA and 10 KVA respectively.

CABINETS / ENCLOSURES / POWER DISTRIBUTION BOXES

The Construction details for Power Supply System Cabinets/Enclosure/Racks shall conform to the
requirement of the following paragraphs.

(1) Equipment enclosures shall match and line up in assemblies of freestanding floor
mounted cabinets designed for indoor service.

(2) Individual enclosure shall be ventilated switchboard type fabricated from not less than
1.6-mm thick sheet steel. Enclosures shall be furnished with concealed hinges. Front and
rear doors shall be designed to permit easy access to all components for maintenance
or replacement. The enclosures shall be reinforced with formed steel members as
required to form a rigid self-supporting structure. Doors shall have three point latches.

(3) Each assembly may be shipped in sections for ease of handling and field assembly.
Terminal blocks shall be furnished as required adjacent to each shipping split to
facilitate field assembly. Cable bundles cut to the required length and furnished with
terminal lugs tagged for identification shall be provided for the wiring between
shipping sections.

(4) Adequate ventilating louvers and enclosure top panels shall be included. All vent
penings shall be covered with corrosion resistant fine screen coverings.

(5) The temperature rise inside all the cabinets/enclosures shall not exceed 10 deg.0
above ambient temperature. The cabinets shall be IP-42 protection class .

COOLING SYSTEM
If the equipment supplied requires forced air cooling, the cooling system furnished shall meet the
following requirements:

(1) Reserve cooling equipment shall be furnished for each assembly. Reserve fan(s) capacity
shall be equal to 100 percent of cooling fan requirements for full load operation with
only one bank of rectifier/inverter in service at the specified maximum ambient
temperature.

(2) Completely independent duplicable wiring and control systems shall be provided for the
normal cooling fan system and the reserve cooling fan system.

(3) Each cooling fan shall normally run continuously and shall be powered from the output
of the inverter whose enclosure it serves (for cubicles housing inverters). For other
cubicles, fan power supply shall be as finalised during detailed engineering. Each
cooling fan supply circuit shall be separately fused.

125
(4) Each cooling fan shall be equipped with a switch having an alarm contact that closes
upon failure of airflow or rise of temperature.

SITE TESTS
The Contractor shall also carry out the site tests on equipments/systems as specified below.
However, these shall not be limited to this specification only and in case any other site test is
required to be conducted as a standard practice of the Contractor or deemed necessary by the
Independent consultant and mutually agreed between the Contractor and the Independent
consultant, the same shall also be carried out.

Functional Test
On completion of installation and commissioning of the equipment the following tests/checks shall
be carried out with the max. available load, which does not exceed the rated continuous load.
These tests/checks shall include but not limited to the tests as indicated below. The details of the
tests are as indicated below:

1) Light Load Test

This test is carried out to verify that the UPS is correctly connected and all functions
operate properly. The load applied is limited to some percent of rated value. The
following points should be checked:
(a) Output voltage, frequency and the correct operation of meters;
(b) Operation of all control switches and other means to put units into operation.
(c) Functioning of protective and warning devices.
(d) Operation of remote signaling and remote control devices.

2) Checking of Auxiliary Devices The functioning of auxiliary devices, such as lighting,

cooling, pumps, fans, annunciation, etc., should be checked, if convenient, in conjunction
with the preliminary light load test.

3) Synchronisation Test If possible, frequency variation limits should be tested by use of a

variable frequency generator, otherwise, by simulation of control circuit conditions. If
applicable the rate of change of frequency during synchronization shall be measured.

4) A. C. Input Failure Test The test is performed with a fully charged battery and is carried
out by tripping input circuit breakers or may be simulated by switching off all UPS
rectifiers and bypass feeder as at the same time. Output voltage variations are to be
checked for specified limits with an oscilloscope or equivalent. Frequency variation is
defined as the steady state frequency of the UPS with and without AC input. The rate of
change of frequency is measured by the time it takes toreach steady-state values.

5) A. C Input Return Test AC input return test is performed by closing AC input circuit
breakers, or is simulated by energizing rectifiers and bypass feeders. Proper operation

126
 of rectifier starting and voltage and frequency variations are to be observed. Note: This
test is normally performed with a fully of partially charged battery.

6) Simulation of Parallel Redundant UPS Fault This test is applicable for UPS with parallel
redundant connections. Faults of rectifier or inverter units may be carried out by
simulation. Output transients are to be observed.

7) Transfer Test This test is applicable for UPS with bypass, particularly in the case of an
electronic bypass switch. Transients shall be measured during load transfer to bypass
caused by a simulated fault and load retransfer after clearing of the fault.

8) Full load test Load tests are performed by connecting the actual load to the UPS output.
Large UPS in parallel connection may be load tested by testing the individual UPS units
separately. Load tests are necessary for testing output voltage and frequency, rated
stored energy, recharge time, ventilation, temperature rise and determination of
efficiency. Load tests are performed to prove transient voltage deviations specified
under step load conditions.

9) Efficiency Efficiency should be determined by the measurement of the active power at

input and output.

10) Actual Load Test Conditions under actual load may differ from those with a dummy load.
Steady-state generation of current and voltage harmonics and transients at load
switching conditions should be observed

11) Current Division in Parallel Load sharing between the Modular DC power supply
rectifier banks & UPS units shall be measured with actual load under conditions of
parallel operation.

12) Rated Stored Energy Time (Battery Test) This test is a load test to prove the actual
possible time of battery operation. If rated load is not available in the case of large UPS,
it is possible to apply a partial load to check the actual batterydischarge
characteristics and compare these with characteristics specified by the battery
manufacturer. Discharge time with rated load shall then be calculated. The test shall be
performed with a fully charged battery and also may be done under other battery
conditions to be specified, if so agreed. Active power output of the UPS and the battery
voltage shall be recorded during the test. Since new batteries often do not provide full
capacity during a starting up period, the discharge test may be repeated after a
reasonable recharge time if the original test has failed.

13) Rated Restored Energy Time Restored energy depends on the charging capacity of the
rectifier and the battery characteristics. If a certain recharging rate is specified, it
shall be provided by repeating the discharge test after the specified charging period.

127
14) Battery Ripple Current If battery ripple currents are specified, then the ripple current
which depends on UPS operation shall be checked under normal operating conditions.
Rough measuring methods are sufficient.

15) On site Ventilation Test The test is performed with the actual load. Temperature
conditions of all Modular DC power supply rectifiers & UPS cubicles are to be observed.

16) Overload Capability Test Overload capability test is a load test. Specified values of
short time overload or starting up sequences of actual load are to be applied for the
time interval specified. Specified values of voltage and current are to be recorded.

17) Short Circuit Current Capability If short-circuit current capability is specified, it may be
tested by applicable of a short circuit to UPS output if necessary, via a suitable fuse,
Short-circuit current is to be recorded.

18) Short Circuit Fuse Test Fuse tripping capability of a UPS shall be tested, by
short-circuiting the UPS output via a fuse of specified type. The test shall be repeated to
ensure against fuse non-uniformity and switching time during the cycle. The test is carried
out at an appropriate UPS load, under normal operation, if not otherwise specified by
Independent consultant.

19) Restart Automatic or other restart means are to be tested after a completed shut-down
as specified.

20) Output Over voltage Output over voltage protection is to be checked.

21) Periodic output voltage modulation When this test is specified, it may be checked by
voltage recording at different loads and operating conditions.

22) Harmonic Components Harmonic components of output voltage shall be checked with the
actual load. Methods of specification and checking shall be subject to Independent
consultant's approval.

23) Earth Fault Test If the DC Power Supply/ UPS output is isolated from earth, then an earth
fault can be applied to any output terminal. DC Power Supply/ UPS output transients (if
any) shall be measured.

If the battery is isolated from earth, then an earth fault can be applied to any output terminals.
DC Power Supply/ UPS output transient (if any) shall be measured.

Cable trays, Fittings & Accessories:

Cable trays shall be ladder/perforated type as specified complete with matching fittings (like
brackets, elbows, bends, reducers, tees, crosses, etc.) accessories (like side coupler plates, etc.

128
and hardware (like bolts, nuts, washers, G.I. strap, hook etc.) as required. Cable tray shall be
ladder type for power & control cables and perforated for instrumentation cables.

Cable trays, fittings and accessories shall be fabricated out of rolled mild steel sheets free from
flaws such as laminations, rolling marks, pitting etc. These (including hardware) shall be hot dip
galvanized as per relevant IS.

Cable trays shall have standard width of 150 mm, 300 mm & 600 mm and standard lengths of
2.5 metre. Thickness of mild steel sheets used for fabrication of cable trays and fittings shall be
2 mm. The thickness of side coupler plates shall be 3 mm.

Cable troughs shall be required for branching out few cables from main cable route. These shall
be U-shaped, fabricated of mild steel sheets of thickness 2 mm and shall be hot dip galvanised
as per relevant IS. Troughs shall be standard width of 50 mm & 75 mm with depth of 25 mm

Support System for Cable Trays

Cable tray support system shall be pre-fabricated similar or equivalent to "Unistrut make".

Support system for cable trays shall essentially comprise of the two components i.e. main support
channel and cantilever arms. The main support channel shall be of two types : (i) C1:- having
provision of supporting cable trays on one side and (ii) C2:-having provision of supporting
cable trays on both sides. The support system shall be the type described hereunder:

a. Cable supporting steel work for cable racks/cables shall comprise of various channel
sections, cantilever arms, various brackets, clamps, floor plates, all hardwares such as
lock washers, hexagon nuts, hexagon head bolt, support hooks, stud nuts, hexagon head
screw, channel nut, channel nut with springs, fixing studs, etc.

b. The system shall be designed such that it allows easy assembly at site by using bolting. All
cable supporting steel work, hardwares fittings and accessories shall be prefabricated
factory galvanised.

c. The main support and cantilever arms shall be fixed at site using necessary brackets,
clamps, fittings, bolts, nuts and other hardware etc. to form various arrangements
required to support the cable trays. Welding of the components shall not be allowed.
However, welding of the bracket (to which the main support channel is bolted) to the
overhead beams, structural steel, insert plates or reinforcement bars will be permitted.
Any cutting or welding of the galvansied surface shall be brushed and red lead primer,
oil primer & aluminium paint shall be applied

d. All steel components, accessories, fittings and hardware shall be hot dip galvanised after
completing welding, cutting, drilling and other machining operation.

e. Support system shall be able to withstand

129
 • weight of the cable trays
• weight of the cables (75 Kg/Metre run of each cable tray)
• Concentrated load of 75 Kg between every support span.
• Factor of safety of minimum 1.5 shall be considered.

Module Cleaning

Module Cleaning System:

• Pipes, Valves, Pumps etc shall be tested as per requirements of relevant standard.

Weather Monitoring Station

As a part of weather monitoring station, Bidder shall provide following measuring instruments
with all necessary software & hardware required to integrate with SCADA so as to enable
availability of data in SCADA.

1) PYRANOMETER

Bidder shall provide minimum two (02) number of pyranometers for measuring incident global
solar radiation. One of them shall be placed on horizontal surface and the other on adjustable
inclined plane. The specification for pyranometers shall be as follows:

SI.No Details Values

1. Spectral Response. 0.31 to 2.8 micron
2. Sensitivity Min 7 micro-volt/w/m2
3. Time response(95%): Max 15 s
4. Non linearity: ±0.5%
5. Temperature Response: ±2%
6. Tilt error: < ±0.5%.
7. Zero offset thermal radiation: ±7 w/m2
8. Zero offset temperature change ±2 w/m2
9. Operating temperature range: 0 deg to +80 deg.

10. Uncertainty (95% confidence Hourly- Max-3%, Daily-

Level): Max-2%
11. Non stability: Max ±0.8%
12. Resolution: Min + / -1 W/m2
13. Input Power for Instrument & 230 a
Peripherals: .
c
.
Each instrument shall be supplied with necessary cables. Calibration certificate with alibration
traceability to World Radiation Reference (WRR) or World Radiation Centre (WRC) shall be (
furnished along with the equipment. The signal cable length shall not exceed 20m. Bidder shallI
f
provide Instrument manual in hard and soft form
r
2) THERMOMETER e
q
u
130i
r
e
d
)
Bidder shall provide minimum two thermometers (one for ambient temperature measurement
with shielding case and other for module temperature measurement). The thermometers shall be
RTD / semiconductor type measuring instrument. Instrument shall have a range of 0°C to 80°C.
The instrument shall have valid calibration certificate.

3) ANEMOMETER

Bidder shall provide minimum one no. anemometer with wind vane of rotating cup type

SI.No Details Values

1. Velocity range with accuracy ± 0.11 m/s upto 10.1 m/s
limit ± 1.1 % of true when more than 10.1
m/s
2. Wind direction range with 0 to 360 deg with accuracy ± 5 deg
accuracy limit

The instrument shall have valid calibration certificate.

Metering System:

1) One No. energy meter of 0.2s accuracy class suitable for ABT-TOD requirement shall be
provided at each 66 kV export feeder. The instrument transformers used for this
measurement shall be outdoor type and Meter shall be placed in metering panel to be
placed inside the individual pooling switchgear rooms.

2) For measurement of Auxiliary power consumption, MFM in ACDB incomer shall be

provided by the bidder.

3) Meter shall be suitable for interfacing for synchronizing the built-in clock of the meter by
GPS time synchronization equipment. Bidder shall synchronize the meter using GPS time
synchronization equipment. All the hardware required for synchronization shall be in
scope of bidder.

4) The ABT meters supplied under this contract shall also meet the requirement of respective
RLDC/State power Utilities.

5) This metering system shall have following features:

i. Meters shall be microprocessor-based MWH meters having an accuracy class of 0.2S or
better. MVARH meters shall have accuracy class of 0.5 or better.
ii. These meters shall have provision for downloading of data through an optical port and
for through RS 232/485 port.
iii. Even under absence of VT input, energy meter display shall be available and it shall be
possible to download data from the energy meters.
Dummy panels shall be supplied for mounting of energy meters supplied by
respective RLDC/ State power Utilities. Terminal blocks (disconnecting

131
type) shall also be provided with these panels
Quantity and dimension of these panels shall be decided during detailed engineering.

6) Technical Requirements of Energy Meters for ABT Requirement

Contractor shall supply energy meters along with metering station, 4 Nos. machine Clients, 20
nos web client license. MRI or lap top (as applicable) as per the technical specification given
below:

a. Shall be microprocessor-based conforming to IEC 62052-11, IEC 62053¬22, IS 14697

b. Shall carry out measurement of active energy (both import and export) and reactive
energy (both import and export) by 3-phase, 4 wire principle suitable for balanced/
unbalanced 3 phase load.

c. Shall have an accuracy of energy measurement of at least Class 0.2S for active energy
and at least Class 0.5 for reactive energy.

d. The active and reactive energy shall be directly computed in CT & VT primary ratings.

e. Separate CTs and VTs shall be provided for main/check and standby meters.

f. The reactive energy shall be recorded for each metering interval in four different
registers as MVARh (lag) when active export, MVARh (Lag) when active import, MVARh
(lead) when active export, MVARh (Lead) when active import.

g. Two separate registers shall be provided to record MVARH when system voltage is
>103% and when system voltage is < 97%.

h. Shall compute the net MWh and MVARh during each successive 15 minute block
metering interval along with a plus/minus sign, instantaneous MWh, instantaneous
MVARh, average frequency of each 15 minutes, net active energy at midnight,net
reactive energy for voltage low and high conditions at each midnight.

i. Each energy meter shall have a display unit. It shall display the net MWh and MVARh
with a plus/minus sign and average frequency during the previous metering interval;
peak MWh demand since the last demand reset; accumulated total (instantaneous) MWh
and MVARh with a plus/minus sign, date and time; and instantaneous current and voltage
on each phases.

j. All the registers shall be stored in a non-volatile memory. Meter registers for each
metering interval, as well as accumulated totals, shall be downloadable. All the net
active/reactive energy values displayed or stored shall be with a plus /minus sign for
export/import.

132
k. At least the following data shall be stored before being over¬written for the following
parameters.

Parameters Details Min No of days

1. Net MWH 15 min block 40 days in meter
2. Aver Freq 15 min block 40 days in meter
3. Net MVARH for V > 103% 15 min block 40 days in meter
4. Net MVARH for V < 97% 15 min block 40 days in meter
5. Cumulative Net MWH at 10 days in meter/
every midnight 40 days in PC
6. Cumulative Net MVARH for 10 days in meter/
V> 103% at every midnight 40 days in PC
7. Cumulative Net MVARH for V < 10 days in meter/
97% At every midnight 40 days in PC
8. Date and time blocks of VT
failure on any phase.

l. Shall have a built in clock and calendar with an accuracy of less than 15 seconds per
month drift without assistance of external time synchronizing pulse.

m. Date/time shall be displayed on demand. The clock shall be synchronized by GPS time
synchronization equipment being supplied by the contractor.

n. The voltage monitoring of shall be inbuilt feature provided to signal failures to the
Substation Automation System, The meter shall be suitable to operate with power drawn
from the VT supplies. The burden of the meters shall be less than 2 VA.

o. The power supply to the meter shall be healthy even with a single-phase VT supply. An
automatic backup, in the event of non-availability of voltage in all the phases, shall be
provided by a built in long life battery and shall not need replacement for at least
10 years with a continuous VT interruption of at least 2 years. Even under absence of VT
input, energy meter display shall be available and it shall be possible to download data
from the energy meter. Incase data downloading is not possible in absence of VT supply,
meter with provision of 220V DC auxiliary power shall be provided. Date and time of VT
interruption and restoration shall be automatically stored in a non-volatile memory.

p. Shall have an optical port on the front of the meter for data collection from either a hand
held meter reading instrument (MRI) having a display for energy readings or from a
notebook computer with suitable software . The contractor shall supply the MRI and/or
notebook complete with all optical interface unit required.

q. The meter shall have means to test MWh and MVARh accuracy and calibration at site
in-situ and test terminal blocks shall be provided for the same.

133
 r. Each meter shall have a unique identification code provided by the Owner and shall be
permanently marked on the front of the meter and stored in the non-volatile memory of
the meter.

7) Type Test requirement for Energy Meters

All Type Test Reports shall be provided as per IEC 62052-11, IEC 62053-22, IS 14697

11 Kv/33 kV Switchyard Equipments:

1.0) CONDUCTOR
This specification covers design, manufacture, testing before dispatch, supply and
delivery of All Aluminium (AA), Aluminum Conductors Steel Reinforced (ACSR) All
Aluminum Alloy (AAA) Conductors.

2.0) APPLICABLE STANDARD

The Conductor shall strictly comply with the following Indian Standard Specification
relevant to the conductor.

i. IS: 398- Aluminium Coductors for Overhead Transmission Purposes (Part-(): Aluminium
Stranded Conductors
ii. IS: 398- Aluminium Coductors for Overhead Transmission Purposes (Part-II): Aluminium
Conductors Galvanised steel reinforced
iii. IS: 398- Aluminium Coductors for Overhead Transmissio Purposes(Part- Specification
for Aluminium Alloy (Aluminium, Magnesium ,Silicon Type)
3.0) MATERIAL
The conductors shall be of best quality and workmanship. The steel reinforced aluminum
conductors shall be manufactured of hard drawn EC grade aluminum wires and high
tensile galvanized steel wires of the sizes and with mechanical and electrical properties
as specified in the Standard. The coating on the galvanized steel wires may be applied
by the hot process or electrolytic process in accordance with IS: 4826-1968
(specifications for galvanized coating on round steel wires).AAA Conductor shall
however be constructed of heat-treated aluminum magnesium silicon alloy wire. The
wires shall be smooth and free from all imperfections such as spills and splits and rolling
and wire drawing defects etc. resulting in reduction in cross-sectional area over the entire
length.

Physical properties shall conform to the relevant IS specifications. The wires of Aluminum
Alloy Conductor shall be of heat treated aluminum, magnesium, silicon alloy having
composition appropriate to the technical and electrical properties as specified in Table-I
of IS : 398 (Pt-IV)/1994. Bidder may provide adequately rated AAAC/AAC or ACSR in
accordance with applicable IS.

134
3.1) POLES
DESIGN PARAMETERS

All 33 kV pole if used shall be of Rail Poles or RSJ poles of appropriate grade & size.
These poles shall be painted by Epoxy based aluminium paint as per REC specification.

Maximum span of HT Lines with proposed conductors shall be as per REC construction
standards or as specified in the table below.

The following types of pole configurations shall be used at respective locations given
below after finalization of survey & pole spottin.

a. SP (Single Pole support) i) 0° -10° deviation.

b. DP (Double Pole support) ii) 10° - 60° deviation.
c. FP (Four Pole support) (iii) 60° - 90° deviation

Design Parameters

a) Factor of safety 2.0 in normal condition for 11kV-33 kV

b) Wind Pressure on Pole & conductor— As per IS 802
c) Wind load on cross-arms, insulators guy-wire etc. shall be
considered.
d) Wind load on full projected area of conductors and pole is to be considered for design.
e) Ground clearance shall be minimum 5.2m for 11kV-33 kV line f) Ground clearance shall
be minimum 4m for 11kV-33 kV ABC line & LT ABC line.
f) All other clearance shall be as per IE.Rules.
g) The live metal clearance shall be as per IS: 5613 and shall be min.330 mm for 11kV-33
kV line.

Pole accessories like danger plates, phase plates, anti climbing device, shall be
provided.

1) Excavation of pole pit

Excavation cost for pits shall be included by the contractor in the bid for following type
of soils inclusive of dewatering of pits and shoring and shuttering wherever necessary.

a. All type of soils and soil conditions but excluding hard rock
For the purpose of pole planting, normally pit size shall be 600x500x1500 (mm). In case
bidder employs Earth augers, the Pit size can be considered 0.7 meter dia with 1.5 meter
depth.
b. Hard rock
For hard rock locations, 1 meter deep hole of diameter 20% in excess of the longest
dimension of the bottom most portion of pole shall be excavated. The pole shall be
grouted in the pit with 1:2:4 nominal concrete mix at the time of pole erection. For hard

135
 rock, the excavation cost per location shall remain same for all type of foundations.
Controlled blasting shall be permitted only in case of hard or rocky soil. The contractor
shall be responsible for any damage or accidents arising out of the process of blasting.
Blasting shall not be permitted if the area around location is inhabited. In such case, the
contractor shall have to follow other methods like drilling etc.

2) PCC footing and compaction of soil

The planting depth of pole shall be 1500 mm in the ground except in wet soil and black
cotton soil where depth shall be increased by 0.2 mtr. to 0.3 mtr. with reduced wind span.

3) Earthing of Poles
In 11kV-33 kV, each pole shall be earthed with spike type earthing as per REC
Construction Standard J-2. All DP & Four pole structures & the poles on both sides of
railway, Telecommunication, road, drain & river crossing shall be earthed by pipe
earthing as per enclosed REC Construction Standard J2.

In rocky areas where digging of earth pits up to 1500mm is not possible spike earthing
in horizontal configuration buried at a depth of not less than 800mm may be used.

In rocky areas where individual earthing of poles is not possible, an overhead GI earth
wire shall be run as per REC construction standard drawing- A5. This earth wire shall be
earthed at three different points in one Km using pipe earthing as per REC construction
standard J2. The dimension of over head GI earth wire shall not be less than 6mm dia. &
4mm dia respectively for 33KV &11KV lines

4) PROVIDING OF GUYS/STRUT POLES TO SUPPORTS

The arrangement for guys shall be as per REC Construction. Strut poles/flying guys
wherever required shall be installed on various pole locations as per REC construction
standards .For selection of guying locations REC guidelines & construction practices &
IS :5613 shall be followed. The stay rod should be placed in a position so that the angle
of rod with the vertical face of the pit is 30°/45° as the case may be.

In this work anchor type guy sets are to be used. These guys shall be provided at

(i) Angle locations

(ii) Dead end locations
(iii) T-off points
(iv) Steep gradient locations.
(v) Double Pole, & four poles
(vi) Wind stays along tangent locations at 40% of pole locations
(vii) For double pole structure (DP), four stays along the line, two in each direction and
two stays along the bisection of the angle of deviation (or more) as required

136
 depending on the angle of deviation are to be provided. Hot dip galvanized
stay sets are to be used.

G.I. stay wires of size 7/3.15 mm (10 SWG) with GI turn buckle rod of 16 mm dia & 16
mm dia GI stay stay rods, shall be used for 11kV-33 kV & LT line.

G.I. stay wires of size 7/4 mm with GI turn buckle rod of 20 mm dia & 20 mm dia GI stay
rods shall be used for 11kV-33 kV line.

Precast RCC anchor plate as per REC construction standard K1 shall be used for the
purpose of anchoring the guy rod with a bolt arrangement at one end and other end is
given shape of 40mm dia circle to bind one end of the stay wire.

The size of the stay pit shall be 500mmx500mmx1600mm with concrete mix of 1:2:4
having volume in stay pit of 800x500x500=0.2 cubic mtr for embedding RCC stay
plate assembly and the balance pit to be filled with earth duly rammed.

In case of firm soil, concreting is not required.

The turn buckle shall be mounted at the pole end of the stay and guy wire so fixed that
the turn buckle is half way in the working position, thus giving the maximum movement for
tightening or loosening.

If the guy wire proves to be hazardous, it should be protected with suitable asbestos
pipe filled with concrete of about 2 m length above the ground level, painted with white
and black strips so that, it may be visible at night.

5) CROSS ARMS
Cross Arms for 11kV-33 kV Overhead Power Lines shall be made out of 100x50x6 mm
M.S. channel.

For 11kV-33 kV line, cross arms a MS strip of 100x50x5 mm shall be welded for
providing additional mechanical strength at the seat of the pin insulator

Fixing of Cross Arms

After the erection of supports and providing guys, the cross-arms are to be mounted on
the support with necessary clamps, bolts and nuts. The practice of fixing the cross arms
before the pole erection can also be followed. In case, the cross-arm shall be mounted
after the pole is erected, the lineman should climb the pole with necessary tools. The
cross-arm shall then tied to a hand line and pulled up by the ground man through a pulley,
till the cross-arm reaches the line man. The ground man should station himself on one side,
so that if any material drops from the top of the pole, it may not strike him. All the
materials should be lifted or lowered through the hand line, and should not be dropped.

137
3.2) CLAMPS AND CONNECTORS

The material of clamps and connectors shall be Aluminium alloy casting conforming to
designation A6 of IS:617 for connecting to equipment terminals and conductors of
aluminium. In case the terminals are of copper, the same clamps/connectors shall be used
with 2mm thick bimetallic.

The material of clamps and connectors shall be Galvanised mild steel for connecting to
shield wire.

Bolts, nuts and plain washers shall be hot dip galvanised mild steel for sizes M12 and
above. For sizes below M12, they shall be electro galvanised mild steel. The spring
washers shall be electro-galvanised mild steel.

All castings shall be free from blow holes, surface blisters, cracks and cavities. All sharp
edges and corners shall be rounded off to meet specified corona and radio interference
requirements.

They shall have same current rating as that of the connected equipment. All current
carrying parts shall be at least 10 mm thick. The connectors shall be manufactured to
have minimum contact resistance.

Flexible connectors, braids or laminated strips shall be made up of copper/aluminium.

Current rating and size of terminal/conductor for which connector is suitable shall be put
on a suitable sticker on each component which should last atleast till erection time.

3.3) CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Circuit Breakers shall be outdoor type, comprising three identical single pole units,
complete in all respects with all fittings and wiring. The circuit breakers and accessories
shall conform to IEC- 62271-100 or equivalent Indian Standard.

DUTY REQUIREMENTS

Circuit breaker shall be totally restrike free under all duty conditions and shall be
capable of performing their duties without opening resistor. The circuit breaker shall
meet the duty requirement of any type of fault or fault location and shall be suitable for
line charging and dropping when used on 11kV-33 kV effectively grounded or
ungrounded systems and perform make and break operations as per the stipulated duty
cycles satisfactorily.

The circuit breaker shall be capable for breaking the steady & transient magnetizing
current corresponding to 11kV-33 kV transformers. It shall also be capable of breaking
line charging currents as per IEC- 62271-100 with a voltage factor of 1.4.

138
 The rated transient recovery voltage for terminal fault and short line faults shall be as
per IEC:62271-100.

The circuit breaker shall be reasonably quiet in operation. Noise level in excess of 140
dB measured at base of the breaker would be unacceptable. Bidder shall indicate the
noise level of breaker at distance of 50 to 150 m from base of the breaker.

The Bidder may note that total break time of the breaker shall not be exceeded under
any duty conditions specified such as with the combined variation of the trip coil voltage,
pneumatic pressure etc. While furnishing the proof of the total break time of complete
circuit breaker, the Bidder may specifically bring out the effect of non-simultaneity
between same pole and poles and show how it is covered in the guaranteed total break
time.

While furnishing particulars regarding the D.C. component of the circuit breaker, the
Bidder shall note that IEC-62271-100 requires that this value should correspond to the
guaranteed minimum opening time under any condition of operation.

The critical current which gives the longest arc duration at lock out pressure of
extinguishing medium and the duration shall be indicated.

All the duty requirements specified above shall be provided with the support of
adequate test reports to be furnished along with the bid.

3.3.1) OPERATING MECHANISM

Circuit Breaker shall be operated by electrically spring charged mechanism only.

The operating mechanism shall be anti-pumping and trip free (as per IEC definition)
electrically and either mechanically or pneumatically under every method of closing. The
mechanism of the breaker shall be such that the position of the breaker is maintained
even after the leakage of operating media and/or gas. The circuit breaker shall be able
to perform the duty cycle without any interruption.

Electrical tripping shall be performed by shunt trip coil. Provision shall also be made for
local electrical control. 'Local / remote' selector switch and close & trip push buttons shall
be provided in the breaker central control cabinet. Remote located push buttons and
indicating lamps shall also be provided.

Operating mechanism and all accessories shall be in local control cabinet. A central
control cabinet for the three poles of the breaker shall be provided along with supply of
necessary tubing, cables, etc.

GENERAL PARAMETER

139
 Type of circuit breaker Vacuum/SF6 type
Highest system Voltage 12kV-36 kV
Rated frequency 50 Hz
Number of poles Three (3)
Rated/minimum power 28kV-70 kV
frequency Withstand voltage
Rated lightning impulse 75kV-170 kV
Withstand voltage
Minimum Creepage distance 25 mm/kV of highest system voltage
Rated operating duty cycle 0 - 0.3 sec. - CO - 3min. -- CO
Rated line charging breaking As per IEC
Current (voltage factor of 1.4)

Reclosing Three phase high speed auto

reclosing

Maximum fault level 25kA (rms) for 3 sec

Total closing time Not more than 150 ms.

As required plus 4NO and 4NC

Auxiliary contacts
contacts per pole as spare.
Maximum 140dB at 50m distance from
Noise level base of circuit breaker

Seismic acceleration 0.3 g horizontal

3.4) ISOLATORS
The isolators and accessories shall conform in general to IEC 62271-102 (or equivalent
Indian standard) except to the extent explicitly modified in specification.

Earth switches shall be provided on isolators wherever called for.

Operating mechanism of Isolator Manual Operated

and earth switch
Nominal system voltage 11kV-33kV
Highest system voltage 12kV-36kV
Type Outdoor
Rated short time current of isolator 25 kA (rms) for 3 sec.
and earth switch
Rated dynamic short time withstand 6.5kA-31.25kA (peak)
current of isolator and earth switch
Impulse withstand voltage with 75kV - 170kVp to earth 195 kVp
1.2/50 micro sec. wave across isolating distance
One minute power frequency 28kV - 70 kV (rms) to earth & 80 kV
withstand Voltage (rms) across isolating distance
Temperature rise As per Table-IV of IS: 9921

140
 Rated mechanical terminal load As per 62271-102
Creepage distance (Total) 900 mm
Line charging breaking capacity 6.3 A
Transformer off-load breaking 6.3 A
capacity

Isolator shall be gang operated for main blades and earth switches. The operation of the
three poles shall be well synchronised and interlocked.

The design of linkages and gears shall be such so as to allow one man to operate the
handle with ease for isolator and earth switch.

They shall be constructed such that they do not open under influence of short circuit
current and wind pressure together. The earth switches wherever provided shall be
constructional interlocked so that the earth switches can be operated only when the
isolator is open and vice-versa.

In addition to the constructional interlock, isolator and earth switches shall have provision
to prevent their electrical and manual operation unless the associated and other
interlocking conditions are met. All these interlocks shall be of fail safe type. Suitable
individual interlocking coil arrangements shall be provided. The interlocking coil shall be
suitable for continuous
operation from DC supply and within a variation range as stipulated in relevant section.
The interlock coil shall be provided with adequate contacts for facilitating permissive
logic for 'DC' control scheme of the isolator as well as for AC circuit of the motor to
prevent opening or closing
of isolators when the interlocking coil is not energised.

3.5) INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMER

a) General Requirement

The instrument transformers i.e. current and voltage transformers shall be single phase
transformer units and shall be supplied with a common marshaling box for a set of three
single phase units. The tank as well as top metallics shall be hot dip galvanised or painted
Grey color as per RAL 9002.

The instrument transformers shall be oil filled hermetically sealed units. The instrument
transformers shall be provided with filling and drain plugs. Polarity marks shall indelibly
be marked on each instrument transformer and at the lead terminals at the associated
terminal block.

The insulators shall have cantilever strength of more than 500 kg.

b) MARSHALLING BOX

The wiring diagram for the interconnection of three phase instrument transformer shall be
pasted inside the box in such a manner so that it is visible and it does not deteriorate with

141
 time. Terminal blocks in the marshaling box shall have facility for star/delta formation,
short circuiting
and grounding of secondary terminals. The box shall have enough terminals to wire all
control circuits plus 20 spare terminals.

c) CURRENT TRANSFORMERS (CTs)

The CTs shall have single primary of either ring type or hair pin type or bar type. In
case of "Bar Primary" inverted type CTs, the following requirements shall be
met:

The secondaries shall be totally encased in metallic shielding providing a uniform

equi-potential surface for even electric field distribution. The lowest part of insulation
assembly shall be properly secured to avoid any risk of damage due to transportation
stresses.

The upper part of insulation assembly sealing on primary bar shall be properly secured
to avoid any damage during transportation due to relative movement between insulation
assembly and top dome.

The CT shall be provided with oil sight glass.

Different ratios shall be achieved by secondary taps only, and primary reconnections
shall not be accepted.

The guaranteed burdens and accuracy class are to be intended as simultaneous for all
cores.

The instrument security factor at all ratios shall be less than five (5) for metering core. If
any auxiliary CT/reactor is used, then all parameters specified shall be met treating
auxiliary CTs/reactors as integral part of CT. The auxiliary CT/reactor shall preferably
be in-built construction of the CT. In case it is separate, it shall be mounted in secondary
terminal box.

The secondary terminals shall be terminated on stud type suitable no's of

non-disconnecting and disconnecting terminal blocks inside the terminal box of degree of
protection IP:55 at the bottom of CT.

The CTs shall be suitable for horizontal transportation.

The CTs shall have provision for taking oil samples from bottom of CT without exposure to
atmosphere to carry out dissolved gas analysis periodically. Contractor shall give his
recommendations for such analysis, i.e. frequency of test, norms of acceptance, quantity
of oil to be withdrawn, and treatment of CT.

The CT shall have provision for measurement of capacitance and tan delta as erected at
site.

d) PARAMETERS FOR CURRENT TRANSFORMERS

142
 Highest system Voltage(Um) Manual Operated
Rated frequency 11kV-33kV
System neutral earthing 12kV-36kV

Installation Outdoor
Rated short time thermal current 25kA (rms) for 1 sec.
Rated dynamic current 6.5kA-31.25kA (peak)
Rated min power frequency withstand voltage 75k - 170kVp to earth 195 kVp
(rms value) across isolating distance
Rated lightning impulse withstand 28k - 70 kV (rms) to earth & 80 kV
voltage (peak value) (rms) across isolating distance
Partial discharge level As per Table-IV of IS: 9921
Minimum Creepage distance As per 62271-102

Temperature rise 900 mm

Type of insulation 6.3 A

Number of cores 6.3 A
Number of terminals in marshalling box All terminals of control circuits wired
upto marshalling box plus 20
terminals spare

e) VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS (VTs)

Voltage transformers shall be of Outdoor type, Oil filled, bottom and dead Tank type
electromagnetic, with sealing arrangement as per IS-316-1992. It is also to be equipped
with protective and damping devices Oil level indicator with danger level marking is also
to be provided.

They shall be of the oil immersed, self-cooled type and

provided
alternatively with an inert gas cushion or with metallic bellows above the-insulating oil
level. A pressure relief device valve type may also be provided if permitted to design.

The VTs may be built up of high-grade non ageing cold rolled grain oriented silicon steel
lamination, conforming to IS: 3024, of low hysterisis losses and high permeability to
ensure high accuracy at both normal rated and above rated voltages.

The limits of temperatures rise shall not exceed the values specified in Table 3 of IS:
3156 (Part-1) 1998. However, if the voltage transformers has an inert gas cushion
above the oil at the top of the tank or housing shall not exceed 50° C. The oil shall be
mineral insulating oil conforming to IS: 335¬1983.

The HV neutral end terminal shall not be earthed directly to the metal body of the VT but
shall be brought out through a porcelain 2 KV class bushing. A tinned copper link of the
bolted type shall be provided to connect the HV neutral end terminal and the earth
bushing. Both the HV neutral end bushing and the earth bushing shall be housed in a. dust
tight, vermin proof box with a front access bolted type gasketted cover.

143
 The secondaries shall be protected by HRC cartridge type fuses for all windings. In
addition fuses shall also be provided for protection and metering windings for connection
to fuse monitoring scheme. The secondary terminals shall be terminated on stud type
non-disconnecting
terminal blocks via the fuse inside the terminal box of degree of protection IP55. The
access to secondary terminals shall be without the danger of access to high voltage
circuit.

The accuracy of metering core shall be maintained through the entire burden range upto
50VA on all three windings without any adjustments during operations.

f) PARAMETERS FOR VOLTAGE TRANSFORMERS

GENERAL PARAMETERS

Highest System Voltage(Um) 12kV-36 kV

System neutral earthing effective earthed
Installation Outdoor
System Fault level 25kA
Rated min power frequency 28kV - 70kV
withstand voltage (rms value)
Rated lightning impulse withstand voltage 75kV - 170kV
(peak value)
Standard reference range of frequencies for 96% to 102% for protection and
which the accuracy are valid 99% to 101% for measurement
Rated voltage factor 1.2 continuous & 1.5 for 30 sec
Class of Accuracy For tariff metering VT - 0.2 Other VTs
— 0.2
Stray capacitance and stray conductance of As per IEC:358
LV terminal over entire carrier frequency
range
OneMinute Power frequency Withstand voltage 2 kV rms
for secondary winding
Temp. rise over an ambient temp. of 50 deg. C As per IEC 60044

Number of terminals incontrol All terminals of control circuits wired

spare. Cabinet upto marshalling box plus
10 terminals
Min Creepage distance 25mm/KV of Highest voltage

3.6) SURGE ARRESTOR

The surge arrestors (SAs) shall conform in general to IEC 60099-4 or IS: 3070 except to
the extent modified in the specification. Arresters shall be of hermetically sealed units,
self-supporting construction, suitable for mounting on lattice type support structures.
Bidder shall furnish the technical particulars of Surge arrester. Outer insulation may be
either porcelain or polymer type.

144
 The SAs shall be of heavy duty station class and gapless Metal Oxide type without any
series or shunt gaps. The SAs shall be capable of discharging over-voltages occurring
during switching of unloaded transformers, and long lines.

Arrestors shall be complete with insulating base for mounting on structure. Self-contained
discharge counters, suitably enclosed for outdoor use and requiring no auxiliary or
battery supply for operation shall be provided for each single pole unit with necessary
connection. Suitable leakage current meters should also be supplied within the same
enclosure. The reading of millimeter and counters shall be visible through an inspection
glass panel

The surge arrestors shall conform to type tests and shall be subjected to routine and
acceptance tests in accordance with IEC-60099-4

Rate System Voltage 12kV-36 kV

Rate Arrester Voltage 09kV-30 kV
Nominal discharge current 10 kA of 8/20 micro-sec wave
Minimum discharge capability 5 kilo joule/kV(referred to rated
arrestor voltage corresponding to
minimum discharge
characteristics)
Maximum continuous operating 24 kV rms
Max. residual voltage (1 kA) 28kV - 70 kVp
Max. residual voltage at10 kA nominal 85 kVp
discharge current (8/20 micro sec wave)
Max. switching impulse residual 70 kVp
Voltage at 500A peak
Max. steep current residual 93 kVp at 10kA
voltage
High current short duration test Value (4/10 100 kAp
micro-sec-wave)
Current for pressure relief test 25kA rms
One minute power frequency withstand voltage 70 kV (rms)
of arrestor housing (dry and wet)
Impulse withstand voltage of arrestor housing 75kV - 170 kV (Peak)
with 1.2/50 micro sec. Wave
Partial discharge at 1.05 MCOV (continuous Not more than 50 p.c
operating voltage)
High current short duration test Value (4/10 100 kAp
micro-sec-wave)

3.7) INSULATORS

Porcelain insulator shall comply IS: 731-1976 or equivalent international standard

and shall be homogenous, free from laminations, cavities and other flaws or
imperfections that might affect the mechanical or dielectric quality and shall be

145
thoroughly vitrified, tough and impervious to moisture. Hollow porcelain should be in one
integral piece in green & fired stage

Pin insulators shall be used on all poles in straight line and disc or shackle insulators on
angle and dead end poles.

Strain insulators shall be used at line sectionalizing locations, dead end locations, major
crossings and locations where the angle of deviation line is more than 10°.

For 11kV-33kV lines Ball & Socket type strain insulators with fittings shall be used.

The pins for insulators shall be fixed in the holes provided in the cross-arms and the pole
top brackets. The insulators shall be mounted in their places over the pins and tightened.
In the case of strain or angle supports, where strain fittings are provided for this purpose,
one strap of the strain fittings is placed over the cross-arm before placing the bolt in the
hole cross-arms. The nut of the straps shall be so tightened that the strap can move freely
in horizontal direction.

The insulator hardware shall be of bolted type and shall be of forged steel except for
insulator cap, which can be of malleable cast iron. It shall also generally meet the
requirements of clamps and connectors as specified above.

In one span, Tension string assembly at one end shall be supplied with suitable turn
buckle.

DISC INSULATOR
The disc insulator shall meet the following parameters:
a. Type : Antifog type insulator
b. Size of insulator : 255x145
c. Electro mechanical strength : 120kN
d. Leakage distance (mm) : 430mm minimum or as required to
x meet the total creepage.
e. Power frequency withstand voltage : 85 kV (dry), 50kV (wet)

Bushings shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with IS:2099 & IEC:137 while
hollow column insulators shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with IEC 233/IS
5284. The support insulators shall be manufactured and tested as per IS:2544 / IEC
168/IEC 273. The insulators shall also conform to IEC 815 as applicable. Support
insulators/ bushings/ hollow column insulators shall be designed to have ample insulation,
mechanical strength and rigidity for the conditions under which they will be used.

Porcelain used shall be homogenous, free from laminations, cavities and other flaws or
imperfections that might affect the mechanical or dielectric quality and shall be
thoroughly vitrified, tough and impervious to moisture. Hollow porcelain should be in one
integral piece in green & fired stage.

Glazing of the porcelain shall be uniform brown in colour, free form blisters,
burns and other similar defects.

146
 When operating at normal rated voltage there shall be no electric discharge between
conductor and insulators which would cause corrosion or injury to conductors or when
operating at normal rated voltage.

The design of the insulator shall be such that stresses due to expansion and contraction in
any part of the insulator shall be lead to deterioration. All ferrous parts shall be hot dip
galvanised.

Contractor shall make available data on all the essential features of design including the
method of assembly of shells and metal parts, number of shells per insulator, the manner
in which mechanical stresses are transmitted through shells to adjacent parts,
provision for meeting expansion stresses, results of corona and thermal shock
tests,recommended working strength and any special design or arrangement employed
to increase life under service conditions.

Post type insulators shall consist of a porcelain part permanently secured in metal base to
be mounted on supporting structures. They shall be capable of being mounted upright.
They shall be designed to withstand all shocks to which they may be subjected to during
operation of the associated equipment.

Bushing porcelain shall be robust and capable of withstanding the internal pressures
likely to occur in service. The design and location of clamps, the shape and the strength of
the porcelain flange securing the bushing to the tank shall be such that there is no risk of
fracture. All portions of the assembled porcelain enclosures and supports other than
gaskets, which may in any way be exposed to the atmosphere shall be composed of
completely non hygroscopic material such as metal or glazed porcelain.

All iron parts shall be hot dip galvanised and all joints shall be air tight. Surface of joints
shall be trued, porcelain parts by grinding and metal parts by machining. Insulator/
bushing design shall be such as to ensure a uniform compressive pressure on the joints.

In accordance with the requirements stipulated under Chapter-GO, bushings, hollow

column insulators and support insulators shall conform to type tests and shall be subjected
to routine tests and acceptance test/ sample test in accordance with relevant standards.

Insulator shall also meet requirement of IEC - 60815 as applicable, having alternate long
& short sheds.

3.8) SPACERS

Spacers shall conform to IS:10162. They shall be of non-magnetic material except nuts
and bolts, which shall be of hot dip galvanised mild steel. Spacers shall generally meet
the requirements of clamps and connectors as specified above. Its design shall take care
of fixing and removing during installation and maintenance.

In addition to the type tests as per IS:10162, clamp slip test should have been conducted.
In this test the sample shall be installed on test span of twin/quad bundle string at a
tension of 44.2 kN (4500 kg). One of the clamps when subjected to a longitudinal pull of
2.5 kN (250 kg) parallel to the axis of conductor shall not slip, i.e. permanent
displacement between conductor and clamp after the test shall not exceed 1.0 mm. This
test should have been performed on all other clamps of the sample.

147
4.0) TYPE TEST REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL SWITCHYARD EQUIPMENTS

All equipments (Instrument Transformer, breaker, isolator and Surge arrestor) to be

supplied shall be of type tested design. During detail engineering, the contractor shall
submit for Owner's approval the reports of all the type tests carried out as per relevant
standards within last ten years from the date of bid opening. These reports should be for
the test conducted on the equipment similar to those proposed to be supplied under this
contract and the test(s) should have been either conducted at an independent laboratory
or should have been witnessed by a Client.

However if contractor is not able to submit report of the type test(s) conducted within last
ten years from the date of bid opening, or in the case of type test report(s) are not found
to be meeting the specification requirements, the contractor shall conduct all such tests
under this contract at no additional cost to the owner either at third party lab or in
presence of client/ owners representative and submit the reports for approval.

All acceptance and routine tests as per relevant standards shall be carried out. Charges
for these shall be deemed to be included in the equipment price

148
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR 110KV CLASS POWER TRANSFORMER OF 20 MVA & BELOW
CAPACITY

Note- All the technical specification related to transformers and accessories shall have the
propor design, drawings, approved specifications and tenderer shall have to obtain the
prior approval from independent consultant.

Note- THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COMPLY AND FOLLOW THE LATEST SPECIFICATIONS, IS,
RELATED STANDARDS, PROCEDURES, METHODS ALONG WITH KPTCL NORMS AND SITE
SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS.

SECTION-1

1.0 SCOPE:

1.1 This specification covers design, manufacture, shop testing, supply, delivery, supervision
of erection, testing and commissioning of 110KV CLASS two winding Transformer with all
fittings and accessories, OLTC, RTCC, FCC, parallel operating equipments, first filling of
oil and 10% spare oil in non-returnable drums.

The Power Transformers and its accessories shall be SCADA compatible.

1.2 The equipment‘s offered shall be complete with all components necessary for effective
and trouble free operation such component shall be deemed to be within the scope
of suppliers supply, irrespective of whether those are specifically brought out in this
specification and or / the commercial order or not.

1.3 The transformers shall conform in all respects to high standards of engineering, design,
workmanship and latest revisions of relevant standards at the time of offer and
purchaser shall have the power to reject any work or material which, in his judgement,
is not in full accordance therewith.

2.0 STANDARDS:

2.01 THE TRANSFORMERS, ACCESSORIES AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT SHALL

GENERALLY CONFORM TO THE LATEST REVISION AND AMENDMENTS OF
STANDARDS AS GIVEN BELOW, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT EXPLICITLY MODIFIED IN
THE SPECIFICATIONS.

THE SUGGESTED MODIFICATIONS AND SPECIFICATIONS SHALL HAVE TO BE

IMPLEMENTED AFTER TAKING THE PRIOR APPROVAL FROM INDEPENDENT
CONSULTANT.

149
 International and
Indian Internationall
Standard Title y recognized
Standard
IS-325 Three Phase Induction Motors IEC – 60034
IS-335, Insulating oils for Transformers and Switchgear IEC-60296, BS-148
1993
IS-778 Gun metal gate, globe and check-valves for general
purpose.
IS-1866 Code of practice for Electrical maintenance and
- 2000 supervision of mineral insulating oil in equipment.
IS-1886 Code of practice for installation and maintenance of
Transformers
IS-2026 Power Transformers IEC-60076
IS-2099 Bushings for alternating or AC voltage above 1000V IEC-60137,BS-223
IS-2147 Degrees of Protection provided by enclosures for low
voltage switchgear and control gear
IS-2705 Current Transformers IEC-60185
IS-3202 Code of practice of climatic proofing of electrical
equipments.
IS-3347 Dimension for porcelain Transformer Bushings
IS-3401 Silica gel
IS-3637 Gas operated relays
IS-3639 Fittings & Accessories for Power transformers
IS-4253 Cork and rubber
IS-5561 Electric Power connectors
IS-5578 Guide for marking of Insulated Conductors
IS-11353
IS-6272 Industrial cooling fans
IS-6600 Guide for loading of oil immersed transformers IEC-60076-7
IS-8468 On load tap changer IEC-60214-1, 2003
IS-8478 Application guide for OLTC IEC-60214-2
IS-9434 Guide for sampling and analysis of dissolved gas in oil IEC-60567
filled equipments.
IS-12676 Oil impregnated paper-insulated condenser Bushing
Dimension and requirements.
IS-3716 Application Guide For Insulation Co-Ordination IEC-60071
IS-2071 High Voltage Test Techniques IEC-60060-3
IS-13947 Low voltage switchgear & controlgear
CEA-(Technical Standards For Construction Of
Electrical Plants And Electric Lines)Regulations-2010
IEEMA Standard Publication- Transformer-I
CBIP manual on Transformers
Publication No. 317 (April 2013 edition)
the Central Board of Irrigation & Power, Malcha
Marg, Chanakyapuri, New Delhi

150
2. 02. The standards mentioned above are available from:

Standard Name and Address

BUREAU OF INDIAN STANDARDS, Manak Bhawan, No. 9 Bahadur Shah
IS Zafar Marg, New Delhi-110 001, INDIA
INTERNATIONAL ELECTRO-TECHNICAL COMMISSION, bureau
IEC central de la Commission Electro Technique International, 1, Rue de
Verembe, Geneva, SWITZERLAND.

2.03 Equipment meeting with the requirements of other authoritative international

standards which ensure equal or better Performance than the standards mentioned
above shall also be considered. When the equipment offered by the supplier
conforms to other standards, salient points of difference between standards
adopted and the standards specified in this specification shall be clearly brought
out in the offer. Two copies of such standards with authentic translation in English
shall be furnished along with the offer.

3.1 CLIMATIC CONDITIONS :

The equipment to be supplied against this specification shall be suitable for

satisfactory continuous operation under the following tropical conditions.

a) Maximum ambient air temperature [Deg. C] - 50(as per IS)

b) Minimum ambient air temperature [Deg. C] - 5
c) Average daily ambient air temperature [Deg. C] - 30
d) Relative humidity [%] - 10-100
e) Average rainfall per annum [mm] - 3000 max.
f) Maximum altitude above mean sea level [Mtrs] - 1000
g) Maximum wind pressure [Kg. / Sq. M] - 150
h) Isoceraunic level [days / year ] - 46
i) Seismic level [horizontal acceleration] - 0.3g
Moderately hot and humid tropical climate, conducive to rust and fungus growth.

4.1 CLEARANCES :

4.2 The overall dimensions of the transformer shall allow for sufficient clearances for
installation:
a) In 110kV Switchyard with bay width of 10400mm, boom height at 8500mm, the
phase to phase & phase to earth clearance of 110kV Bay is 2700mm
and 2500mm. However, the overall width of transformer is limited to 7000 mm or
as applicable by KPTCL norms.

5.0 SERVICE CONDITIONS:

As per IS 2026 (Part-1) – 2011, Clauses 1.1, 1.1.1 and 1.1.2.

151
RAIL GAUGE:
Rail gauges to be available at the station are indicated below:
a) In the direction parallel to the line of 110kV bushing - 1676mm.

b) In the direction perpendicular to the line of 110kV bushing -1676mm.

152
SECTION – II

GENERAL TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS

1.1 GENERAL DESIGN OF APPARATUS:

The Transformers and accessories shall be designed and manufactured in accordance

with IS 2026 and all applicable section of CBIP manual on Transformer, in regard to
design, standardization, galvanizing, lables, bolts and nuts, cleaning and painting, oil
and prevention of acidity.

1.2 ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS AND PERFORMANCE:

1.2.1 THE TRANSFORMERS, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED SHALL BE OIL IMMERSED AND CORE
TYPE AND SHALL BE SUITABLE FOR OUTDOOR INSTALLATION.

Transformers designed for mixed cooling shall be capable of operating under the
natural cooled condition up to the specified load. The forced cooling equipment shall
come into operation by pre-set contacts in WTI and the transformer will operate as a
forced cooled unit.

Transformers shall be capable of remaining in operation at full load for 10 minutes after
failure of blowers with the calculated winding hot-spot temperature not exceeding
1400C. Transformer fitted with two coolers each capable of dissipating 50 percent of the
heat at C.M.R. shall be capable of remaining in operation for 20 minutes in the event of
failure of blowers associated with one cooler with the estimated winding hot-spot
temperature not exceeding 1400C as per the latest specifications.

1.2.2 CONTINUOUS MAXIMUM RATING AND OVER LOAD:

The Transformers provided with ONAF cooling shall in regard to rating,

temperature and overloads comply with Clause 4.0 of IS 2026, Part-I with latest
amendments and as per the latest specifications thereof.

1.2.3 VOLTAGE RATIO:

The voltage between phases on the higher and lower voltage windings of each
transformer measured at no load and corresponding to the normal ratio of
transformation shall be capable of giving rated volts from the secondary when rated
primary voltage is applied at the normal tap and at the rated frequency, as per the
latest specifications.

1.2.4 ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS:

Transformers shall be of Vector Group YNd1.

153
 1.2.5 DUTY UNDER FAULT CONDITIONS:

Except where modified, it is to be assumed that the amount of generating plant

simultaneously connected is such that normal voltage will be maintained on one side of
transformer when there is a short circuit between phases or to earth on the other side.
T h e transformer may be directly connected to an underground or overhead transmission
line and switched into and out of service together with its associated transmission line,
as per the latest specifications.

The rated short time rating shall be 100/Z times the rated primary current for 3
seconds where „Z‟ is % impedance of Transformer,and as per the latest specifications.

The supplier would furnish the detailed calculation to prove the short circuit strength of the
Power Transformer, and as per the latest specifications..

1.2.6 REQUIREMENTS WITH REGARD TO ABILITY TO WITHSTAND SHORT CIRCUIT.

As per IS 2026 (Part-5):2011, Clause 3 and Sub-Clauses thereof.

The thermal ability to withstand short circuit for duration of 3 secs. shall be
demonstrated by theoretical evaluation of the ability to withstand a short circuit event
by manufacturer‟s experiences supported by IEC guidelines as per IEC 60076-5,
2006 ( 3rd edition or the latest version)/ IS 2026-5, 2011(or latest version). The
calculation of dynamic ability to withstand short circuit shall be submitted before
drawing approval along with thermal stability calculations, and shall be as per the
latest specifications.

The windings shall be capable of withstanding axial and radial forces during fault
conditions. The detailed calculation towards the above should be furnished before
drawing approval, and shall be as per the latest specifications.

The short circuit temperature rise should not exceed the limits, fixed as per IS: 2026. The
calculation towards the above for 110kV, (11/33)kV windings shall be furnished
before drawing approval, and shall be as per the latest specifications..

1.2.7 DEMONSTRATION OF ABILITY TO WITHSTAND SHORT CIRCUIT:

As per IS 2026 (Part-5):2011, Clause 4 and Sub-Clauses, and shall be as per the latest
specifications thereof.

1.2.8 LOSSES:

1.2.8.1 MEASUREMENT:
As per Clause 10.4 and 10.5 of IS 2026 (Part-I) 2011, and shall be as per the latest
specifications.

154
 1.2.8.2 TOLERANCE
As per Clause 9 of IS 2026 (Part-1) 2011, and shall be as per the latest specifications..

1.2.8.3 GUARANTEED LOSS:

1.2.8.3.1 The bidder shall quote transformer losses which should not exceed the losses
specified in the technical specification or otherwise, the offers would be rejected.
i) The bidder while quoting should clearly indicate the guaranteed value of the losses
which shall be firm and without any tolerance limit in respect of under mentioned
losses at normal tap, as required in Annexure-I, and with IS .
a. No load loss at rated voltage and rated frequency.
b. Total load losses including auxiliary losses at rated output, rated voltage and rated
frequencies.
ii) The transformers will be accepted as long as the measured losses towards No load
loss and the Load loss including the auxiliary loss put together is within 10% over
and above the sum of the guaranteed losses. And also, the measured losses in respect
of No load loss and the Load loss including the auxiliary loss shall not exceed 15%
of the guaranteed loss.
iii) The transformers shall be rejected, if the tested/measured losses towards No load
loss and the Load loss including the auxiliary loss put together exceeds 10% of the
total guaranteed losses and also the individual component of losses
(i.e No load loss and the Load loss including the auxiliary loss) exceeds 15% of the
guaranteed loss.

1.2.9 REGULATION AND IMPEDANCE:

The impedance voltage at principal tap and Rated MVA shall be stated and tolerance
shall be in accordance with IS:2026.

1.2.10 FLUX DENSITY:

The maximum flux density in any part of the core and yoke, at rated MVA, voltage and
frequency at any tap shall not exceed 1.6 Tesla (16,000 Lines per sq.cm.)

1.2.11 SUPPRESSION AND HARMONICS:

All the transformers shall be designed with particular attention to the suppression of
harmonic voltage, especially the third and fifth, so as to eliminate wave form distortion
and from any possibility of high frequency disturbances, inductive effects or of
circulating currents between the neutral points at different transforming stations reaching
such a magnitude as to cause interference with communication circuits.

2.1 CORES:

2.2 CONSTRUCTION:

155
 The cores shall be constructed from high grade cold rolled non-aging super grain
oriented silicon steel laminations specially suitable for Transformer cores. The
conventional grain oriented (CGO) core of grade M4 or better shall be used, and shall
be as per the latest specifications.

2.3 MAGNETIC CIRCUIT: and shall be as per the latest specifications.

a) The design of the magnetic circuit shall be such as to avoid static discharges,
development of short-circuit paths within itself or to the earthed clamping structure
and the production of flux components at right angles to the plane of the laminations
which may cause local heating.
b) Every care shall be exercised in the selection, treatment and handling of core steel
to ensure that as far as is practicable, the laminations are flat and the finally
assembled core is free from distortion.
c) The oxide/silicate coating given on the core steel is adequate, however, laminations
can be insulated by the manufacturers if considered necessary.
d) Oil ducts shall be provided where necessary to ensure adequate cooling. The winding
structure and major insulation shall not obstruct the free flow of oil through such ducts.
Where the magnetic circuit is divided into pockets by cooling ducts parallel to the
planes of the laminations or by insulating material above 0.25 mm thick, tinned
copper strip bridging pieces shall be inserted to maintain electrical continuity
between pockets.
e) The frame work and clamping arrangements shall be earthed.
f) The insulation structure for the core to bolts and core to clamp plates shall be such as
to withstand a voltage of 2000V AC for one minute.
g) Transformers shall withstand, without injurious heating, combined voltage & frequency
fluctuations, which produce the following over fluxing condition:
i) 110% - continuous
ii) 125% - for one minute.
iii) 140%- for five seconds.

2.4 MECHANICAL CONSTRUCTION OF CORES:

All parts of the cores shall be of robust design capable of withstanding any shocks to which
they may be subjected during lifting, transport, installation and service.

All steel sections used for supporting the core shall be thoroughly sand blasted or shot
blasted after cutting, drilling and welding. Any non-magnetic or high resistance alloy
shall be of established quality.

Adequate-lifting lugs shall be provided to enable the core and windings to be lifted.

Adequate provision shall be made to prevent movements of the core and winding
relative to the tank during transport and installation or while in service.

156
 The supporting frame work of cores shall be so designed as to avoid the presence of
pockets which would prevent complete emptying of the tank through the drain valve, or
cause trapping of air during filling.

WINDINGS:

3.1 All delta connected windings of 110kVand above shall be uniformly insulated
through out the length of the winding. All neutral points shall be insulated for the
voltages specified in IS: 2026. All winding conductors shall be of electrolytic grade
copper only. and shall be as per the latest specifications.

3.2 Power transformers shall be designed to withstand the impulse and power frequency test
voltages as specified in IS: 2026.

3.3 The windings shall be designed to reduce to a minimum, the out-of-balance forces in the
transformer at all voltage ratios.

3.4 The insulation of transformer windings and connection shall be free from insulating
composition liable to soften, ooze out, shrink or collapse and be non-catalytic and
chemically inactive in transformer oil during service.

3.5 The stacks of windings shall receive adequate shrinkage treatment before final assembly.
Adjustable devices shall be provided for taking up any possible shrinkage of coils in
service.

3.6 The coil clamping arrangement and the finished dimensions of any oil ducts shall be such
as will not impede the free circulation of oil through the ducts.

3.7 No strip conductor wound on edge shall have a width exceeding six times its thickness.

3.8 The conductors shall be transposed at sufficient intervals in order to minimise eddy
currents and equalise the distribution of currents and temperatures along the windings.

3.9 Further, windings shall be so designed that all coil assemblies of identical voltage ratings
shall be interchangeable and that field repairs to the windings can be made readily
without any special equipment. The coils shall be supported between adjacent sections by
insulating spacers and barriers.

3.10 All threaded connections shall be provided with locking facilities. All leads from the
winding to the terminal board and bushings shall be rigidly supported to prevent injury
from vibration. Guides shall be used wherever practicable.

3.11 The windings shall be clamped securely in place so that they will not be displaced or
deformed during short circuits.

157
3.12 For transformers with HV delta winding, separate tap winding shall be provided instead
of tapping from the mid of the HV winding. The tap winding shall be inserted over the HV
winding throughout the length.

3.13 The maximum current density in any winding shall not exceed 2.3A/sq.mm.

3.14 BRACING OF WINDINGS:

The windings and connections of all transformers shall be braced to withstand shocks
which may occur during transport, or due to switching short circuit and other transient
conditions during service.

4.1 INTERNAL EARTHING ARRANGEMENT:

All metal parts of the transformer with the exception of the individual core laminations,
core bolts and associated individual clamping plates shall be maintained at some fixed
potential.

4.2 EARTHING OF CORE CLAMPING STRUCTURE:

The top main core clamping structure shall be connected to the tank body by a copper
strap. The bottom clamping structure shall be earthed by one or more of the following
methods.

a) By connection through vertical tie-rods to the top structure.

b) By direct metal-to-metal contact with the tank base maintained by the weight of the
core and windings.
c) By a connection to the top structure on the same side of the core as the main earth
connection to the tank.

4.3 EARTHING OF MAGNETIC CIRCUIT:

a) The magnetic circuit shall be earthed to the clamping structures at one point only
through a link placed in an accessible position beneath an inspection opening in the
tank cover, the connection to the link shall be on the same side of the core as the main
earth connection.

b) Magnetic circuits having an insulated sectional construction shall be provided with a

separate link for each individual section. Where oil ducts or insulating barriers
parallel to the plane of the laminations divide the magnetic circuit into two or more
electrically separate parts the ducts or barriers shall be bridged and the magnetic
circuit shall not be regarded as being of sectional construction.

4.4 EARTHING OF COIL CLAMPING RINGS:

158
 Where coil clamping rings are of metal at earth potential, each ring shall be connected to
the adjacent core clamping structure on the same side of transformer as the main earth
connections.

4.5 SIZE OF EARTHING CONNECTION:

All earthing connections with the exception of those from the individual coil clamping
rings shall have a cross sectional area of not less than 0.8sq.cm. Connections inserted
between laminations of different sections of core as per Clause 4.02 (b) shall have cross
sectional area of not less than 0.2 sq.cm.

1.00 TANKS:

5.1 CONSTRUCTION:
Conventional type of tank construction could be used.

The transformer tank and cover shall be fabricated from good commercial grade low
carbon steel suitable for welding and of adequate thickness. The tanks of all transformers
shall be complete with all accessories and shall be designed so as to allow the complete
transformer in the tank filled with oil, to be lifted by crane or jacks, transported by road,
rail without over straining any joints and without causing subsequent leakage of oil.

The main tank body excluding tap changing compartments, radiators and coolers shall be
capable of withstanding vacuum:

Vacuum gauge
Highest system MVA rating pressure (mm of Hg)
voltage KV KN/sq.m.
Up to 1.6 34.7 250
Upto 72KV above 1.6 & up to 20 68.0 500

For all MVA

Above 72KV Ratings 100.64 760

The base of each tank shall be so designed that it shall be possible to move the
complete transformer unit by skidding in any direction without injury when using plates
or rails.

Normally a detachable under base will be used, but in case transport facilities permit, a
fixed under base can be used.

Where the base, is of a channel construction, it shall be designed to prevent retention of

water.

Tank stiffeners shall be designed to prevent retention of water.

159
 Where possible the transformer tank and its accessories shall be designed without
pockets wherein gas may collect. Where pockets cannot be avoided, pipes shall be
provided to vent the gas into the main expansion pipe. The vent pipes shall have a
minimum inside diameter of 15mm except for short branch pipes which may be 6mm
minimum inside diameter.

All joints other than those which may have to be broken shall be welded when required
they shall be double welded. All bolted joints to the tank shall be fitted with suitable
oil-tight gaskets which shall give a satisfactory service under the operating conditions
and guaranteed temperature rise conditions. Special attention shall be given to the
methods of making hot oil tight joints between the tank and the cover as also between the
cover and the bushing and all other outlets to ensure that the joints can be remade
satisfactorily at site and with ease with the help of semi-skilled labour.

However the minimum thickness of the plates used for Transformer Tanks shall not be less
than 8mm for the sides and not less than 10mm for the bottom plate and top cover.
Thickness of radiator sheet shall be 1.25mm.

5.2 LIFTING AND HAULAGE FACILITIES:

Each tank shall be provided with:

(a) Lifting lugs suitable for lifting the transformer complete with oil.
(b) A minimum of four jacking lugs, in accessible positions to enable the transformer
complete with oil, to be raised or lowered using hydraulic or screw jacks. The
minimum height of the lugs above the base shall be
(i) Transformers upto and including 40 tonnes weight-300mm (approx.) so as to
accommodate suitable jacks beneath the jacking parts.
(ii)Transformers above 40 tonnes weight-500mm (approx.) so as to accommodate
suitable jacks beneath the jacking parts.
(c) Suitable haulage holes shall be provided.

In addition the Transformers shall be provided with bollards on the Transformer Tank
sides at the top for lifting the Transformer by a crane.

5.3 TANK COVER:

Each tank cover shall be of adequate strength, and shall not distort when lifted.

Inspection openings shall be provided as necessary to give easy access to bushing or

changing ratio or testing the earth connection. Each inspection opening shall be of ample
size for the purpose for which it is provided and atleast two openings one at each end
of the tank, shall be provided.

160
 A ladder (with anti-climbing lock arrangement)shall be provided for tank above 3m
height. The tank shall be designed so as to avoid collection of rain water at the tank top.

The tank cover and inspection covers shall be provided with suitable lifting arrangements.
Unless otherwise approved inspection covers shall not weigh more than 25kg. each.

The tank cover shall be fitted with pockets for thermometer and for the bulbs of oil and
winding temperature indicators. Protection shall be provided where necessary, for each
capillary tube.

The Thermometer pocket shall be fitted with a captive screwed top to prevent the
ingress of water.

The pockets shall be located in the position of maximum oil temperature at C.M.R. and
it shall be possible to remove the instrument bulbs without lowering the oil in the tank.

5.4 AXLES AND WHEELS:

All wheels should be detachable and shall be made cast iron or steel as required.

Wherever specified, flanged wheels shall be provided suitable for use on gauge track
as specified in the detailed specification and shall be so placed that pinchbar can be
used to move the transformer.

The direction of motion shall be specified in case of unidirectional movement.

If wheels are required to swivel, they shall be arranged so that they can be turned
through an angle of 90 degrees when the tank is jacked up clear of the rails or floor.
Means shall be provided for locking the swivel movements in positions parallel to and
at right angles to the longitudinal axis of the tank.

The wheels shall be suitable for movement on a rail track, the gauge of which shall be
1676mm standard broad gauge track.

5.5 CONSERVATOR VESSELS, OIL GAUGES AND BREATHERS:

A conservator complete with sump and drain valve shall be provided in such a position as
not to obstruct the electrical connections to the transformer having a capacity between
highest and lowest visible levels to meet the requirement of expansion of the total cold oil
volume in the transformer and cooling equipment from the minimum ambient temperature
to 900C. The minimum indicated oil level shall be with the feed pipe from the main tank
covered with not less than 15mm depth of oil and the indicated range of oil level shall be
from minimum to maximum.

161
 If the sump is formed by extending the feed pipe inside the conservator vessel, this
extension shall be for at least 25mm. The conservator shall be designed so that it can be
completely drained by means of the drain valve provided, when mounted as in service.

One end of the conservator shall be bolted into position so that it can be removed for
cleaning purposes.

Normally one oil gauge magnetic/prismatic/plain type as specified shall be provided.

The oil level at 300C shall be marked on the gauge.

Taps or valves shall not be fitted to oil gauge.

The oil connection from the transformer tank to the conservator vessel shall be arranged
at a rising angle of 3 to 9 degrees to the horizontal upto the Buchholz Relay and shall
consist of

(a) For transformers from 1001 to 10,000 KVA, 50mm inside diameter pipes as per
IS:3639.
(b) For transformers of over 10,000KVA, 80mm inside diameter pipes as per IS: 3639.

A valve shall be provided at the conservator to cut-off the oil supply to the transformer,
after providing a straight run of pipe for at least a length of five times the internal
diameter of the pipe on the tank side of the gas and oil actuated relay and atleast
three times the internal diameter of the pipe on the conservator side of the gas and oil
actuated relay.

Each conservator vessel shall be fitted with breather in which silicagel is the dehydrating
agent and designed so that:

(a) The passage of air is through the silicalgel.

(b) The external atmosphere is not continuously in contact with the silicagel.
(c) The moisture absorption indicated by a change in colour of the tinted crystals can be
easily observed from distance.
(d) All breathers shall be mounted at approximately 1,400mm above ground level.

However the conservator main tank shall be provided with a magnetic oil gauge and the
partitioned conservator tank for the oil in the OLTC chamber shall be provided with a
plain glass oil tube gauge.

5.6 FILTER AND DRAIN PLUGS, SAMPLING DEVICES AND AIR RELEASE PLUGS:

Each transformer shall be fitted with the following:

(a) The filter and drain valves as specified.
(b) A drain valve as specified below shall be fitted to each conservator.
For diameter upto 650mm: Size of the valve 15mm

162
 For diameter above 650mm: Size of the valve 25mm
(c) A robust oil sampling device shall be provided at the top and bottom of the main
tank. The sampling device shall not be fitted on the filter valves specified under (a)
above. However top, middle and bottom oil sampling valves shall be mounted at
the tank base through suitable internally located pipe headers.
(d) One 15mm air release plug.

All other valves opening to atmosphere shall fitted with blank flanges.

5.7 COOLER AND RADIATOR CONNECTIONS:

Valves and valve mountings shall be provided as specified under „Cooling Plant‟ Cl. 7.0,
Section-A of CBIP Manual.

All valves shall be of gun-metal or cast steel or may have cast iron bodies with gun- metal
fittings. They shall be of full way type with internal screw and shall be opened by turning
counter clock-wise when facing the hand wheel.

Means shall be provided for padlocking the bottom valves in the open and closed
positions. This required for the valves where opening device like hand-wheel, keys, etc.,
are the integral part.

Every valve shall be provided with an indicator to show clearly the position of the valve.
All valves shall be provided with flanges having mechanical faces.

The drilling of valve flanges shall comply with the requirements of IS: 3939.

5.8 PRESSURE RELIEF DEVICE:

The pressure relief device shall be provided of sufficient sizes of rapid release of any
pressure that may be generated within the tank and which might result in damage to the
equipment. The device shall operate at a static pressure of less than the hydraulic test
pressure for transformer tank. Means shall be provided to prevent the ingress of rain.

Unless otherwise approved the relief device shall be mounted on the main tank, and if on
the cover shall be fitted with skirt projecting 25mm inside the tank and of such a design
to prevent gas accumulation.

If a diaphragm is used it shall be of suitable design and material and situated above
maximum oil level.

If a diaphragm is put at the base of pipe, an oil gauge is required on the standpipe for
indicating fracture of diaphragm.

163
 One of the following methods shall be used for relieving or equalizing the pressure in the
pressure relief device.
(a) An equalizer pipe connecting the pressure relief device to the conservator, or
(b) The fitting of a silicagel breather to the pressure relief device the breather being
mounted in a suitable position for access at ground level.

5.9 EARTHING TERMINAL:

Two earthing terminals capable of carrying for 4 seconds the full lower voltage, short
circuit current of the transformer. Provision shall be made at positions close to each of the
bottom two corners of the tank for bolting the earthing terminals to the tank structure
to suit local conditions.

5.10 RATING AND DIAGRAM AND PROPERTY PLATES:

The following plates shall be fixed to the transformer tank at an average height of
about 1750mm above ground level:

(a) A rating plate bearing the data specified in the appropriate clauses of IS:2026.
(b) A diagram plate showing the internal connection and also the voltage vector
relationship of the several windings in accordance with IS:2026 and in addition a plan
view of the transformer giving the correct physical relationship of the terminals. When
links are provided in accordance with Clause 2.3 section A, of CBIP manual for
changing the transformer ratio, then approved means shall be provided for clearly
indicating ratio for which the transformer is connected. No load voltage shall be
indicated for each tap.
(c) Where specified a plate showing the location and function of all valves and air
release cocks or plugs. This plate shall also warn operators to refer to the
maintenance instructions before applying the vacuum treatment for drying.

The above plates shall be of material capable to withstanding continuous outdoor

service.

5.11 JOINTS AND GASKETS:

All gaskets used for making oil tight joints shall be of proven material such as
granulated cock bonded with synthetic rubber or synthetic rubber gaskets as per IS
4253.

5.12 COOLING PLANT:

The transformer shall be supplied with the requisite number of radiators and coolers.

General:

164
Radiators and coolers shall be so designed as to avoid pockets in which moisture may
collect and shall withstand the pressure tests.

Unless the pipe work is shielded by adequate earthed metal the clearance between all
pipe work and live parts shall be more than the clearance for live parts to earth.

Radiators mounted directly to the tank/banked. Detachable radiators as per section JJ of

CBIP manual.

Valves shall be provided in the tank at each point of connection to the tank.

Where separate radiator banks are provided, the conservator vessels specified in
Clause 6.5, Section-A of CBIP Manual can be mounted thereon.

All coolers shall be suitable for mounting on a flat concrete base. The oil circuit of all
coolers shall be provided with the following:
(a) A valve at each point of connection to the transformer tank.
(b) Removable blanking plates to permit the blanking off the main oil connection of each
cooler.
(c) A drain valve 25mm at the lowest point of each bank of cooler.
(d) A thermometer pocket fitted with a captive screwed cap on the inlet and outlet oil
branches of each separately mounted cooler bank.
(e) A filter valve as specified in Clause 6.6, Section-A of CBIP Manual at the top and
bottom of each cooler bank of cooler.
(f) Air release plugs of 15mm.

In addition the following are to be provided only with water cooled oil coolers which shall
be as per IS:6088.
(a) A suitable differential pressure gauge or equivalent suitable device fitted with
electrical contacts to give an alarm when differential pressure between cooler oil
outlet and water inlet pressure drops below a preset value.
(b) Oil and water flow switches, fitted with electrical contacts, in the pipe work adjacent
to the coolers.

Water cooled oil coolers shall be designed to facilitate cleaning without any risk of
water mixing with the oil. The material of the tube plates and tubes shall be such that
corrosion shall not take place due to galvanic action. A report on water analysis shall be
furnished, in time, to enable supplier to ensure a suitable material for tube and tube
plates.

Any leakage which may take place in the oil cooler shall be of the oil into the water and
the reverses, and means shall be provided to ensure that the pressure of the oil in the
cooler is always greater than the pressure of the water. The water pressure in the cooler
will be kept as low as possible. Further, the cooling water discharge should be free to the
atmosphere to reduce the pressure in the cooler.

165
 The necessary oil piping shall be provided for connecting each transformer to the coolers
and oil pumps. The oil piping shall be with flanged gasketed joints. Cast iron shall not be
used.

The drilling of all water and oil pipe flanges shall comply with IS:3639 (Section-1,
Specification For Valves Of Transformer).

A suitable expansion piece shall be provided in each oil pipe connection between the
transformer and the separately mounted oil coolers.

Drain valves/plugs shall be provided in order that each section of pipe work can be
drained independently.

5.13 PAINTING:

The internal and external surfaces including oil filled chamber and structural steel work
to be painted shall be shot or sand blasted to remove all rust and scale or foreign
adhering matter or grease. All steel surfaces in contact with insulating oil shall be
painted with two coats of heat resistant, oil insoluble insulating varnish.

All steel surfaces exposed to weather shall be given a primary coat of zinc chromate,
second coat of oil and weather resistant varnish of a colour distinct from primary and
final two coats of flossy oil and weather resisting light grey paint in accordance with
shade No. 631 of IS-5.

All paints shall be carefully selected to withstand extremes of weather. The paint shall not
scale off or crinkle or be removed by abrasion due to normal handling.

The minimum thickness of outside painting of tank shall be 20 microns and the total
thickness of painting shall be minimum 80 microns.

6.1 VOLTAGE CONTROL (ON-LOAD TYPE): (SHOULD BE SCADA COMPATIBLE)

6.2 a) The transformers shall be fitted with an onload tap changer mechanism.

Each transformer shall be provided with voltage control equipment of the tap
changing type for varying its effective transformation ratio whilst the transformers are
on-load and without producing phase displacement.

Equipment for local and remote electrical and local manual operation shall be
provided and shall comply with the following conditions. Local remote selector Switch
may be housed in remote control panel or in tap changer driving unit.

166
It shall not be possible to operate the electric drive when the manual operating gear
is in use. It shall not be possible for any two electric controls to be in operation
at the same time.

Operation from the local or remote control switch shall cause one tap movement only
until the control switch is returned to the off position between successive operations.

All electrical control switches and the local operating gear shall be clearly labeled in
a suitable manner to indicate the direction of tap changing.

The local control switches shall be mounted in the marshalling box, or driving gear
housing.

The equipment shall be so arranged as to ensure that when a tap change has been
commenced it shall be completed independently of the operation of the control relays
or switches. If a failure of the auxiliary supply during a tap change or any other
contingency such as tap changer getting stuck would result in that movement not being
completed adequate means shall be provided to safeguard the transformer and its
auxiliary equipment.

Suitable apparatus shall be provided for each transformer to give indications as

follows.

To give an indication, mechanically at the transformer and electrically at the remote

control point, of the number of tapping in use on the transformer.

To give an indication at the remote control point that a tap change is in progress, by
means of an illuminated lamp.

All relays and operating devices shall operate correctly, at any voltage between the
limits specified in the relevant Indian Standard.

Any enclosed compartment not oil filled and shall be adequately ventilated, metal
clad thermostatically controlled heaters shall be provided in the driving mechanism
chamber and in the marshalling box, all contactors, relay coils or other parts shall
be suitably protected against corrosion or deterioration due to condensation, fungi
etc.

The tap changer contacts which are not used for making or breaking current like
separate selector switch contacts can be located inside main transformer tank where
tap changer construction permits such an arrangement. On load tap changers having
separate compartment for selector contacts, the oil in such compartment shall be
maintained under conservator head by means of pipe connection from the highest
point of the chamber to the conservator. Such connection shall be controlled by
suitable valve and shall be arranged so that any gas leaving the chamber will pass

167
into the gas and oil actuated relay. A separate Buchholz relay/diverter switch may be
provided for this compartment.

It shall not be possible for the oil in these compartments of the tap change equipment,
which contain contacts used for making or breaking current, to mix with the oil in the
compartments containing contacts not used for making or breaking current.

Each compartment in which the oil is not maintained under conservator head shall be
provided with a suitable direct reading oil gauge.

The alternating supply for electrical operation of the control and indicating gear shall
be standard 300-400 volts, three phase, 3 wire, 50Hz, along with 240 volts, single
phase, 2 wire, 50 Hz, subject to a variation of +10 to –30% so that the equipment
offered can withstand variation in A.C.

Limit switches shall be provided to prevent over running of the mechanism and shall
be directly connected in the circuit of the operating motor. In addition a mechanical
stop or other approved device shall be provided to prevent over running of the
mechanism under any condition.

Limit switches may be connected in the control circuit of the operating motor provided
that a mechanical declutching mechanism incorporated.

Thermal devices or other means like motor circuit breakers with shunt trip coil shall
be provided to protect the motor and control circuits. All relays, switches, fuses, etc.,
shall be mounted in the marshalling box or driving gear housing and shall be clearly
marked for purposes of identification. They shall withstand the vibration associated
with tap changer gear operation.

The control circuits shall operate at 110V single phase to be supplied from a
transformer having a ratio of 300-400V/55-0-55V with the center point earthed
through a removable link mounted in the marshalling box or tap changer drive.

The whole of the apparatus shall be of robust design and capable of giving
satisfactory service without undue maintenance under the conditions to be met in
service, including frequent operation.

A five digit counter shall be fitted to the tap changing mechanism to indicate the
number of operations completed by the equipment.

A permanently legible lubrication chart shall be fitted within the driving mechanism
chamber, where applicable.

On-load tap changer driving gear Motor shall be of squirrel cage totally enclosed
type and shall comply with Indian Standard IS:325. It shall be suitable for direct

168
starting and continuous running from 300-400 volts, 3 phase supply. Motor shall be
capable of continuous operation at any frequency between 48 and 51 Hz. together
with any voltage within 10 percent of nominal value. Motor shall have ball or roller
bearing and vertical spindle motor shall have bearing capable of withstanding
of thrust to the weight of the moving parts. The stator winding shall be adequately
brazed and suitably impregnated to render then non-hygroscopic.

The overload protection relay shall be of robust adjustable triple-pole construction.

It should provide accurate and reliable protection against overload, single phasing,
overheating and short circuit. The relay should be provide with temperature
compensating device to offset the effect of ambient temperature variation.

Contactors/Relays shall be of robust and compact construction and shall comply with
Indian Standard IS:2959.

The contactors shall be suitable for operation at 110 volts A.C. –15 percent to +10
percent 50Hz. Main and auxiliary contacts of contactors shall be suitably rated. For
sufficient long life these contacts shall be of double break type and shall make
contacts practically bounce-free.

The control supply transformer shall be single phase having ratio

300-400V/55-0-55V. Its insulation shall be suitable impregnated to render it
non-hyproscopic.

All the control selector switches shall be robust and compact construction and shall
comply with Indian Standard IS:4064 and 4047.

Remote tap position indicator mounted on remote control cabinet shall show
accurately same tap position as indicated by local tap position indicator on on- load
tap changer. ―The remote indication can be by means of an analogue indicator, or
digital indicator or by means of lamp indications. The remote indicator mounted on
control cabinet shall not be affected by normal auxiliary voltages supply variation.

Necessary indicating lamps provided shall be of low watt consumption of LED type.

Space heater of adequate capacity and robust construction shall be provided inside
each control cabinet to prevent moisture condensation. Space heaters shall be rated
for 240V, 1 phase, 50Hz, supply. Heater shall be complete with miniature circuit
breaker or ―ON-OFF‖ switch.

All the wiring shall be carried out for motor circuit with 1100 volts grade PVC
insulated stranded copper conductors of size 2.5 sq.mm. and for control circuit with
650 volts grade PVC insulated copper conductor of size 1.5 sq.mm. suitable for
tropical atmosphere. All wiring shall be in accordance with relevant IS.
Engraved/Printed core identification ferrules, marked to correspond with the wiring

169
 diagram shall be fitted at both ends of each wire. Ferrules shall fit tightly on the wires
and shall not fall of when the wire is removed. All wiring shall be terminated on
terminal blocks through suitable lugs. Insulated sleeves shall be provided at all the
wire terminations. All wiring shall be neatly bunched and cleated without affecting
access to equipment mounted within the cabinet.

Terminal board rows should be spaced adequately apart to permit convenient

access to wires and terminations.

Terminal boards shall be so placed with respect to the cable gland plate (at a
minimum distances of 200 mm) as to permit satisfactory arrangement of multicore
cable tails without undue stress or bends opening of door should not disturb or stress
the wire termination.

b) Separate tap winding shall be provided on the HV winding running all along the
length. Suitable OLTC with higher insulation shall be provided at the line end of HV
delta winding of transformer. The tap change variation shall be in the range of +5%
to –15% on HV in steps of 1.25 % i.e. 16 equals steps (Number of position 17)

c) Regarding 110KV class transformers: On-load tap changer shall be of double

compartment design, in which diverter switch and tap selector switch are separate. It
shall have

a. A separate selector to select a tap and shall carry current but not make or
break current.
b. A diverter switch to carry, make and break currents in circuits as per IS 8468
–1973, clause 2.12 & 2.13.

The transitional resistance shall be capable of with standing full load current of
transformer for 1 sec.

OLTC shall be of bi-directional type and housed inside the transformer tank.

d) The OLTCs shall be suitable for Delta Configuration of Transformers. The

manufacturers shall be competent of manufacturing Delta Application OLTCs and
should have a minimum experience of 5 years in manufacturing Delta Application
OLTCs. At least 50% of the quantity of OLTCs tendered shall be in successful
operation for a period of not less than 2 years. The Delta Application OLTCs shall
have been type tested as per IEC 60214. Copies of Type Test Report shall be
furnished.

e) The OLTC shall be suitable for supervisory control an indication on multi- way switch,
make before break having one fixed contact for each tap position shall be provided
and when specified, wired to the tap changer drive gear. This switch shall be
provided in addition to any, which may be required for remote tap changer

170
 indication purposes. Supervisory indication shall also be provided when specified in
the form of contacts to close on‖ tap change incomplete‖.

The make of OLTCs shall be from any of the KPTCL approved vendor.

6.02 OLTC Routine Tests.

Note- Contaractor is advised to understand the IEC Reference and procedures.

OLTC manufacturer shall conduct the following routine tests fully in compliance with IEC
60214-1 and its subsequent amendments on every unit as given below before dispatch to
assure the quality of the product.

Sl. IEC
Test description Acceptance level
No. Reference
60214-1 Mechanical Endurance
1 Minimum 1000 operations
Cl No. 5.3.1 Test
60214-1 Switching operation with
2 Sequence Test
Cl No. 5.3.2 timing less than 50m sec.
60214-1 10 PSI (0.7kg per Sq.cm.) for
3 Pressure Test
Cl No. 5.3.4 8 hrs. at room temp.
60214-1
4 Vacuum (Helium) Test Vacuum level of 6x 10(-5)
Cl No. 5.3.4
60214-1 Auxiliary circuit Should withstand 2KV
5
Cl No. 5.3.3 insulation tests relative to earth for 1 min
Helium based or any other
6 Special Test Gas Tightness Test
mutually agreed method
7 Special Test Contact resistance Test <2 mili ohms

Physical & Dimensional

8 Special Test As per approved drawing
Checks

All the relevant test reports shall be submitted along with the test report of Transformer
for independent consultant approval.

6.3 REMOTE OLTC / COOLER CONTROL PANEL (RTCC PANEL):

The auxiliary devices for remote electrical control of the OLTC and cooler shall be housed
in a separate panel to be placed in the control room. The panel shall be made of sheet steel
of not less than 3mm and it shall be duly finished with stove enamel paint. The size of the

171
 control cubicle to be supplied by the supplier shall be 610 mm depth and 2312 mm height. The
width of the cubicle to be as per suppliers practice. The colour of the finishing paint shall
be opaline green corresponding to shade No. 275 of IS : 5, for panel exterior.

Control and signal devices required to be mounted in the RTCC Panel shall comprise of
the following :

1. Local - Remote selector switch for OLTC.

2. Actuating switch/push button for electrical raise / lower control.
3. Remote tap position indicator with tap nos. and corresponding rated voltage marked
on the instrument. The tap position indicators shall be digital type.
4. One potential free contact per tap for tele- transmission of tap position from
switchyard and control room to load dispatch center shall be provided.
5. A four position selector switch having master follower, independent and off position.
6. Remote Winding Temperature Indicator and Oil Temperature Indicator.
7. Name plate for each component.
8. Initiating devices and contacts for alarm as well as for indications for discordance
in the tap changer in any of the parallel operating transformers
9. Cubicle lamp actuated by door switch, space heater, power sockets etc shall be
provided inside RTCC panel.
10. Separate hooter along with indicating lamp shall be provided for annunciation of tap
change in progress.
11. I. Annunciator (facia type) scheme complete with accessories for the following:
i) Tap changer incomplete.

ii) Tap changer out of step

iii) Tap changer motor trip.

iv) Failure of 300-400V AC supply to the OLTC local control Kiosk.

v) a) Running Fan failure of each group.

b) Standby fan failure of each group.

vi) 300-400V cooler control supply failure.

vii) (300-400)V OLTC Supply failure.

viii) OLTC control supply fail.

12. Signal lamps for:

i) Fan 'ON' for each fan.

172
 ii) Cooling system on Local manual / local auto

iii) Cooling system on Remote manual/ Remote auto

iv) 300-400 Volts cooler Supply 'ON',

v) (300-400)V OLTC supply Healthy.

vi) OLTC control supply ' ON '.

vii) OLTC upper limit reached.

viii) OLTC lower limit reached.

ix) a) OLTC in Remote RTCC Mode.

b) OLTC in Remote SCADA Mode.

x) OLTC in Local Mode.

6.04 Microprocessor based Numerical RTCC Unit for Tap changer Control & Transformer
Monitoring

7.00 PARALLEL OPERATION OF TRNASFORMERS WITH ONLOAD TAP CHANGERS:

Besides the local and remote electrical control specified on – load tap changers, when
specified, should be suitable for remote electrical parallel control also.

In addition to the methods of control as in Clause 9, Section – A of CBIP Manual, the

following additional provision shall be made.

Suitable selector switch be provided, so that any one transformer of the group can at a
time be selected as ―Master‖, ―Follower‖ or ―Independent.

Necessary interlock blocking independent control when the units are in parallel shall be
provided.

The scheme will be such that only one transformer of a group can be selected as
―Master‖. An out-of-step device shall be provided for each transformer which shall be
arranged to prevent further tap changing when transformers in a group operating in
―Parallel Control‖ are one tap out-of-step.

8.00 BUSHING INSULATORS AND TERMINALS:

8.01 (a) Transformers shall be fitted with bushing insulators,

173
Clamps and fittings made of steel or malleable iron shall be galvanized. All bolt threads
shall be greased before erection.

The bushing flanges shall not be of re-entrant shape which may trap air.

Bushing turrets shall be provided with vent pipes which shall be connected to route any
gas collection through the Buchholz relay.

The clearances in air between live conductive parts and live conductive part to earthed
structures shall be as follows:

Rated System Voltage KV Basic insulation level Clearances

rms KV rms
Phase to Phase Phase to earth
(mm) (mm)
11 75 280 140
33 170 350 320
66 325 700 660
110/132 550 1220 1050

NOTE:- 1. These clearances are applicable to the transformers to be installed upto an

altitude of 1000m above sea level.

2. For altitudes exceeding 1000m above sea level, the clearance should be
increased by 3 percent for every additional 300m.

3. Air clearance of 3500mm between phase to earth can be relaxed to the

maximum of 200mm as far as air release pipe emanating from bushing turret is
concerned.

(a) The porcelain components shall be sound, free from defects, thoroughly
vitrified and smoothly glazed.

Unless otherwise specified, the glaze shall be brown in colour. The glaze
shall cover all exposed porcelain parts of the bushings except those areas
which are required to be left unglazed.

The design of the bushing shall be such that stresses due to expansion and
contraction in any part of the bushing shall not lead to deterioration.

Cement if used in the construction of the bushing shall not cause fracture by
expansion or loosening by contraction. Cement thickness shall be as small and
even as practicable.

174
All exposed ferrous metal parts shall be hot dip galvanized wherever possible.

Any stress shield shall be considered as an integral part of the bushing assembly. 52KV
and above voltage class bushings shall be Oil Impregnated Paper (OIP) type condenser
bushings.

No arcing horns shall be provided on the bushings.

Each bushing shall have marked upon it the manufacturer‘s identification mark.

The duration and rated short time current of the bushing for various voltage ratings shall
be as specified.

Limits of temperature rise shall be in accordance with IS: 2099.

Permissible variation in the value of capacitance and maximum value of dielectric

dissipation factor (tan delta) of bushing and the test tap on transformer bushings shall be
as per IS:2099 and IEC-60137.

Bushings made of solid insulation and those having a filling which does not flow under
service conditions shall be suitable for mounting at any angle of inclination. Unless
otherwise specified, those having a liquid filling shall be suitable for mounting at any
angle of inclination to the vertical, not exceeding 330.

The cantilever strength of the bushing shall be in accordance with IEC-60137 and
IS:2099 unless otherwise specified.

The profile of the porcelain and spacing of the petticoats shall suit the duty specified.
When specified, the petticoats of desired profile and petticoat spacing shall be offered.

The electrical characteristics of the bushings shall be in accordance with IS:2099.

Rated current voltage, Basic Insulation Level: The rated voltage, current and basic
insulation levels of the bushings shall be in accordance with IS:2099.

Interchangeability: All the bushings above 52KV voltage rating shall have dimensions as
mentioned in Clause 4.3, Section-P of CBIP Manual, to enable interchangeability with
different makes of bushings manufactured in conformity with this specification.

The standardized dimensions shall be kept in view by the transformer manufacturers as

well, while designing the transformers, so that the transformer can accept any bushing
of the parameters and dimensions specified herein.

175
 Other ratings of bushings, not covered in the specification, shall be supplied, if required.
The basic insulation level, rated voltage and current and creepage distances for
various voltage class bushings shall be as under:

Current Creepage
Voltage BIL (KVP) rating distance
rating (Amps) (mm)
145 650 800 3625
72.5 325 400 1810
17.5 95 2000 437.5

The minimum value of creepage distance specified is 25mm/KV of the rated

voltage.

For areas with very heavy or extremely heavy pollution the minimum creepage
distance shall be as specified by the user.

The bushings shall be provided with oil level indicators as under: 245KV and
below – Oil sight window.

The oil level indicator shall be so designed and dimensioned that oil level shall
be clearly visible from ground level.

(b) Electrical characteristics of bushings shall be as per latest revision of IS: 2099

8.2 The 110KV Bushings shall be as per IS: 12676-1989 & IS 3347-1982 and
shall be provided with Universal Bimetallic Connectors suitable for
vertical/horizontal take off. The Connectors for HV bushings shall be suitable for
ACSR (DRAKE) of overall diameter of 28.14mm.

8.2.1 The 11kV/33kV L.V. bushings shall be provided with connectors as follows:

a) For 16/20 MVA & 12.5 MVA – 2 Nos. of 50 X10 mm copper flat.

b) For 8 & 10 MVA – 2 Nos. of 50 X 6 mm copper flat.

8.3 The neutral bushing stud shall be suitable for connecting 50 x 6 mm Copper Flat/G.I.
Flat. Bus bar with 33KV support insulator, 2 Nos. to be provided for 11KV neutral
bushing.

Make of HV & LV bushing shall be BHEL/CGL/ABB/Areva /CJI or any other KPTCL

approved make.

176
9.1 TEMPERATURE CONTROLLERS:

9.2 The transformer shall be provided with a 150 mm dial type top oil temperature indicator,
fitted with maximum reading pointer, resetting device and two sets of electrical contacts.
The contacts shall be with mercury switches, electrically independent ungrounded. The
accuracy class shall be +1.0%. Remote oil Temperature Indicator with 4-20 mA DC dual
output shall be provided for the purpose of SCADA.

9.3 The transformer shall be provided with two 150 mm dial type Winding Temperature
Indicator (HV & LV), fitted with maximum reading pointer, resetting device and three
sets of electrical contacts. The contacts shall be with mercury switches, electrically
independent ungrounded. The accuracy class shall be +1.0%.

9.4 The temperature indicators shall be of dial type, (not less than 150 mm dia) and robust
pattern.

9.5 The temperature indicator shall be fitted in a tank mounted, weather proof, marshalling
box.

9.6 The tripping contacts of winding-temperature indicators shall be adjustable to close

between 600C and 1200C and alarm contacts to close between 500C and 1000C and
both shall re-open when the temperature has fallen by about 50C.

9.7 All contacts shall be adjustable on a scale & shall be accessible for removal of the cover.

9.8 It shall be possible to check the operation of the contacts and associated equipment.

9.9 Connections shall be brought from the device to terminals placed inside the marshalling
box.

9.10 Signal Transmitter for each winding: Signal transmitter shall have additional facility to
transmit signal for recording winding temperature at Owners data acquisition system, for
which a duplex platinum RTD with nominal resistance of 100 Ohms at zero degree
centigrade shall be supplied. The RTD shall be suitable for 3 wire under grounded
system. The calibration shall be as per SAMA (USA) standard. The RTD may be placed
in the pocket containing temperature sensing element and image coil for WTI system
which will be used for both remote WTI and DAS. Necessary equipment for sending the
signal to remote WTI and DAS shall be provided in lieu, separate RTD for each of the
functions shall be provided.

9.11 Remote winding temperature indicator: It shall be suitable for flush mounting on Owner‟s
panel. This shall not be repeater dial of local WTI and will operate by signal transmitter.

177
9.12 Any special cable required for shielding purpose for connection between cooler control
cabinet and remote WTI control circuit, shall be in the scope of contractor. Only one R
WTI with a point selector switch shall be provided for all the three windings (HV, IV and
LV). Auxiliary supply for R WTI, if required, will be 110V-220V DC, 4-20mA DC dual
output only. Drawing showing dimensional details of R WTI shall be submitted to the
owner within 2 months from the data of award of contract.

10.0 GAS AND OIL ACTUATED RELAYS:

Each transformer shall be fitted with gas and oil actuated relay equipment conforming
to IS: 3637 having contacts which close following oil surge or low oil level conditions.

Each gas and oil actuated relay shall be provided with a test cock to take a flexible pipe
connection for checking the operation of the relay.

Where specified to allow gas to be collected at ground level, a pipe approximately 5

mm inside diameter shall be connected to the gas release cock of the gas and
oil-actuated relay and brought down to a point approximately 1.25Mtr above ground
level, where it shall be terminated by a cock.

A machined surface shall be provided on the top of each relay to facilitate the setting
of the relays and to check the mounting angle in the pipe and the cross level of the relay.

The design of the relay mounting arrangements, the associated pipe work and the cooling
plant shall be such that mal-operation of the relays shall not take place under normal
service conditions.

The pipe work shall be so arranged that all gas arising from the transformer shall pass
into the gas and oil-actuated relay. The oil circuit through the relay shall not form a
delivery path in parallel with any circulating oil pipe, not shall it be tied into or connected
through the pressure relief vent. Sharp bends in the pipe work shall be avoided.

When a transformer is provided with two conservators the gas and oil actuated relays
shall be arranged as follows:

If the two conservators are connected to the transformer by a common oil pipe one relay
shall be installed in the common pipe.

If the two conservators are piped separately to the transformer two relays shall be
installed, one in each pipe connection.

Adequate clearance between oil pipe work and live metal shall be
provided.

178
11.0 TEMPERATURE RISE:

As per Clauses 3.1 of IS: 2026 (Part-II) – 2010, and shall be as per the latest
specifications..

12.0 INSULATION LEVELS:

As per IS: 2026 (Part-III) – 2009, Clauses 3.0, 5.0, 7.0 and sub-clauses, and shall be as
per the latest specifications. thereof.

13.0 TERMINAL MARKINGS, TAPPINGS AND CONNECTIONS:

As per IS: 2026 (Part-IV) – 1977. However the transformer shall be designed for
constant flux voltage as per Clause 3.2 of the said IS.

14.0 INSULATING LIQUIDS:

Uninhibited Mineral insulating oil shall be used and shall comply with IEC-60296-2012
(Latest version).

Bidder shall furnish type test certificate produced by manufacturer complying to

IEC-60296-2012 (latest version) from any NABL accredited oil testing laboratories.

Loose oil to be supplied shall be in sealed oil drums with 10% extra quantity over and
above that required for the first filling.

15.1 MARSHALLING BOX: AND SHALL BE AS PER THE LATEST SPECIFICATIONS AND
REQUIREMENT.

A sheet steel vermin proof, well-ventilated and weatherproof marshalling box of a

suitable construction shall be provided for the transformer ancillary apparatus. The box
shall have domed or sloping roofs and the interior and exterior painting shall be in
accordance with Clause 1.6 of CBIP manual.

The marshalling box, wherever provided shall accommodate the following equipments
alternatively weather proof instruments can be mounted outdoor:
(a) 2 Nos. of WTI, one each for HV & LV to be provided and 1 No. of OTI.
(b) Control and protection equipment for the local electrical control of tap changer, if the
same cannot be accommodated in the motor driving gear housing.
(c) Control and protection equipment for the cooling plant, and
(d) Terminal boards and gland plates for incoming and outgoing cables (terminal shall
be of Nut & stud type of M4 size (CAT m4))

All the above equipment‘s except (d) shall be mounted on the panels and back of panel
wiring shall be used for interconnection.

179
The temperature indicators shall be so mounted that the dials are not more than 1600
mm from ground level and the door(s) of adequate size.

To prevent internal condensation an approved type of metal-clad heater shall be

provided controlled by a suitable switch. Ventilation louvers shall be provided.

All incoming cables shall enter the kiosk from the bottom and the gland plate shall be
not less than 450 mm from the base of box. The gland plate and associated
compartment shall be sealed in suitable manner to prevent the ingress of moisture from
the cable trench.

Un-drilled gland plate shall be provided for accommodating glands for incoming and
outgoing cables.

Note:
1) All cable connections shall be taken from bottom only.
2) 1100 V grade, 2.5mm multistranded PVC copper cable shall
be used for

Wiring of control cable and 1100V grade, 4.0 Sq.mm multistranded PVC copper cable
shall be used for wiring of power circuit. The following colors code shall be used.

Power Circuit - RYB

Earth - Green
Control circuit - Black
DC Circuit - Grey

180
 SECTION –III

COMPONENTS OF THE TRANSFORMER- AND SHALL BE AS PER THE LATEST

SPECIFICATIONS.

The transformer shall generally comprise of the following components/parts.

1) HV line bushing.

2) LV line bushing.
3)
4) LV neutral bushing.

5) Bi-metallic terminal connectors for HV.

6) Bi-metallic Terminal Connectors for LV.

7) Terminal connector for neutral suitable for connecting Copper/G.I. flats.

8) Monogram Plate.

9) Main Conservator with compartment of OLTC as per design with Sump, Drain Valve lifts.
Separate conservator for OLTC optional as per design.

10) Oil filling hole with bolted cover for main conservator.

11) 150 mm Dial Magnetic oil level gauge with low level alarm contact.

12) 150 mm Dial winding temperature indicator with alarm trip contacts and maximum
reading pointer.

13) 150 mm Dial oil temperature indicator with alarm and trip contacts and maximum
reading pointer.

14) Surge Protection Relay with one set of contact and one isolating valve on conservator
side for OLTC.

15) Pressure relief device with one set of contact for 110KV and 66KV Transformers.
Explosion Vent for 11kV-33kV class Transformers with equalizer pipe.

16) Buchholz Relay with alarm and trip contacts and two wheel type isolating valves (50
mm size) with directions of mounting marked on Buchholz relay.

17) De-hydrating Silicagel with oil seal and glass inspection window.

181
18) Prismatic oil level gauge.

19) Thermometer pocket.

20) Air release plugs on main tank and Bushing turrets.

21) Inspection cover lifting lug.

22) Inspection covers on main tank and side manholes for OLTC conservator.

23) WTI CT Test link box with access window for Transformer of above 5 MVA capacity.

24) Bath for oil temperature indicator with probe for capillary tubing.

25) Bath for winding temperature indicator with probe for capillary tubing.

26) Marshalling box with PVC copper cable wiring 660/1100 grade (Tank mounted
weather proof) along with required control cables for connection to Buchholz relay,
temperature indicator etc.,

27) ON-LOAD Tap changer with operation counter and Single Phase Preventer if OLTC is
of 3-phase 400 V design.

28) Radiator with top and bottom Shut off valve, Lifting lug, Air release and Drain plug.

29) Combined Rating and Diagram Plate and valve schedule line diagram. The rating
plate shall be minimum 1 mm thick anodised cadmium steel plate and it should contain
wiring diagram of OLTAC also. The additional particulars to be engraved on the
Rating plate apart from that specified in IS will be intimated at the time of approval
of drawings.

30) Lifting Bollards.

31) Jacking pads 500 mm above the base with adequate pad area.

32) Haulage eyes.

33) Earthing pads suitable to receive plate with M12 tapped holes to suit 4 bolted
connections.

34) Earth connection between tank and cover.

35) Drain valve with locking arrangement and blanking plate.

36) Top filter valve (size 50 mm) with blanking plate with 38 mm adopter with locking

182
 arrangement.

37) Bottom filter valve (size 50 mm) with blanking plate with 38 mm adopter with locking
arrangement.

38) Middle sampling valve (size 15mm) with plugs.

39) Bottom sampling valve (size 15mm) with plugs.

40) Piping arrangement from top and middle valve to the level of the bottom filter valve.

41) Under base – skid type.

42) Bi-directional rollers to suit 1676 mm track with locking arrangements.

43) Top stay bracket for supporting the conservator.

44) Main & Stand By Fans for cooling with fan control cubicle (for 20MVA & above).

45) Provision for connecting Nitrogen Injection Fire Protection System (for 20MVA &
Above).

46) Remote OLTC control panel with 2312 height and 610 mm depth with single phase
preventor protection for driving mechanism motor and AC voltmeter of adequate
rating (for 110KV Transformers)

47) G.I./Copper Bar (2 nos. of Flats) of adequate rating from neutral bushing mounted on
insulators to a convenient point near base plate for neutral earth connection with
terminal connection.

48) Pressure relief device for external mounted OLTC in case of 110KV class
Transformers, as per applicable specification requirenment.

49) Details of bushing:

Sl. Voltage Rated voltage (KV)/Current (Amps)

No. MVA Category HV side LV side
1 10 110/33-11KV 145/400 36/2000*
2 16/20 110/33-11KV 145/400 36/2000(11kV-33kV)

50) Detachable ladder/climbing device.

51) RTCC unit for Tap Changer Control.

183
Note: The accessories required with the transformer shall be SCADA compatible.
Potential free contacts for Bucholtz relay, PRV,OSR, OTI, WTI, etc. need to
provided. Further for OTI, WTI, TPI, etc. dual output of 4-20mA shall be
provided.

184
 SECTION – IV- AND SHALL BE AS PER THE LATEST SPECIFICATIONS.
NOTE- THE CONTRACTOR NEED TO UNDERSTAND THE PARAMETERS OF 10 MVA, PROPOSE
ALONG WITH THE KPTCL NORMS FOR APPLICATION.

Technical particulars of Power Transformers covered in this specification are as under:

Sl. Particulars 110KV Class

No. 10-20MVA 10MVA
1. Type Outdoor three phase
2. System frequency 50Hz.
3. Voltage rating (11/33)kV -110KV
4. Standard rating HV (in MVA) 10MVA
LV (in MVA) 10MVA
5. Percentage impedance at normal
Tap%

6. Type of Cooling 10%

ONAF 10%

7. Winding connection
a) HV Delta Star
b) LV
8. Vector group YNd1
9. On Load Taps
a) Plus 5 on HV
b)Minus 15 on HV
c) Taps to be provided on HV
10. Type of insulation:
a) HV Fully insulated
b) LV Fully insulated
11. Standard losses:
a) No load loss in KW 18 8
b) Load losses in KW 54 42
12. Insulation level in KV
Nominal system voltage (NSV) 110KV 33KV 11KV
Highest system voltage (HSV) 123KV 36KV 12KV
Power frequency withstand voltage 230KV 70KV 28KV
Lightning Impulse withstand voltage 550KVp 170KVp 75KV(Peak)

13. Temperature rise As per IS 2026 Part II 2010

NOTE – 1:

I. HV: High Voltage.

LV : Low voltage
2. Regulation of Transformers: Each tap shall be designed for the full rated MVA
without exceeding the temperature and shall withstand continuously 15% voltage
above the rated voltage of the tap.

185
3. Frequency:- the transformer shall be suitable for continuous operation with a
frequency variation of ±5% from normal of 50Hz without exceeding the specified
temperature rise.
4. Impedance: Supplier shall indicate the guaranteed impedance and tolerance and also
the upper and lower limit of impedance which can be offered without any increase
in the quoted price. Impedance shall include positive and zero sequence and shall be
expressed in terms of the branches of the star connected equivalent diagram, all on
the same MVA basis and the range shall be given for each branch of the equivalent
circuit in turn, as per the latest specifications and IS.
5. Separate tap winding to be provided on the HV delta winding running all along the
length. Suitable OLTC with higher insulation shall be provided at the line end of HV
delta winding of transformer.

186
 SECTION - V

OTHER TERMS AND CONDITIONS

1.0 SPARES:

A complete set of spares required for 5 years trouble free maintenance shall be quoted by
the supplier. And the propritory spare or parts/ equipments and equivvalents have to be
clearly specified.

2.1 TENDER DRAWINGS AND LITERATURES:

Duplicate copies of following drawings and literatures shall be submitted along with
tender:

a) GA drawing showing dimensional details.

b) Front and rear views of transformer with instrument and device position marked.
c) Photographs of similar transformer supplied by the manufacturer.
d) Illustrative descriptive literature and General Technical Data.
e) Performance report given by the user/ client.

3.1 CONTRACT DRAWINGS:

Supplier within four weeks of placement of order shall submit drawings in quadruplicate
for the approval of the purchaser prior to manufacture in A3/A4 size only. After the
drawings are approved SIX copies of drawings shall be supplied for immediate use. The
drawings shall be in accordence with the site specific condition.

The supplier shall forward the drawings and literature as follows:

a) ONE set of reproducible original and 4sets+1soft copies of all approved drawings
along with 4 sets of literature, commissioning and maintenance manuals to the office
of the DGM ( Engg), independent consultant, Bangalore.

b) The following drawings are to be submitted for approval.

i). Foundation drawings indicating the details of foundation plan cross-section

suitable for Normal Dry Soil (Soil Test Report to be included) taking SBC as 10
Tons/sq.mt.
ii). Outline dimensional drawings of transformers and accessories.
iii).Assembly drawings and weight of main component parts.
iv).Shipping drawings showing dimensions and weights of each package.
v). Schematic control and wiring diagram for all auxiliary equipment‘s.
vi).Bushing assembly, plan, elevation, sectional view and details of joints, seals etc.,
vii).Radiator assembly: Sectional View of radiator.

187
viii). Interconnection diagram between Marshalling box and OLTC, Power
Transformer and other associated equipment‘s.
ix). Dimensional drawings showing cooling passage in transformer core and windings.
x). Individual internal wiring diagram of all devices and elementary wiring
diagram of relays for internal wiring.

188
 xi). Electrical connections of windings, number of taps, tapping switchgear terminal
vector group polarity etc.
xii). Control circuits and wiring diagrams, schematic circuit diagrams for cooler control,
paralleling interlock, wiring diagrams of control cabinets, signaling and indicating
devices, block diagram showing inter connection control cable schedule to enable
the purchaser to prepare the schedule of control cables etc.
xiii). Assembly of core and coils: Details of winding connection, insulation spacers,
barriers clearances, core bolt insulation, etc., which will help the purchaser to
replace as set of winding in any future eventuality. The component parts shall be
suitably numbered and parts shipped shall have similarly numbered tags.
xiv). Construction details of the switches, terminal blocks and test blocks etc.,
xv). Diagram and rating plates as per details in the specification, temperature rise oil
and winding high voltage test figures, etc.,
xvi). Assembly of OLTC gear mechanism: Full details of the main parts, limits and fits
wearing parts, timing gear adjustments, etc.
xvii). Detailed assembly drawing to enable the purchaser to do the core and coil
assembly. Parts shall be identified by separate numbers.
xviii). Schematic drawings showing the details of interconnection and other details of
OLTC, DM, MB and RTCC.

Along with the drawings, followings documents are also to be submitted for
approval.
i). Guaranteed Technical Particulars.
ii). Type Test Certificates

3.2 FACTORY TESTS

1.2.1 Routine Tests

All standard routine tests in accordance with IS: 2026 Part I: 2011 as per the standard
procedures and approved components and methods shall be carried out on transformer.

a) Measurement of winding resistance.

b) Measurement of voltage ratio and check of phase displacement.
c) Measurement of Short-circuit impedance and load loss.
d) Measurement of no-load loss and current.
e) Dielectric routine tests IS 2026 (Part 3): and
f) Tests on on-load tap-changers, where appropriate.
g) Measurement of insulation resistance to earth of windings, and/or measurement of
dissipation factor (tan δ) of the insulation system capacitances.

1.2.2 Following additional routine tests shall also be carried out on transformer:

189
 a) Magnetic Circuit Test
After assembly each core shall be tested for 1 minute at 2000 Volts between all
bolts, side plates and structural steel work.
b) Oil leakage test on transformer tank as per Clause 3.2.8.1 below.
c) Magnetic balance test
d) Measurement of no-load current with 300-400V, 50 Hz ac supply on LV side.
e) Frequency response analysis (FRA)

f) High voltage withstand test shall be performed on auxiliary equipment and wiring
after complete assembly.

1.2.3 Type Tests

Bidder shall furnish the type test certificate from the manufacturer of similar voltage class
and rating with respect to following type tests

1.2.3.1 Temp. Rise Test as per IS:2026 (Part-II)

Gas chromatographic analysis on oil shall also be conducted before and after this test
and the values shall be recorded in the test report. The sampling shall be in accordance
with IEC 567. For the evaluation of the gas analysis in temperature rise test the
procedure shall be as per IS:9434 (based on IEC:567) and results will be interpreted as
per IS:10593 (based on IEC -599).

The temperature rise test shall be conducted at a tap for the worst combination of loading
on the three windings of the transformer. The Contractor before carrying out such test
shall submit detailed calculations showing alternatives possible, on various taps and for
the three types of ratings of the transformer and shall recommend the combination that
results in highest temperature rise for the test.

1.2.3.2 Tank vacuum Test as per Cl.no.3.2.8.2(i) below.

1.2.3.3 Tank pressure Test as per Cl.no.3.2.8.2(ii) below.

1.2.3.4 Deleted

1.2.3.5 Dielectric test in all phases as per IS: 2026 Part III:2009

1.2.4 Additional type tests

Following additional type tests to be furnished.

1.2.4.1 Determination of Capacitances windings–to–earth, and between windings.

1.2.4.2 Measurement of zero Seq. Impedance(s) on 3-phase transformer.

190
1.2.4.3 Determination of sound level.

1.2.4.4 Measurement of power taken by fans and oil pump motors.

1.2.4.5 Measurement of harmonics of the no load current.

1.2.5 Dynamic short circuit withstand test shall be carried out as per IEC 60076-5/ IS 2026-5.

Tests shall be conducted before and after short circuit test as per the relevant clauses of
IEC 60076-5/ IS 2026-5

Following shall also be conducted before and after Short Circuit test

i) Dissolved gas analysis

ii) Frequency response
analysis.

1.2.6 Routine tests on bushings

The following tests shall be conducted on bushings

1.2.6.1 Test for leakage on internal fillings.

1.2.6.2 Measurement of creepage distance, dielectric dissipation factor and capacitance.

1.2.6.3 Dry power frequency test on terminal and tapping.

1.2.6.4 Partial discharge test followed by dielectric dissipation factor and capacitance
measurement.

1.2.7 Type Tests on fittings:

All the following fittings shall conform to type tests and the type test reports shall be
furnished by the contractor along with the drawings of equipment/ fittings as per the
clause no. 9.2 of the Section – GTR. The list of fittings and the type test requirement is:

1. Bushing (Type Test as per IS: 2099/ IEC: 60137)

2. Buchholz relay (Type Test as per IS: 3637 and IP-55 Test on terminal box)
3. OLTC (Temperature Rise of contact, Short circuit current test, Mechanical test and
Dielectric Test as per IEC: 214-1 2003 and IP-55 test on drive mechanism box)
4. Cooler Control cabinet (IP-55 test)
5. Pressure Relief device Tests certificate shall be furnished with respect to ; -The pressure
Relief Device of each size for increase in oil pressure.The terminal box / boxes of PRD
should conform to degree of protection as per IP-55 of IS: 13947.
6. Magnetic Oil Level gauge & Terminal Box for IP-55 degree of protection.

191
 7. OTI & WTI – Switch setting & operation, Switch differential, Switch rating.
8. Oil pump – Vacuum Test at 250 torr maximum, oil pressure test at 1 kg/cm2 for
24 hrs., Temperature rise test by resistance method, IP-55 degree of protection for
terminal box.
9. C o o l i n g fan and motor assembly – Free air delivery, Temperature rise, sound level,
running at reduced voltage, IP-55 degree of protection for terminal box.

1.2.8 Tank Tests

1.2.8.1 Routine Tests

Oil Leakage Test

All tanks and oil filled compartments shall be tested for oil tightness by being completely
filled with air or oil of a viscosity not greater than that of insulating oil conforming to
IS:335 at the ambient temperature and applying a pressure equal to the normal pressure
plus 35 KN/Sq.m (5 psi) measured at the base of the tank. The pressure shall be
maintained for a period of not less than 12 hours for oil and one hour for air during
which time no leak shall occur.

1.2.8.2 Type Tests certificates for-

(i) Vacuum Test

One transformer tank of each size shall be subjected to the specified vacuum. The tank
designed for full vacuum shall be tested at an internal pressure of 3.33 KN/Sq.m
absolute (25 torr) for one hour. The permanent deflection of flat plate after the
vacuum has been released shall not exceed the values specified below:
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Horizontal Length Permanent
deflection of flat plate (in mm) (in mm)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Upto and including 750 5.0
751 to 1250 6.5
1251 to 1750 8.0
1751 to 2000 9.5
2001 to 2250 11.0
2251 to 2500 12.5
2501 to 3000 16.0
Above 3000 19.0
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(ii) Pressure Test

One transformer tank of each size, its radiator, conservator vessel and other fittings
together or separately shall be subjected to a pressure corresponding to twice the
normal head of oil or to the normal pressure plus 35 KN/m2 whichever is lower

192
 measured at the base of the tank and maintained for eight hours. The permanent
deflection of flat plates after the excess pressure has been released shall not exceed
the figure specified above for vacuum test.

1.2.9 Pre-Shipment Checks certificates at Manufacturer's Works.

1.2.9.1 Check for interchangeability of components of similar transformers for mounting

dimensions.

1.2.9.2 Check for proper packing and preservation of accessories like radiators, bushings,
dehydrating breather, rollers, buchholz relay, fans, control cubicle, connecting pipes,
conservator etc.

1.2.9.3 Check for proper provision for bracing to arrest the movement of core and winding
assembly inside the tank.

1.2.9.4 Gas tightness test to confirm tightness.

1.2.9.5 Derivation of leakage rate and ensure the adequate reserve gas capacity.

1.3 Inspection and Testing at Site

The Contractor shall carry out a detailed inspection and testing programme for field
activities covering areas right from the receipt of material stage upto commissioning
stage. An indicative programme of inspection as envisaged by the independent
consultant and approved.

1.3.1 Receipt and Storage Checks as per the standards , established and approved.

1.3.1.1 Check and record condition of each package, visible parts of the transformer etc. for
any damage.
1.3.1.2 Check and record the gas pressure in the transformer tank as well as in the gas cylinder.

1.3.1.3 Visual check for wedging of core and coils before filling up with oil and also check
conditions of core and winding in general.

1.3.1.4 Check and record reading of impact recorder at receipt and verify the
allowable limits as per manufacturer's recommendations.

1.3.2 Installation Checks

1.3.2.1 Inspection and performance testing of accessories like tap changers, cooling fans, oil
pumps etc.

1.3.2.2 (i) Check the direction of rotation of fans and pumps.

193
 (ii) Check the bearing lubrication.

1.3.2.3 Check whole assembly for tightness, general appearance etc.

1.3.2.4 Oil leakage test

1.3.2.5 Capacitance and tan delta measurement of bushing before fixing/connecting to the
winding, contractor shall furnish these values for site reference.

1.3.2.6 Leakage test on bushing before erection.

1.3.2.7 Measure and record the dew point of nitrogen in the main tank before assembly.

1.3.3 Commissioning Checks

1.3.3.1 Check the colour of silicagel in silicagel breather.

1.3.3.2 Check the oil level in the breather housing, conservator tanks, cooling system, condenser
bushing etc.

1.3.3.3 Check the bushing for conformity of connection to the lines etc,

1.3.3.4 Check for correct operation of all protection devices and alarms :

1.3.3.5 Buchholz relay.

1.3.3.6 Excessive winding temperature.

1.3.3.7 Excessive oil temperature.

1.3.3.8 Low oil flow.

1.3.3.9 Low oil level indication.

1.3.3.10 Fan and pump failure protection.

1.3.3.11 Check for the adequate protection on the electric circuit supplying the accessories.
1.3.3.12 Check resistance of all windings on all steps of the tap changer. Insulation resistance
measurement for the following:

1.3.3.13 Control wiring.

1.3.3.14 Cooling system motor and control.

1.3.3.15 Main windings.

194
1.3.3.16 Tap changer motor and control.

1.3.3.17 Check for cleanliness of the transformer and the surroundings.

1.3.3.18 Continuously observe the transformer operation at no load for 24 hours.

1.3.3.19 Gradually put the transformer on load, check and measure increase in temperature in
relation to the load and check the operation with respect to temperature rise and noise
level etc.

1.3.3.20 Phase out and vector group test.

1.3.3.21 Ratio test on all taps.

1.3.3.22 Magnetising current test.

1.3.3.23 Capacitance and Tan delta measurement of winding and bushing.

1.3.3.24 DGA of oil just before commissioning and after 24 hours energisation at site.

1.3.3.25 Frequency response analysis (FRA).

1.3.3.26 Contractor shall prepare a comprehensive commissioning report including all

commissioning test results and forward to independent consultant for future record.
Technical Parameters.

4.1 PACKING :

The supplier shall provide such packing of goods as is required to prevent damage
or deterioration during transport to their final destination. The packing shall be
sufficient to withstand, without limitation, rough handling during transport and
exposure to extreme temperature and open storage. The packing case, size, weights
shall be taken into consideration, where appropriate the remoteness of goods final
destination and the absence of mechanized heavy handling facilities at all points
in transport. Any material found short inside the packing cases shall be supplied
by supplier without any extra cost.

5.1 DEVIATION FROM TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION:

The tenderer shall furnish the details of deviations / modifications proposed by him to
improve overall performance of the system. The contractor shall have to provide the
technical details, drawings, advantages,
Note- The prior approval shall have to obtained from the independent
consultant for any deviation, keeping the no variation in the price

195
6.1 ERECTION & COMMISSIONING:

The tenderer shall note that their commissioning Engineers have to be deputed for
erection and commissioning of transformers in case orders are finalized on them.
This has to be taken note of while furnishing the offers.

Note- there shall be a programme earmarked with specific and all activities of the
erecting & commissioning of the transformers with consultation of independent
consultant.

7.1 GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS:

The tenderer shall furnish the relevant Guaranteed technical particulars as per Data
Sheet-6.

7.2 INSTALLATION & COMMISSIONING

Mainly following activities are required to be carried out before commissioning of Power
Transformers:-
a) Assembling of Power Transformer accessories.
b) Testing activities in presence of Purchaser such as
i. Ratio Test
ii. Megger Value
iii. Magnetic balance.
iv. Oil BDV
v. Earth Resistance
vi. Buchhloz Relay checking.
vii. WTI/OTI/MOLG (oil level) checking.
viii. Checking of points of leakage of oil from Transformer body/ Radiator/Valve
ix. Setting of Relays in Panel

7.3 AUXILIARY TRANSFORMER

The transformer used for auxiliary distribution within the plant must be in accordance
with the reference standards. The ratings of the transformer shall be suitably designed
by the bidder. The guaranteed technical particulars of the auxiliary transformer must
be supplied along with the bid. The bidder shall also provide the list of auxiliary loads
considered for the project.

7.4 INSTRUMENT TRANSFORMER

7.4.1 The instrument transformers i.e. current and voltage transformers shall be single phase
transformer units and shall be supplied with a common marshalling box for a set of three

196
 single phase units. The tank as well as top metallic shall be hot dip galvanized or painted
Grey colour as per RAL 9002.

7.4.2 The instrument transformers shall be oil filled hermetically sealed units. The instrument
transformers shall be provided with filling and drain plugs.

7.4.3 Polarity marks shall indelibly be marked on each instrument transformer and at the lead
terminals at the associated terminal block. The insulators shall have cantilever strength of
more than 500 kg.

7.4.4 Current Transformer, Voltage Transformer, Circuit Breaker and Relays should match STU
requirements.

7.5 CURRENT TRANSFORMER

7.5.1 Current transformers may be either of the bushing type or wound type. The bushing types
are normally accommodated within the transformer bushings and the wound types are
invariably separately mounted. The location of the current transformer with respect to
associated circuit breaker has an important bearing upon the protection scheme as well
as layout of, substation. Current transformer class and ratio is determined by electrical
protection, metering consideration.

7.5.2 Technical specifications – Current ratings, design, Temperature rise and testing etc. should
be in accordance with IS: 2705 (part I to IV).

7.6 TYPE AND RATING

7.6.1 The current transformer should be of indoor/ outdoor type, single phase, oil immersed,
self-cooled and suitable for operation in 3 phase solidly grounded system.

7.7 VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER

7.7.1 Voltage transformers shall be electro-magnetic (EMU) type and shall comprise of
compensating reactor, intermediate transformer, and protective and damping devices. The
oil level indicator of EMU with danger level marking shall be clearly visible to maintenance
personnel standing on ground.

7.7.2 The secondary shall be protected by 3A HRC cartridge type fuses for all windings. In
addition fuses shall also be provided for protection and metering windings. The
secondary terminals shall be terminated on stud type non- disconnecting terminal blocks
via the fuse inside the terminal box of degree of protection IP 55. The access to secondary
terminals shall be without the danger of access to high voltage circuit.

7.7.3 The accuracy of metering core shall be maintained through the entire burden range up to
75 VA on all three windings without any adjustments during operations.

197
7.7.4 The PTs should be single phase oil immersed self -cooled type suitable for outdoor.

7.7.5 The core should be of high grade non – ageing electrical silicon laminated steel of high
permeability. The PTs should be hermetically sealed to eliminate breathing and prevent
air and moisture entering the tank.

7.8 110 KV METERING BAY (STU) AS PER THE LATEST SPECIFICATIONS, STANDARDS AND
KPTCL NORMS..

7.8.1 The current & potential transformers shall be of outdoor type single phase, 50 Hz, oil
immersed self-cooled suitable for operation in the climate conditions specified shall be
complete in all respects.

7.8.2 The instrument transformers shall be hermitically sealed to eliminate breathing and entering
of air and moisture in the tank. Provision of pressure releasing device is not permitted.

7.8.3 The CT core, to be used for protective relays shall be of accuracy class, specified or
appropriate class suitable for back up, over current and earth fault, differential, bus bar
and other protections as prescribed.

7.8.4 Applicable Standards:

Unless otherwise modified in this specification, 110 KV CTPT Metering Sets shall comply
with the following Indian Standard Specification (latest version):
IS: 2705-1992 Specification for current transformers.
IS: 3156-1992 Specification for voltage transformers.
IS: 5621-1980 Specification for Hollow insulators and accessories
IS: 2099-1986 Specification for insulators/ bushing
IS: 3347-1986 Specification for the dimension of Porcelain transformer IS:
335-1983 Specification for new insulating oil

7.8.5 The core of instrument transformers to be used for metering and instrumentations shall have
saturation factor, low enough to avoid damage to the instruments, in the event of
maximum short circuit current.

7.8.6 Nuts and bolts (or screws used for fixation of interfacing porcelain bushings for taking out
terminals) shall be provided on flanges, cemented to the bushing and not on the porcelain
i.e. Flange type 110 KV bushing for CT/PT, shall be provided.

7.8.7 For gasket joints, wherever used, Nitrile Butyl rubber gaskets shall be used. The gasket
shall be fitted properly with adequate space for accommodating the gasket under
compression.

7.8.8 The metering sets shall be supplied with first filling of insulating oil conforming to IS: 335

198
 (including latest amendment).

7.8.9 The outer surface of metal tank shall be Hot Dip Galvanised, whereas, the inner portion
shall be painted with oil resistive, insoluble paint. The purchaser reserves right for stage
inspection during manufacturing process of tank / CT/PT.

7.8.10 The external surfaces of tanks of CT-PT sets shall be painted with one coat of primer and
two coats of synthetic enamel paint of shade No.631 of IS: 5, the internal surfaces of the
tank shall be painted with two coats of suitable heat resistant oil insoluble paint.
7.8.11 The instrument transformers shall be suitable for mounting on steel structures or concrete
pedestals.

7.8.12 The 110 kV CT PT sets shall three nos. of single phase PTs. The primary winding of 3 single
phase PT shall be connected in star formation in the tank with common neutral of 110 KV
brought outside the tank through 3 KV bushing for earthing.

7.8.13 The secondary terminal box shall have cable gland/ flange suitable to receive two Nos.
control cable of size 6x4 sq.mm and 4x2.5 sq.mm at the bottom of the secondary box for
metering connections to secondary winding of 110 kV CT-PT circuits respectively.

7.8.14 The 110 kV CT PT Set shall have 3 Nos. incoming and 3 Nos. outgoing outdoor type
bushing complete with 6 Nos. bimetallic terminal connectors suitable for Dog/ Panther
Conductor

7.8.15 General Parameters: 110 kV CT (Owners Bay and Metering Bay)as per the latest
standards and specifications as applicable.
Particulars Details
Normal system voltage (kV rms) 110 kV
Highest system voltage (kV rms) 122 kV
Frequency 50 Hz
Impulse withstand voltage (kVp) (on assembled CT/ 170
PT set)

One minute power frequency dry withstand voltage 70 kV

(on assembled CT-PT set) Primary (r.m.s.) Secondary
(r.m.s.) 3 kV

Transformation ratio (CT Ratio) 400/1 A or as per requirement

Rated output (VA burden) 10 VA
Class of accuracy 0.2 S
Rated continuous thermal current 1.2 times of rated primary current.

199
 Particulars Details
Short time thermal current rating for 1second. 25kA for 400/1 A Current density
corresponding to Short Time Thermal
Current should not exceed 160A /mm sq.

Rated dynamic current 2.5 times of short time thermal current

rating.

Number of cores One

Instrument security factor Not exceeding 5
Max. ratio error As per IS:2/05/1992

7.8.16 General Parameters: 110 kV VT (Owner’s Bay & Metering Bay)

Particulars Details

Nominal system voltage (kV rms) 110

Highest system voltage (kV rms) 122

Nos. of phases Three

Impulse withstand voltage (kVP)(on assembled 170

CT-PT set)

One minute power frequency dry

withstand voltage (on assembled CT-PT set)
Primary (kV r.m.s.) 70
Dry secondary (kV r.m.s.) 3

Frequency 50 Hz

Transformation ratio (PT Ratio) 110 kV/ 110V

Rated output (VA burden) 30 VA per phase

Class of accuracy 0.2 (As per IS:3156/1992)

Winding connection Star/ Star

200
 Particulars Details

Rated voltage factor and time 1.2 Continuous & 1.9 for 30
seconds.

Temp. rise over max. Ambient temp. Within limits of IS:3156/1992

Phase angle error max. -do-

Max. Phase angle error -do-

Ratio error (Max.) -do-

7.9 CIRCUIT BREAKER AS PER LATEST SPECIFICATIONS, APPLICABLE STANDARDS AND KPTCL
NORMS.

7.9.1 The circuit breakers shall be capable of rapid and smooth interruption of currents under all
conditions completely suppressing all undesirable phenomena even under the most severe
and persistent short circuit conditions or when interrupting small currents or leading or
lagging reactive currents. The circuit breakers shall be ‗Restrike-Free‘ under all operating
conditions. The details of any device incorporated to limit or control the rate of rise of
re-striking voltage across, the circuit breaker contacts shall be stated. The over voltage
across, the circuit breaker contacts shall be stated. The over voltage caused by circuit
breaker while switching inductive or capacitive loads shall not exceed 2.5 times the highest
phase to neutral voltage. The actual make and break times for the circuit breakers
throughout the ranges of their operating duties shall be stated in the offer and
guaranteed

7.9.2 Applicable Standards: The materials shall conform in all respects to the relevant Indian
Standard Specifications/ IEC Standards, with latest amendments indicated below:

IS-13118/1991 General requirements for Circuit breakers for voltage

above 1000 V IEC 62271-100-1/2001

IS-2705/1992 Current Transformers

IS-2099/1986 Bushings for alternating voltages above 1000 V

ISS-2633/1964 Methods of testing uniformity of coating of zinc coated

articles

IS-3231/1986 Electrical relays for power system protection

IS-1248/1983 Specification for Ammeters & Voltmeters

201
 IS-335/1983 New insulating oils Electrical IEC 71 (For oils in CTs)
Clearances

IS-2147/1962 Degree of protection provided by enclosures for low

voltage switchgear & control gear

7.9.3 The arc quenching chambers shall have devices to ensure almost uniform distribution of
voltage across the interrupters.

7.9.4 Appropriate & adequate Capacity 300-400V AC indoor air Circuit Breaker as per the
IEC 60898 / IEC 62271 – 100 or equivalent Indian Standards along with control circuit
and protection relay circuit, fuses, annunciations and remote operating and controlling
facility from the Main Control Room.

7.9.5 Circuit breaker shall be C2/Ml class under all duty conditions and shall be capable of
performing their duties without opening resistor. The circuit breaker shall meet the duty
requirement of any type of fault or fault location and shall be suitable for line charging
and dropping when used on 6 kV effectively grounded or ungrounded systems and
perform make and break operations as per the stipulated duty cycles satisfactorily.

7.9.6 The circuit breaker shall be capable for breaking the steady & transient magnetizing
current corresponding to 110 kV transformers. It shall also be capable of breaking line
charging currents as per IEC- 62271-100 with a voltage factor of 1.4.

7.9.7 The rated transient recovery voltage for terminal fault and short line faults shall be as per
IEC: 62271-100.

7.9.8 The Bidder may note that total break time of the breaker shall not be exceeded under
any duty conditions specified such as with the combined variation of the trip coil voltage,
pneumatic pressure etc. While furnishing the proof of the total break time of complete
circuit breaker, the Bidder may specifically bring out the effect of non-simultaneity
between same pole and poles and show how it is covered in the guaranteed total break
time.

7.9.9 Bidder shall indicate the noise level of breaker at distance of 50 to 150 m from base of
the breaker.

7.9.10 While furnishing particulars regarding the D.C. component of the circuit breaker, the
Bidder shall note that IEC-62271-100 requires that this value should correspond to the
guaranteed minimum opening time under any condition of operation.

7.9.11 The critical current which gives the longest arc duration at lock out pressure of

202
 7.9.12 All the duty requirements specified above shall be provided with the support of
adequate test reports.

7.10 OPERATING MECHANISM

7.10.1 Circuit shall be vacuum type with electrically spring charged mechanism.

7.10.2 The operating mechanism shall be anti-pumping and trip free (as per IEC definition)
electrically under every method of closing. The mechanism of the breaker shall be such
that the position of the breaker is maintained even after the leakage of operating media
and / or gas. The circuit breaker shall be able to perform the duty cycle without any
interruption.

7.10.3 Electrical tripping shall be performed by shunt trip coil. Provision shall also be made for
local electrical control. 'Local / remote' selector switch and close & trip push buttons shall
be provided in the breaker central control cabinet. Remote located push buttons and
indicating lamps shall also be provided. The VCB coil DC supply through appropriately
rated battery bank and charger to be supplied by the Bidder.

7.10.4 Operating mechanism and all accessories shall be in local control cabinet. A central
control cabinet for the three poles of the breaker shall be provided along with supply of
necessary tubing, cables, etc.

7.10.5 Mounting and supporting structure for Circuit Breaker: The circuit breakers should be self-
supporting type. However, if necessary for the purpose of minimum ground clearance the
circuit breakers should be mounted on raised steel structures which should be included in
the scope of supply of circuit breaker. Following information and data for design of
foundations from the supplier of the circuit breaker be obtained.

7.10.6 Max. Impact loading in terms of equivalent static load both compression and upward due
to opening/closing of the breakers. It shall be clearly stated whether these forces shall
act simultaneously or at different timing.

7.10.7 Necessary connecting materials such as clamps, bolts, nuts, washers etc. and fixing bolts for
mounting the equipment on the supporting structures wherever required should be
obtained from the circuit breaker supplier.

7.10.8 General parameters: SF6 Circuit Breaker: as per KPTCL Norms.

Particulars Details
Type of circuit breaker SF6
Highest System Voltage 122 Kv

203
 Particulars Details
Rated operating voltage 110 Kv
Rated frequency 50 Hz (+3% to -5%)
Number of poles Three (3)
Rated/ minimum power frequency Withstand 70 kV

Voltage
Rated lightning impulse Withstand voltage 170 kV

Rated operating duty cycle 0 - 0.3 sec. - CO – 3 min. – CO

Rated line charging breaking As per IEC

Reclosing Single and three phase high speed

auto reclosing
Maximum fault level 25 kA (rms) for 1 sec.

Auxiliary contacts As required plus 6NO and 6NC

contacts per pole as spare.

Noise level Maximum 140dB at 50m distance

from base of circuit breaker

Seismic acceleration 0.4 g horizontal

7.10.9 Co-ordination of rated voltages, short circuit breaking current and rated normal current for
guidance as per IS 13118 for rated voltage 110 kV and above as commonly used are as
given in bellow table.

Rated Rated short-circuit

voltage (kV) breaking current (kA) Rated normal current (A)

122 8 630 1250 1600 2500 4000

16 630 1250 1600
40

7.10.10 Circuit Breaker Protection against

a) Over Current
204
 b) Earth fault
c) Under voltage & over voltage protection
d) Under frequency & over frequency
e) SF6 gas pressure low (where applicable)
f) DC supply failure

7.11 ISOLATORS

7.11.1 The isolators and accessories shall conform in general to IEC 62271-102 (or equivalent
Indian standard) except to the extent explicitly modified in specification.

7.11.2 Each isolating switch should have the following particulars under the site conditions for the
system under design (typical values for 122 kV system are given).

7.11.3 General Parameters: 110 kV Isolators

Particulars Details

Operating mechanism of Isolator and Earth Motor operated

Switch
Nominal system voltage 110 kV

Highest system voltage 122 kV

Type Outdoor (IP 65)

Rated short time current of isolator and earth 40 kA (rms) for 1 sec. Or appropriate as per
switch design

Rated dynamic short time withstand current of 80 kA (peak) Or appropriate as per design
isolator and earth switch

Impulse withstand voltage with 1.2/50 micro sec. 325 kVp to earth 195 kVp across
wave isolating distance

One minute power frequency withstand Voltage 140 kV (rms) to earth & 150 kV (rms)across
isolating distance

Temperature rise As per Table-IV of IS: 9921

Rated mechanical terminal load As per 62271-102

205
 7.12 INDICATING AND INTEGRATING METERS/INSTRUMENTS:

All indicating instruments shall be of switchboard type, back connected, suitable for flush
mounting and provided with dust and vermin proof cases for tropical use and finished
in suitable colour. All instruments shall have practical laboratory means for adjustment
of accuracy. The limits of errors for ammeters/voltmeters shall be those permissible for
class 0.5 instruments as per IS: 1248.

7.12.1 A.C. Static HT Tri vector Meter:

A.C. Static HT Tri vector Meter shall be as per STU norms and shall be intimated while
placement of order. The meters shall be located at eye level to facilitate observations
of readings correctly.

7.12.2 The ammeters and voltmeters shall be suitably scaled to indicate the current/voltage for
all the rating of current/voltage transformers. A phase selector switch with four/six position
shall be used to measure the current/voltage of each phase/line. The Bidder shall provide
test certificate and calibration certificate along with the supply of the instrument.

7.12.3 The meters shall be located at normal eye level to facilitate observation of readings
correctly.

7.13 SURGE ARRESTORS

7.13.1 The surge arrestors (SAs) shall conform in general to IEC 60099-4 or IS: 3070 except to
the extent modified in the specification. Arresters shall be of hermetically sealed units,
self-supporting construction, suitable for mounting on lattice type support structures.
Bidder shall furnish the technical particulars of Surge arrester.

7.13.2 The SA‘s shall be of heavy duty station class and gapless Metal Oxide type without any
series or shunt gaps. The SAs shall be capable of discharging over-voltages occurring
during switching of unloaded transformers, and long lines.

7.13.3 Arrestors shall be complete with insulating base for mounting on structure. Suitably
enclosed for outdoor use and requiring no auxiliary or battery supply for operation shall
be provided for each single pole unit with necessary connection.

7.13.4 The surge arrestors shall conform to type tests and shall be subjected to routine and
acceptance tests in accordance with IEC-60099-4.

7.14 PROTECTIVE RELAYS

7.14.1 The Solar PV system and the associated power evacuation system interconnections should
be protected as per IEC 61727 Ed.2, norms. Over current relays, reverse power relays,
differential protection relays and earth fault relays have to be essentially provided. All

206
 relay should be numerical type & should be remote operating and controlling facility from
the control room.

7.14.2 The numerical relays shall have RS 485 port for communication.

7.14.3 The operating voltage of the relays shall be 110 V DC as per battery bank rating.

7.14.4 Detailed Design calculations shall be provided on fault power computations and the
philosophy of protective relaying with respect to short circuit kA calculations. Design,
drawing and model of protection relay shall be approved by Owner/STU.

7.14.5 The bidder must submit the relay setting chart as a part of design documents

7.15 EARTHING FOR PV ARRAY

7.15.1 The photovoltaic modules, BOS and other components of power plant requires adequate
earthing for protecting against any serious faults as guided by IEC 60364.

7.15.2 The earthing system shall be designed with consideration of the earth resistivity of the
project area. The earth resistivity values shall be measured prior to designing the earthing
system. Unless otherwise specified, earthing system shall be in accordance with IS: 3043
and IEEE 80, CEA 2010/, Indian Electricity Rules, Codes of practice and regulations
existing in the location where the system is being installed.

7.15.3 The permissible system fault power level at 110 kV also shall be kept in consideration
while designing the earthing system. Each array structure of the PV yard, LT power system,
earthing grid for switchyard ,all electrical equipment ,control room ,inverter, All junction
boxes, ACDB& DCDB ,all motors and pumps etc .shall be grounded properly as per IS
3043 - 1987. All metal casing / shielding of the plant shall be thoroughly grounded
in accordance with Indian electricity act / IE Rules.

7.15.4 The earthing for array and LT power system shall be made of 3.0 m long 40 mm diameter
perforated GI pipe / chemical compound filled, double walled earthing electrodes
including accessories, and providing masonry enclosure

7.15.5 with cast iron cover plate having pad-locking arrangement, watering pipe using charcoal
or coke and salt as required as per provisions of IS: 3043.

7.15.6 Necessary provision shall be made for bolted isolating joints of each earthing pit for
periodic checking of earth resistance.

7.15.7 Each string/ array and MMS of the plant shall be grounded properly.

7.15.8 For each earth pit, a necessary test point shall be provided.

207
7.15.9 Earthing Mesh is to prepared and installed in entire power plant.

7.15.10 The array structures are to be connected to earth pits as per IS standards. Necessary
provision shall be made for bolted isolating joints of each earthing pit for periodic
checking of earth resistance.

7.15.11 The complete earthing system shall be mechanically & electrically connected to provide
independent return to earth.

7.15.12 In compliance to Rule 11 and 61 of Indian Electricity Rules, 1956 (as amended up to
date), all non-current carrying metal parts shall be earthed with two separate and distinct
earth continuity conductors to an efficient earth electrode.

7.15.13 The Bidder should submit the earthing system design calculations along with the system
layout for Owner approval. Prior to the installation of the system
7.15.14 Unless otherwise specified, the earthing system primary and secondary grid conductors,
equipment connections shall be constructed with galvanized iron flat. However the
earthing of transformer neutrals, plc and Inverter terminals and electronic earthing shall
be provided using copper earthing conductor only.

7.16 ISOLATOR AND ISOLATOR-CUM-EARTHING SWITCHES

7.16.1 The Isolators and Isolator-cum-Earthing Switched shall comply with the requirements of the
IS: 9921 and IEC: 129 (latest edition) except specified herein. The Insulators shall comply
with the requirements of IS: 2544 and IEC: 168-1988 (latest edition).

7.16.2 The Isolators shall be double break, outdoor, gang operated type, with blades rotating in
horizontal plane. The design shall be for upright mounting. If required, and the Isolators
shall be convertible for right or left hand control with minimum labour and replacement of
part. The live parts shall be so designed that as far as possible, sharp points, edges and
other corona producing surface are eliminated. Except the Insulator caps and bases, all
other live parts shall be non-ferrous. Bolts, Screws and Pins shall be provided with locking
arrangement and shall be of the best materials.
7.16.3 Each pole shall have three Pedestal type of Insulator‘s stacks. Necessary arrangements
shall be provided for proper alignment of the contacts. Gang operated links shall be so
designed that all phases shall make and break simultaneously.

7.16.4 The design of Isolators and Isolator-cum-Earthing Switches shall be provided for positive
control of blades in all positions with minimum mechanical stress on the Insulators. Fixed
guides shall be so provided that proper setting of contacts shall be obtained, when a blade
is out of alignment even by 25mm in either direction. All movable parts which may be in
current path shall be shunted by flexible copper conductor of adequate cross-section and
capacity, which shall be furnished under bill of material.

7.16.5 The length of the handle for manual operation shall not be more than one meter and shall

208
 be stated on the drawing. The rotating parts shall have a smooth movement.

7.16.6 The clearance of 4000 mm from live parts to ground as per provision of I.E. Rules shall be
considered while manufacturing of isolators & to decide location of operating mechanism
box. Height of structure of isolator from ground is to be considered as 2900 mm including
150mm for muffing.

7.16.7 Contacts:

a) The moving & fixed contacts shall be made of hard drawn electrolytic grade copper
strips and shall be heavy duty self- aligning & high pressure type preferably which
applies pressure to the contact surfaces after the blades are fully closed and release the
pressure before they start to open. High pressure type contacts shall wipe the contact
surfaces, while opening and closing. The contacts shall be so designed that wiping, action
shall not cause securing or abrasion on the contact surfaces. The wiping action shall be
sufficient to remove oxide film, formed during the operation of the switches. The pressure
shall be developed by rotation of the entire blade.
b) The temperature rise of contacts due to the flow of rated short circuit current for a period
of 3 seconds shall not cause any annealing or welding of contacts.
c) The moving contacts, if provided, shall close first and open last so that no damage is
caused due to arcing whatever to the main contacts. The Bidder shall give full details
of such contacts with necessary drawings.
d) The arcing contacts, if provided shall close first and open last so that no damage is
caused due to arcing whatever to the main contacts. The tender shall give full details
of such contacts with necessary drawings.
e) The female contact and its tensioning by spring shall be such that there will, always, be
a positive contact with adequate pressure to give enough contact surface for the passing
of current. The springs provided should not go out of alignment or get entangled with the
male contact during operation. The details of springs shall be furnished on the G.A.
drawing.

7.17 EARTHING BLADES

7.17.1 The Isolators controlling the transmission line shall be equipped with earthing blades. The
Earthing blades shall be counter balanced to ensure easy operation.

7.17.2 Line earth switch shall consist of three Earthing links per Isolator which will normally rest
against the frames, when the connected Isolator is in closed position. The Earthing links of all
three phases shall be suitable for fitting on either side of the Isolator.

7.17.3 Short time current withstand capacity of earthing blades of Isolator Earthing Switch shall be
same as that of the main blades of Isolator. The material of the earthing Isolator, Each
earthing blade shall be provide with flexible copper connections of adequate length of not
less than 60mm2 are for connection between the operating shall and the base frame.

209
7.17.4 The rated making capacity of earthing switches shall be as specified in the applicable
standard of isolators

7.18 INSULATORS

7.18.1 Bushings shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with IS: 2099 & IEC: 137. Hollow
column insulators shall be manufactured and tested in accordance with IEC: 60233/IS:
5261. The support insulators shall be manufactured and tested as per IS: 2544 / IEC:
600168/IEC: 600273. The insulators shall also conform to IEC 815 as applicable. Bidder
shall furnish the technical particulars of all type of insulators used.

7.18.2 Porcelain insulator shall comply IS: 731-1976 or equivalent international standard and shall
be homogenous, free from laminations, cavities and other flaws or imperfections that might
affect the mechanical or dielectric quality and shall be thoroughly vitrified, tough and
impervious to moisture. Hollow porcelain should be in one integral piece in green & fired
stage.

7.18.3 Bidder may offer silicone rubber housed composite type insulator as an alternative to the
above porcelain insulator with equivalent creep age distance.

7.18.4 Data sheets for the insulators with cantilever strength and compression strength, etc. shall be
submitted.

7.18.5 Insulators shall be rated for not less than 6kN for bus bar supports and 4kN for isolators.

7.19 BUS BAR

7.19.1 The outdoor bus-bars and equipment connections shall be with ACSR conductor (Panther/
suitable size as per design).
7.19.2 The bus-bars and the connection jumpers shall be supported on post insulators wherever
required.

7.19.3 The ACSR bus bars strung between two supporting structures and supported by strain type
insulators. The stringing tension may be limited to 500-900 kg depending upon the size of
the conductor used. These types of bus bars are suitable for earthquake prone areas.

7.19.4 Bus bar Material – The materials in common use for bus bars and connections of the strain
type are ACSR conductor.

7.19.5 Since aluminium oxidises rapidly great care is necessary in making connections. In the case
of long spans expansion joints should be provided to avoid strain on the supporting
insulators due to thermal expansion or contraction of pipe.

7.19.6 The bus bar sizes should meet the electrical and mechanical requirements of the specific
application for which they are chosen.

210
 Note: Unless otherwise specified, all equipment and materials shall confirm to the latest
applicable Indian Standards. Equipment complying with any other International
Standards will also be considered if it ensures performance of equipment equal to a
superior to Indian Standard.

7.20 CONTROL & RELAY PANEL SPECIFICATIONS

General Requirement:

7.20.1 The control & relay panel shall be free standing, simplex type, floor mounting type,
fabricated from 2 mm thick MS sheet for main enclosure and 1.6 mm thick MS sheet for
internals and partitions. The main enclosure shall be mounted on a base frame fabricated
out of 100x50 ISMC mild steel section.

7.20.2 The enclosure external finish colour shade shall be decided by the Owner, The internal
surface shall have a glossy white finish all over.

7.20.3 The control & relay panel shall contain the following metering and protection devices:

a) Metering, Indications & Controls

b) Ammeter – 0 – …….. A
c) Ammeter selector switch
d) Voltmeter – 0 – 12/122 kV
e) Voltmeter selector switch
f) Load manager to display the following parameters : MW, MVA, MVArh, MVAr Cos Ø,
Hz,
g) Indication lamps for R, Y, B phases, Breaker ‗ON‘ (R), Breaker ‗OFF‘ (G), Breaker ‗TRIP‘
(A), Spring charged (W), Trip Circuit Healthy (B)
h) TNC switch, spring return to neutral position shall be provided for circuit breaker
operation.
i) Local / Remote selection switch for circuit breaker operation
j) Semaphore indicators (LED type) for CB and Isolator ‗Open‘ & ‗Close‘ positions
k) Mimic diagram for the 110 kV systems with aluminium / Copper strips and ‗ON‘ ‗OFF‘
indications for isolators

7.21 LOW VOLTAGE SWITCHGEAR

7.21.1 This specification is for the 300-400V TPN Power Control Centre (PCC).

7.21.2 The PCC shall be rated for the maximum output of the supply transformer feeding the
system. The short circuit withstand rating (1 sec) at rated voltage of the switchgear shall be
relevant to the existing electrical system short circuit ratings.

7.21.3 The configuration of the PCCs shall be as per the Single Line Diagram of the system.

211
7.21.4 Power Control Centres (Construction)

a) Single front / compartmentalized, modular design, degree of protection IP52 with

provision of extension on both sides.
b) Incomer feeders: mains incomer - Electrically operated draw out type Air Circuit
Breakers (ACBs).
c) Outgoing feeders: Electrically operated draw out type Air Circuit Breakers (ACBs) /
Moulded Case Circuit Breakers (MCCBs)
d) The colour finish shade of switchgear enclosure for interior shall be glossy white & for
exterior it shall be light grey, semi glossy shade 631 of IS: 5. if a different exterior
shade is desired by the PURCHASER, the same shall be intimated to the supplier.
e) The PCC shall be fabricated out of CRGO sheet steel; 2 mm thick for the outer shall all-
round. The internal walls and separators shall be of 1.6 mm thick CRGO sheet steel
f) The gland plates shall be 3 mm thick

7.22 CONTROL CIRCUIT

7.22.1 Control supply for breaker closing / tripping - 110V DC

7.22.2 Air Circuit Breaker spring charge motor – 240 V AC, 1 phase

7.22.3 Moulded Case Circuit Breakers – 240 V AC, 1 phase

7.22.4 Indications, annunciation – 110V DC

7.22.5 Space heater, sockets, etc. – 240 V AC, 1 phase

7.23 BUS BAR & CABLE CAVITY

7.23.1 The material for main bus bars and tap off bus bars shall be electrolytic grade aluminium
with HR PVC sleeved insulation.

7.23.2 Bus bars shall be suitable for short circuit rating and current suitable for all connected load.

7.23.3 Bottom cable entry for incoming and outgoing cables.

7.23.4 A suitable gland plate shall be supplied for termination of power, control and
instrumentation cables.

7.23.5 Whenever feeders are housed in multi-tier configuration, these tiers shall be segregated by
sheet metal barriers.

7.23.6 Earthing: Earthing bus bar shall be terminated at both ends of the switchgear to suit the
connections to outside earthing conductor. All components inside the module are required to
be earthed individually and are to be looped and connected to the horizontal earth bus.

212
 7.24 TERMINALS:

7.24.1 CT circuit - Isolating link type terminals with shorting facility.

7.24.2 PT circuit – clip on type terminals.

7.24.3 Spare contacts shall be wired up to terminal block. 10% spare terminals shall be provided
for each module

7.25 SPECIFIC REQUIREMENT

7.25.1 All ACBs shall be 4 pole, electrically operated, draw-out type, with closing coil, spring
charge motor, trip coil, TNC switch for close and trip, manual closing and tripping push
buttons, door I/L, test and service position micro switches, emergency P.B., safety shutters,
etc. The circuit breaker shall be provided with anti-pumping feature.

7.25.2 ACBs shall be complete with microprocessor release and shall be provided with over
current, short circuit and earth fault protections.

7.25.3 Minimum10% spare feeders of each rating shall be provided in the switchgear.

7.25.4 All current transformers shall have 5/1A secondary and all meters shall be suitable for
5/1 A operation.

7.25.5 All indicating lamps shall be of LED cluster type. ACB feeders shall be provided with ON,
OFF, AUTOTRIP, SPRING CHARGED, TEST, SERVICE, TRIP CIRCUIT HEALTHY indications.
Color code shall be followed as applicable.

7.25.6 All indicating instruments shall be flush mounting, Digital, 96 sq.m size.

7.25.7 Window annunciator with hooter and accept, test, reset button shall be provided.
Necessary auxiliary relays for contact multiplication shall be provided in the panel.

7.25.8 The maximum temperature of the bus bars, droppers and contacts at continuous current
rating under site reference ambient temperature of 50º C shall not exceed 105º C.

7.25.9 Instrumentation: Switchgear instrumentation shall be provided as follows:

a) Mains Incomer – Voltmeter with selector switch

b) Ammeter with selector switch
c) Power Factor meter
d) Frequency meter
e) TVM + MD meter
f) Potential indicating lamps
g) Outgoing Feeders

213
 h) Ammeter with selector switch on all feeders

7.26 GENERAL TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS (LV SWITCH GEAR PANEL)AS PER LATEST
SPECIFICATIONS.

7.26.1 The panel shall be self-supporting, free standing, floor mounted, modular type with
construction having degree of protection of IP 54 as per IS 2147.

7.26.2 The panel shall be fabricated from 14 SWG CRCA sheet steel for frame & load bearing
surfaces. Partitions may be fabricated from 16 SWG CRCA if no components are mounted
on them.

7.26.3 The panel shall be painted with 2 coats of primer after pre-treatment and 2 coats
of Polyurethane / epoxy paint with shade as decided by the Owner

7.26.4 Stiffeners shall be provided at corners & between modules to make panel rugged. The
stiffeners will necessarily be required for relay compartments or doors where heavy
components are mounted.

7.26.5 The openable covers shall be provided with lift off type hinges, quarter turn door locks
and flexible copper wire for earth connection.

7.26.6 The panel shall be dust and vermin proof. Synthetic or neoprene gaskets shall be provided
at all openings.

7.26.7 The panel shall be of dead front construction suitable for front operated and back
maintained functioning.

7.26.8 Panel shall be provided with fluorescent lamp of 20W capacity operated by door
operated limit switch. Panel shall also have space heaters and thermostat arrangement.

7.26.9 Panel shall be provided with 3 pin switch socket combined unit of 5 Amp capacity.

7.26.10 Lifting hooks shall be provided at the top of the panel.

7.26.11 The hardware components used in the panel shall be hot dipped galvanized.

7.26.12 The control components shall be fixed on mounting plate by drilling & tapping.

7.26.13 Aluminium anodized legend plates shall be provided for all the components. For
components mounted on front face, legend plate from inside shall also be provided.

7.26.14 Pre-treatment by 7 tank process shall be done before painting / powder coating the
panel.

214
7.26.15 Panel shall have provision of drawing pocket.

7.26.16 The panel shall be designed to ensure maximum safety during operation inspection,
connection of cables and maintenance. Inside panel, checking and removal of components
shall be possible without disturbing other units.

7.26.17 Cable entries will be from bottom. The opening of cable entry shall be covered by 3 mm
thick gland plates.

7.26.18 The panel shall be provided with all necessary components / devices and instruments as
per the enclosed schematic diagram and functional requirements.

7.26.19 The components such as protective relays, auxiliary relays, push buttons, switches,
instruments shall be flush mounted on the front side of a panel.

7.26.20 The control wiring shall be done with PVC insulated flexible copper wire. For CT
secondary circuits 2.5 sq.mm wire shall be used. For control wiring 1.5 sq.mm wire shall be
used.
7.26.21 Earthing bus bar of suitable cross section shall be provided throughout the length of
panel.

7.26.22 The panel shall be fully wired all the terminals shall be brought out for cable connections.

7.26.23 10% spare terminals shall be provided on each terminal block. Separate terminal block
shall be provided for different voltages. All wire shall have P.V.C. ferrules as per wiring
diagram.

7.26.24 Proper shrouding to incoming and outgoing terminals shall be provided to ensure safety
during operation, inspection and maintenance.

7.26.25 Indicating lamps shall be with multiple LEDs & shall be suitable for the voltage specified.

7.26.26 All the components in the panel shall be properly labelled. The labels shall be made of
non- rusting metal or engraved PVC material properly fixed by screws.

7.26.27 The panel layout shall be made in such a way that it will always facilitate easy removal
and reconnection of control cables without disturbing other wiring.

7.26.28 Centre lines of control switches, push buttons and indicating lamps shall be matched so as
to give neat appearance. Similarly top lines of indicating instruments and relays shall also
be matched.

7.26.29 The panel shall be provided with electrolytic grade aluminium bus bar of suitable cross
section so as to maintain max current density of 0.8 AMP/ Sq.mm.

215
7.26.30 Bus bars shall be provided with colour coded heat shrinkable sleeves.

7.26.31 Bus bars shall be supported by high quality epoxy insulators provided at specified
distances so as to withstand to the given fault level.

7.26.32 The bus bar chambers shall be provided with suitable ventilation arrangements so as to
limit the maximum temperature of 85°C while carrying rated current.

7.26.33 Proper clearance of minimum 25 mm shall be maintained between phase bus bars and
between bus bars.

7.26.34 The panel shall be inspected at manufactures works before dispatch to site at the
discretion of independent consultant

7.26.35 All routine tests shall be carried out on the panel in presence of independent
consultant or their representative or its representative. These tests shall include following:
a. Verification of components ratings and operation.
b. High voltage measurement test.
c. Insulation Resistance measurement.
d. Control testing
e. Bidder shall provide 110 kV transmission with bay and metering on Turnkey basis as
per STU requirement/ as applicable.

7.27 METERING SYSTEM AS PER KPTCL NORMS.

7.27.1 ABT energy meter shall be provided as approved by STU to measure the delivered
quantum of energy to the grid for sale. Interface metering shall conform to the Central
Electricity Authority (Installation and Operation Meters) Regulation 2006 and amendment
thereof Commercial settlement of solar Photovoltaic Grid Interactive based power project.

7.27.2 The responsibility of arranging for the meter, its inspection/calibration/testing charges etc.
rests with the Bidder. All charges incurred on Meter testing, shall be borne by the Bidder.
ABT energy metering system is to be approved by STU.

7.27.3 Meter must be provided with the necessary data cables.

7.27.4 Separate metering system has to be provided for L.T. (incoming) and H.T. (outgoing)
supply.

7.27.5 Meter shall be suitable for interfacing for synchronizing the built-in clock of the meter by
GPS time synchronization equipment existing at the station either through a synchronization
pulse received from the time synchronization equipment or through a remote PC
synchronized to GPS clock shall also be in the scope of Bidder.

7.27.6 All charges for testing and passing of the meter with relevant government agency shall be

216
 borne by Bidder, the independent consultant will assist Bidder for necessary document
as an when required.

7.27.7 ABT compliant Energy Meters shall have technical specification as given below (not limited
to specified requirement, Bidder can provide Meter with latest facilities):

7.27.8 Shall be microprocessor-based conforming to IEC 60687 / IEC 6205211/ IEC 62053-22 /
IS 14697.

7.27.9 Shall carry out measurement of active energy (both import and export) and reactive
energy (import) by 3-phase, 4 wire principle suitable for balanced/ unbalanced 3 phase
load.

7.27.10 Shall have an accuracy of energy measurement of at least Class 0.2 for active energy
and at least Class 0.5 for reactive energy according to IEC 60687, and shall be connected
to Class 0.2 CT cores and Class 0.2 VT windings.

7.27.11 The active and reactive energy shall be directly computed in CT & VT primary ratings.

7.27.12 Shall compute the net MWh and MVARh during each successive 15- minute block metering
interval along with a plus/minus sign, instantaneous net MWh, instantaneous net MVARh,
average frequency of each 15 minutes, net active energy at midnight, net reactive energy
for voltage low and high conditions at each midnight.

7.27.13 Each energy meter shall have a display unit with a seven digit display unit. It shall display
the net MWh and MVARh with a plus/minus sign and average frequency during the
previous metering interval; peak MW demand since the last demand reset; accumulated
total (instantaneous) MWh and MVARh with a plus/minus sign, date and time; and
instantaneous current and voltage on each phases.

7.27.14 All the registers shall be stored in a non-volatile memory. Meter registers for each
metering interval, as well as accumulated totals, shall be downloadable. All the net
active/reactive energy values displayed or stored shall be with a plus /minus sign for
export/import.

7.27.15 At least the following data shall be stored before being over-written for the following
parameters.

S.No. Parameters Details Min No of days

1. MWh 15 min. block 90 days in meter

2. Average Frequency 15 min. block 90 days in meter
3. MVARh for > 103% 15 min. block 90 days in meter

217
 S.No. Parameters Details Min No of days

4. Cumulative MWh At every peak hrs 30 days in meter/ 90

days in PC

5. Cumulative MVARh for >103% At every peak hrs 30 days in meter/ 90

days in PC

6. Date & time blocks for VT failure

on any phase

7.27.16 Shall have a built in clock and calendar with an accuracy of less than15 seconds per month
drift without assistance of external time synchronizing pulse.

7.27.17 Date/time shall be displayed on demand. The clock shall be synchronized by GPS time
synchronization equipment existing at the station provided by Bidder.

7.27.18 The meter shall be suitable to operate with power drawn from the VT supplies. The
burden of the meters shall be less than maximum 2 VA.

7.27.19 The power supply to the meter shall be healthy even with a single- phase VT supply. An
automatic backup, in the event of non-availability of voltage in all the phases, shall be
provided by a built in long life battery and shall not need replacement for at least 10
years with a continuous VT interruption of at least 2 years. Date and time of VT interruption
and restoration shall be automatically stored in a non-volatile memory.

7.27.20 Even under the absence of VT input, energy meter display shall be available and it shall
be possible to download data from the energy meters.

7.27.21 Shall have an optical port on the front of the meter for data collection from either a hand
held meter reading instrument (MRI) having a display for energy readings or from a
notebook computer with suitable software.

7.27.22 The meter shall have means to test MWh and MVARh accuracy and calibration at site in-
situ and test terminal blocks shall be provided for the same.

7.27.23 The Owner shall have the right to carry out surprise inspections of the Metering Systems
from time to time to check their accuracy.

7.28 SCADA AND REMOTE MONITORING SYSTEM

7.28.1 The plant shall be automatically operated and shall be controlled by microprocessor
based control system SCADA and should be Open Platform Communications (OPC)
compliant. There shall be simultaneous data logging, recording and display system for
continuous monitoring of data for different parameters of different sub systems, power
supply of the power plant at DC side and AC side.
218
7.28.2 An integrated SCADA shall be supplied which should be capable of communicating with all
Inverters and provide information of the entire Solar PV Grid interactive power plant.

7.28.3 Computer-aided data acquisition unit shall be a separate & individual system comprising
of different transducers to read the different variable parameters, A/D converter,
multiplexer, de multiplexer, interfacing hardware & software, which will be robust &
rugged suitable to operate in the control room Environment.

7.28.4 Reliable sensors for solar insolation, temperature, and other weather and electrical
parameters are to be supplied with the data logger unit.

7.28.5 The Bill of Materials associated with the equipment must clearly indicate especially the
details about the PC and Printers, etc.

7.28.6 The Data Acquisition System should be housed in a desk made of steel sheet.

7.28.7 All data shall be recorded chronologically date wise. The data file should be MS Excel
compatible. The data logger shall have internal reliable battery backup and data
storage capacity to record all sorts of data simultaneously round the clock. All data shall
be stored in a common work sheet chronologically and representation of monitored data
shall be in graphics mode or in tabulation form. All instantaneous data can be shown in the
Computer Screen. Provision should be available for Remote Monitoring.

7.28.8 SCADA shall measure and continuously record electrical parameters and provide following
data at a 5-15 minute interval.
a) Energy export to grid at 110 kV
b) Main combiner box parameters
c) Inverter level parameters
d) Parameters at LV terminal (300-400V)
e) Power characteristics of HT side
f) Ambient temperature near array field
g) Module surface temperature
h) Wind Speed and direction
i) Solar irradiation/isolation
j) Any other parameter considered necessary by supplier based on current prudent
practice

7.28.9 SCADA shall provide 15 minute daily, monthly and annual average of following
parameters:

• Exported Energy to grid at 110 kV

• Energy, DC and AC voltage, power and pf of each Inverter
• Solar Radiation
• Temperature (ambient and module surface)

219
7.28.10 All data shall be recorded chronologically date wise. The data file should be MS Excel
compatible. The data logger shall have internal reliable battery backup and data
storage capacity to record all sorts of data simultaneously round the clock. All data shall
be stored in a common work sheet chronologically. Representation of monitored data
should be in graphics mode or in tabulation form. All instantaneous data should be shown
in the Computer Screen.

7.28.11 SCADA shall have feature to be integrated with the local system as well remotely via the
web using either a standard modem or a GSM/WIFI modem. The Bidder shall provide
compatible software and hardware so that data can be transmitted via. Standard modem.

7.28.12 SCADA shall be provided with reliable power supply along with backup supply for at
least one hour to cater to outage of grid.

7.28.13 The SCADA shall be compatible to the requirements for measuring and reporting the
performance-ratio of the power plant.

7.28.14 The Contractor shall provide all administrative rights/ privileges/passwords of the
SCADA system to the independent consultant.

7.28.15 The Bidder shall submit the data sheet with technical specifications of the SCADA system.

7.28.16 The C O M P U T E R shall be of Industrial type, rugged & robust in nature to operate
in a hostile environment. The SYSTEM shall have minimum Intel Core i5 processor having
2 X 500 GB HDD with 4 GB RAM. 4 0 ‘ ‘ L E D H D Colour monitor, DVD Drive with Writer, ,
USB drive, optical Mouse,, along with necessary licenced operating software, anti virus
software and necessary applications..

7.28.17 The printer shall be of industrial type, rugged & robust in nature and of reputed make.
The printer shall be equipped for printing, scanning, copying and fax.

7.28.18 In addition to the above SCADA system, Bidder shall provide an additional standalone
SCADA system to HGML, Bengaluru office with compatible software and hardware for
accessing the data remotely from RTU level without any interference from the plant
SCADA. The SCADA shall be compatible to IEC-60870-5-104 protocol, necessary
hardware and software along with internet services shall be provided at both plant end
and HGML office also. Also bidder shall provide necessary hardware and software
provision to Independent consultant for monitoring the SCADA data

7.29 DC BATTERY & CHARGER

7.29.1 Adequate capacity DC battery Bank should be provided for control supply of Inverters,
control / protection system & emergency lighting at buildings. A appropriate capacity

220
 battery charger (float cum boost charger – FCBC) with relevant IS/IEC standards &
protection and automatic change over system should be provided to charge the battery
bank along with relay circuit, fuses, annunciations and remote operating and controlling
facility from the Main Control Room.

7.29.2 A DC power supply Distribution panel/board should be supplied along with the Charger
(FCBC) with low battery cut off, as per relevant IS standards. Control room DC Battery
Bank & DC supply system theoretical design, calculations and detailed explanations
along with drawing shall be provided and approved by the independent consultant.

7.29.3 DC Batteries the batteries shall have the following specifications:

a) Type : VRLA Stationary, sealed type, storage battery.

b) Rating : 110 V D.C., Minimum 80 Ah at 8 Hour rate of discharge.
c) Standard : IS 1651 – 1979; performance as per IS 8702
d) Container : Plastic Resin, ABS or PP
e) Terminal Posts : Designed suitably to accommodate external bolted
connections

7.29.4 The battery shall be provided with epoxy paint coated exhaust fan for removal of gasses
released from the battery cells.

7.29.5 The data sheet for the battery shall be submitted along with the bid for evaluation.

7.30 HARDWARE FOR TRANSMISSION INFRASTRUCTURE

7.30.1 Metal fittings of specified material for string hardware meant for power conductor and earth
wire shall have excellent mechanical properties such as strength, toughness and high
corrosion resistance. The suspension and tension clamps shall be made from aluminium alloy
having high mechanical strength. Suspension and tension clamps offered shall be suitable for
ACSR / AAAC conductor as per design.

7.30.2 All hooks, eyes, pins, bolts, suspension clamps and other fittings for attaching insulators to the
tower or to the power conductor shall be so designed as to reduce (to a minimum) the damage
to the conductor, insulator or the fitting arising from conductor vibration.

7.30.3 All drop-forged parts shall be free-from flaws, cracks, or other defects and shall be smooth,
close-grained and of true forms and dimensions. All machined surfaces shall be true, smooth and
well-finished.

7.30.4 All ferrous parts of hardware shall be galvanized in accordance with IS 2629.

7.30.5 The galvanization shall withstand four dips of 1-minute duration each in copper-sulphate solution
as per the test procedure laid down in the relevant ISS.

221
7.30.6 The threads in nuts and tapped holes shall be cut after galvanizing, and shall be well-
lubricated/greased. All other threads shall be cut before galvanizing.

7.30.7 Both the suspension and the tension hardware shall be of ball and socket type, and shall be with
`R' and `W' type security clip of stainless steel or phosphor Bronze conforming to IS 2486. The
tension clamps of both compression type and bolted type as shown in the relevant drawings shall
be offered. Arcing horns shall be provided on the line side for both the suspension type and
compression type hardware.

7.31 DANGER PLATES

Size of each Danger Notice plates shall be 200 mm x 150 mm made of mild steel sheet and
at least 2 mm thick, and vitreous enamelled white on both sides and with inscription in signal
red colours on front side as required. The inscriptions shall be in Kannada and English.

7.32 FIRE ALARM SYSTEM

7.32.1 The installation shall meet all applicable statutory requirements, safety regulations in terms
of fire protection.

7.32.2 Liquefied CO2 fire extinguisher shall be upright type of capacity 10 kg having IS: 2171. 7
IS: 10658 marked. The fire extinguisher shall be suitable for fighting fire of Oils, Solvents,
Gases, Paints, Varnishes, Electrical Wiring, Live Machinery Fires, and All Flammable Liquid
& Gas. Bidder shall provide portable fire extinguisher as per the recommendation by
relevant fire safety authority.

7.32.3 The minimum 2 no. of fire extinguishers (CO2 and Foam type each) shall be provided at
every buildings.

7.32.4 Sand bucket should be wall mounted made from at least 24 SWG sheet with bracket fixing
on wall conforming to IS 2546.
7.32.5 The plan for fire extinguishing must be provided by the bidder to independent consultant
for the approval.

7.33 TESTING INSTRUMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL & ELECTRONIC

Bidder shall also provide required set of onsite testing instruments/equipment viz. earth
resistance tester, rheostats, insulation tester, millimetres, clamp meters, CRO, Function
Generator, Transformer oil BDV kit, Relay testing kit, infra-red thermal imaging hand held
temperature meter, Inverter testing kit etc. All testing equipment shall possess valid calibration
certificate issued from approved NABL labs.

7.34 GENERAL GUIDELINES

7.34.1 Any civil or electrical work which is not mentioned or included in this tender document but

222
 necessary for the plant shall be borne by the Bidder.

7.34.2 Selected Bidder shall prepare all designs / drawings have based on the specifications given
in the tender and in light of relevant BIS standard.

7.34.3 The Independent consultant reserves right to modify the design at any stage, to meet local
site conditions / project requirements.

7.34.4 All work shall be carried out in accordance with the latest edition of the Indian Electricity Act
and rules formed there under and as amended from time to time.

7.35 SPECIFICATION OF LIGHTING IN SOLAR POWER PLANT

7.35.1 Scope

This specification covers design of Array yard and sub-station, street light using 18W LED
luminaires, tubular poles (from main gate up to the control room/switchyard gate and
periphery wall of the plant) distribution pillar boxes, PVC cables, conduit steel trays etc.
which shall be supplied by the contractor for installation of luminaires, their control gear
and wiring on them. The bidder will also design, supply and install lighting fixtures and
accessories based on LED for equipment room and control room building and entry points/
gates. The Bidder shall furnish Guaranteed Technical Particulars.
The emergency standalone pole mounted and Solar LED lights shall be placed at critical
locations in the plant area.

All LED luminaires shall be supplied with proper diffuser to avoid direct visibility of LED with
proposer thermal management for longer life. Renowned brands available in the market
need to be used.

7.35.2 Lighting Levels

a) The average LUX level of 10 lm is to be maintained in switchyard. However, a lux level

of 20 lm (10+10) additional switchable on requirement only) is to be maintained in
switchyard on transformer.
b) Lighting in other areas such as control room, office rooms and battery room & other
areas(i.e. street light) shall be such that the average LUX level to be maintained shall be
as under:
Sl. Area LUX
No
1. Control Room and equipment rooms 500
2. Office 400
3. Battery & other rooms 150
4. Other areas including periphery wall 10
5. Transformer yard 20

223
 6. H – pole and metering point 10
7. Security and Warehouse 20

7.35.3 Emergency Light Points:

a) Light points using LED lamps of 15-20 W (at 240 V) shall also be provided as given
below:

i. Control room and equipment room 4 Nos.

ii. Battery room 1 Nos.
iii. Office 1 Nos.
iv. Corridor 1 Nos.
v. Main Entrance Security room 1 Nos.

b) These lights shall operate on AC/DC changeover supply from the DC distribution
Board.
c) Separate wiring and distribution board shall be provided from these lights.
d) The lighting level shall take into account appropriate light output ratio of luminaires,
coefficient of utilization maintenance factor (of 0.7 or less) to take into account
deterioration with time and dust deposition.
e) LED luminaires shall meet the following parameters

PARAMETER SPECIFIED VALUE

Input voltage 170-260 V

Input Frequency 50 HZ +/-1 HZ

Power Factor 0.95 (Minimum)

Power Efficiency >96%

LED efficacy >130 lumens per watt

Dispersion Angle Minimum 120°

Usage hours Dusk to dawn

Total Harmonic Distortion < 15 %

Working Temperature -5° to +50° C

Working Humidity 10% - 90% RH (Preferably Hermetically sealed unit)

Index of Protection Level Minimum IP 65

Lamp Casing Powder coated metal / Aluminium.

Life > 50000 Hrs.

LED Type Power LEDS from reputed makes.

224
 PARAMETER SPECIFIED VALUE

Colour Temperature 2800° K/3000o K

Colour Rendering >75

Junction Temperature < 60° C

Electrical Connector Lead wire with 2 meter long –or as required by the
customer at site.
Expected Life of components Passive electronic components life greater than
>100,000 hours

Moisture protection in case of casing IP 65 (preferably Totally encapsulated)

damage

f) Luminaire Compliances:
i. Luminaire Specification:
Control gear specification:
EN 61347-2-13: Particular requirements for D.C. or A.C. supplied
electronic control gear for LED modules
EN 62384: D.C. or A.C. supplied electronic control gear for LED modules.

ii. Luminaire EMC specification:

EN 61000-3-2: Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC). Limits for harmonic
current emissions (Equipment input current < 16 A per
phase)
EN 61000-3-3: Limitation of voltage fluctuation and flicker in low voltage supply
systems for equipment with rated current < = 16 A

g) Additional information:

i. The LED luminaire housing, heat sink, pole mounting bracket, individual LED
reflectors and front heat resistant tempered glass should be provided.
ii. The LED luminaire housing should be made of non-corrosive high pressure die cast
aluminium and the housing should be power coated grey, so as to ensure good
weatherability.
iii. Each individual LED source should be provided with a asymmetrical distribution high
reflectance aluminized reflector, which should ensure that the light distribution of the
luminaire is suitable for road lighting applications (wide beam distribution) and
should ensure high pole to pole spacing.
iv. The luminaire should be provided with in built power unit and electronic driver. The
luminaire should be should be so constructed to ensure that the gear and LED
modules are replaceable, if required.
v. The luminaire should be suitable for both standard street light poles with a typical
pole diameter of 50 mm – 60 mm and should be suitable for both side entry and

225
bottom entry (post top).

226
 D. Performance Measurement procedure

8. PERFORMANCE RATIO TEST PROCEDURE

1.1 PR - PROVISIONAL ACCEPTANCE TEST VERIFICATION PROCEDURE

1.1.1 The Performance ratio test aims at the comparison of the actual PV plant energy
production with the guaranteed value for a limited operation time of the PV plant of 7
consecutive days.

1.1.2 After Commissioning of the Plant and after receiving all the satisfactory results regarding
the correct operation of the plant, there will be continuous monitoring of the performance
for 7 days. This monitoring will be performed on the site under the supervision of the
independent consultant / independent consultant 's engineer.

Third party evaluation also can be carried out for the final acceptance.

1.1.3 The final tests to prove the guaranteed performance parameters shall be conducted at site
by the Contractor in presence of the Independent consultant. The Contractor's
commissioning / start-up Engineer shall make the plant ready to conduct such tests. The
Performance Guarantee Tests (PG tests) shall be commenced, within a period of one (1)
month after successful Commissioning. Any extension of time beyond the above one (1)
month shall be mutually agreed upon. These tests shall be binding on both the parties to
the contract to determine compliance of the equipment with the guaranteed performance
parameters.

1.1.4 The test will consist of guaranteeing the correct operation of each plant individually over 7
days, by the way of the efficiency rate (performance ratio) based on the reading of the
energy produced and delivered to the grid and the average incident solar radiation.

1.1.5 The Efficiency or performance ratio (PR) of the PV Plant is calculated as follows (according
to IEC 61724)

Performance Ratio (PR) = YA / YR [1 – α * (TCell avg. – TCell)]

Where;

YA = Final PV system yield (representing the number of hours that the system would need
to operate at its rated output power PNom to contribute the same energy to the grid
as was monitored)
Or YA = Eac / PNom

227
 YR = Reference yield (representing the number of hours during which the solar radiation
would need to be at STC irradiance levels in order to contribute the same incident energy
as was monitored)
Or YR = IR Site/ IR STC

Eac = AC energy injected into the grid during a clearly specified amount of time
(kWh) PNom = Installed nominal peak power of modules (Flash test rating at
STC) (kWp)

IR Site = Irradiation on the module plane of array during a clearly specified

amount of time (measured with a pyranometer installed on the array plane) (kWh/sq. m)

IR STC = Irradiance at STC (kW/ sq. m)

Tcellavg = Average cell/ module temperature (oC) Tcell = STC cell/ module
temperature (oC)

α = temperature coefficient of power (negative in sign) corresponds to the

installed module (%/oC)

1.2 Monitoring System for PR Verification

The following instrumentation will be used to determine the Solar Plant Performance:

a) Power Meter at the delivery point.

b) Power Meter for each Inverter for reference only.
c) One nos. calibrated pyranometer to determine irradiance on the plane of array (with a
target measurement uncertainty of ± 2).
d) One nos. calibrated pyranometer to determine irradiance on horizontal plane (with a
target measurement uncertainty of ± 2)
e) Two nos. thermocouples to measure module temperature with a measurement
uncertainty of ±1 °C.
f) Shielded ventilated thermocouple with a measurement accuracy of ±1°C.
g) An anemometer mounted on a 10m mast to measure wind speed (without additional
shadowing on modules).

1.3 Data measurement shall be witnessed in the format mutually agreed before the start of PR
test by the independent consultant and the contractor jointly for the said period.

1.4 The bidder shall show the specified PR for Operational Acceptance and committed PLF for
Final Acceptance.

228
E. Civil Works

DETAILED CONTOUR SURVEY & SOIL INVESTIGATION OF THE SITE

The turnkey contractor shall be responsible for detailed soil investigation and contour
survey at required locations for the purposes of foundation design and other design/
planning required for the successful completion of the project. The contractor must submit
the detailed soil investigation report, bore log records, ERT reports and contour survey to
independent consultant.

Topographical survey

Topographical survey shall have to be done by the Selected Bidder of the proposed site
at 5 m interval with the help of Total Station or any other suitable standard method of
survey. All necessary Reduced Levels (RL) as entered in the Field Book have to be
submitted along with pre contour layout of the total site. The formation levels of the
proposed power plant have to be fixed with reference to High Flood Level of the
proposed site. The ground level and plinth level of structures shall be fixed taking into
consideration the highest flood level and surrounding ground profiles.

9.1 Soil Tests:

The Contractor is advised to and is solely responsible to carry out detailed Geotechnical
investigation to ascertain soil parameters of the proposed site for the use of planning /
designing / construction / providing guarantee / warranty of all civil work including but
not limited to foundations / piling for module mounting structures, HT lines, etc. The
Contractor shall carry out soil investigation t hroug h any Govt. approved / certified soil
consultant. These reports shall be furnished to the independent consultant prior to
commencing work. All RCC works shall be provided of required grade of concrete as per
relevant IS specifications as well as soil data considering appropriate earthquake
seismic zone, wind velocity, whether effect, soil characteristics etc.

9.2 Soil Investigations:

The scope of soil investigation covers execution of complete soil exploration including
boring, drilling, collection of undisturbed soil sample where possible, otherwise disturbed
soil samples, conducting laboratory test of samples to find out the various parameters
mainly related to load bearing capacity, ground water level, settlement, and soil
condition and submission of detail reports along with recommendation regarding
suitable type of foundations for each bore hole along with recommendation for soil
improvement where necessary.

9.3 Other investigations

229
 Selected Bidder shall obtain and study earthquake and wind velocity data for design of
module mounting structure, and considering all parameters related to the weathers
conditions like Temperature, humidity, flood, rainfall, ambient air etc.

The Selected Bidder shall carry out Shadow Analysis at the site and accordingly design
strings and arrays layout considering optimal use of space, material and man-power
and submit all the details / design to independent consultant for its review / suggestions
/ approval.

9.4 Land Development for site activities

The turnkey contractor is responsible for making the site ready and easily approachable
by clearing of bushes, felling of trees (if required with appropriate approval from
concerned authority), levelling of ground (wherever required) etc. for commencing the
project. It is to ensure that land must be graded and levelled properly for the flow of
water. It is advisable to follow the natural flow of water at the ground. If the land pocket
needs any filling of sand, it is to ensure that the filled earth must be well compacted as
per the relevant IS standards. In case the filled earth is brought out from outside the plant,
the contractor shall provide the necessary challans. On the other hand, additional earth,
if any, must be disposed of properly. Bidder shall take reasonable care to ensure that
the plant is aesthetically designed.

9.5 Foundations:

9.5.1 The contractor is responsible for the detailed soil investigation and subsequent foundation
design of the structures in the plant. The foundation of the module mounting structures,
buildings and other important structures must be approved by independent consultant
prior to construction. The contractor must provide the detailed design and calculations of
the foundation.

9.5.2 The foundations should be designed considering the weight and distribution of the
structure and assembly, and a maximum wind speed of 180 km per hour. Seismic factors
for the site have to be considered while making the design of the foundation. Selected
Bidder shall also plan for transport and storage of materials at site.

9.6 Switch yard civil works

Switchyard civil work includes step up transformer plinth, HT Switchgear kiosk plinth, two
pole 4 pole structure foundation, earth pits, metal spreading curb wall in and around
switchyard and fencing. The transformer/ HT switchgear kiosk plinth shall be made of
brickwork or Random Rubble masonry conforming to relevant standards. The height of
transformer /HT Switchgear kiosk plinth shall be decided based on 110 kV ground
clearance. Earth pit construction shall be of brickwork covered with RCC (1:2:4) slabs.
Switchyard/ double pole area must be surrounded by chain link fencing with pre-cast

230
 RCC post/ galvanized MS angle of suitable size with double leaf gate will be provided.
Area enclosed within this perimeter must be filled with gravel.

9.7 Buildings

Buildings are required to be constructed for housing the electrical equipment/ panel and
central control room with office cum store building for the operation & maintenance of
Solar Photovoltaic Power Plant. Security rooms shall also be required at strategic
locations to secure the plant from any theft. The building shall be constructed with
conventional RCC framed structure with brick partition walls. Equipment room shall be
designed as per the OEM recommendations to ensure desired life of equipment. Bidder
shall furnish the drawing of the proposed buildings to the independent consultant for
approval, prior to construction. The construction of the same shall be as under-

9.7.1 RCC Works

All RCC works shall be as per IS 456 and the materials used viz. Cement, reinforcement
steel etc. shall be as per relevant standards.

9.7.2 Brick Works

Brick works in cement mortar (CM) 1:6 for 9" thick and 4½" thick wall respectively. All brick
works shall be using 1st class bricks of approved quality as per IS 3102.

9.7.3 Doors & Windows:

Steel framed doors, Windows and ventilators shall conform to IS – 1081 with necessary
glass panels including of all fixtures and painting etc. complete. Doors and windows shall
be made of aluminium sections. All sections shall be 20 microns anodized. Sections of door
frame and window frame shall be adopted as per industrial standards. Door shutters shall
be made of aluminium sections and combination of compact sheet and clear float/ wired
glass. The control room shall require a number of windows/ louvers to provide ventilation/
fresh air circulations.

9.7.4 Plastering

Plastering in cement mortar 1:5, 1:6 and 1:3 shall be applied to all internal, external walls
and ceiling of slab respectively as per IS 1542.

9.7.5 Flooring

Flooring for stores shall be of cement flooring in concrete mix 1:2:4 using 10 mm
aggregates as per IS 2571. Flooring for control building, equipment room and other
places, if needed, shall be of vitrified tiles 8 mm. For toilet area, the floor shall be of
ceramic tiles 8 mm thicknesses. The floor finishing must include skirting up to a suitable

231
 height. The wall tiles, if proposed, shall be glazed tiles of 6 mm thickness and provided up
to lintel level.
9.7.6 Roofing

The roof of the building shall be insulated and waterproofing shall be done as per
relevant IS standard.

9.7.7 Plinth Protection

Plinth protection 1000mm wide shall be provided around all the buildings.

9.7.8 White washing & colour washing.

White washing and colour washing work shall be conforming to IS 6278.

a) Internal walls - Acrylic distempering as per IS 427.

b) External walls – Heat reflective synthetic enamel as per IS 428.
c) For cement painting IS 5410 shall be followed.
d) For painting of steel doors, ventilators IS 2338, IS 1477 (Part I & II) shall be followed.

9.7.9 Rolling Shutters.

Rolling shutters made of cold rolled strips shall conforming to IS 4030 with approved
gauge thickness shall be provided with all fixtures, accessories, painting all etc. complete.

9.7.10 Water supply.

GI pipes of Medium quality conforming to IS 1239 (Part I) and IS 1795 for Mild Steel pipes
shall be used for all water supply and plumbing works.

9.7.11 Plumbing and Sanitary:

Sanitary fittings, which include water closet (EWC/IWC), wash basins, sink, urinal fitting
including flushing tank, and necessary plumbing lines shall be provided for office cum stores
building and Security house.

9.7.12 Electrification of Building

Electrification of buildings shall be carried out as per IS 732 and other relevant standards.
The lighting design of the buildings shall be carried out as per IS 3646. The building shall be
provided with adequate quantity of light fittings, 5A/ 15A 1 phase sockets, fans etc.,
controlled by required ratings of MCBs and MCB, DBs. Supervisor room must be fitted with
suitably sized HVAC system. It is encouraged that bidder shall use the latest energy
efficient equipment for the electrification and illumination.

232
9.7.13 Toilet:

Toilet shall be designed for 15 persons; and constructed with following finish

a) Floor: Vitrified tiles/ ceramic tiles

b) Door window: made out of aluminium sections, 6mm float glass
c) Ventilators: Mechanical exhaust facility
d) Plumbing fixtures: Repute make
e) Sanitary ware: Repute make
f) EWC: 390 mm high with health facet, toilet paper roll holder and all fittings
g) Urinal (430 x 260 x 350 mm size) with all fittings.
h) Wash basin (550 x 400 mm) with all fittings.
i) Bathroom mirror (600 x 450 x 6 mm thick) hard board backing
j) CP brass towel rail (600 x 20 mm) with C.P. brass brackets
k) Soap holder and liquid soap dispenser.
l) GI pipes (B class) of reputed makes
m) Overhead water tank equivalent of 2,000 litre capacity

9.7.14 Drainage for Toilets:

Drainage pipes shall be of PVC (6 kg/cm2) Supreme, Prince or equivalent make. Gully
trap, inspection chambers, septic tank for 15 person and soak well to be constructed for
abovementioned requirement.
9.7.15 Air Conditioner for Control Room:

The control room shall be equipped with appropriate numbers of fans for effective heat
dissipation. The SCADA cabin shall have split type air conditioning units.

9.7.16 Fire Extinguishers:

Liquefied CO2 fire extinguisher shall be upright type of capacity 10 kg having IS: 2171.
7, IS: 10658 marked. The fire extinguisher shall be suitable for fighting fire of Oils,
Solvents, Gases, Paints, Varnishes, Electrical Wiring, Live Machinery Fires, and All
Flammable Liquid & Gas. Bidder shall provide 4 no. of portable fire extinguisher as given
below.

9.7.17 Sand Bucket:

Sand buckets should be wall mounted made from at least 24 SWG sheet with bracket
fixing on wall conforming to IS 2546. Bucket stands with four buckets on each stand shall
be provided in the Transformer Yard – 4 Nos.

233
 9.8 Roads within Solar Power Plant

9.8.1 Roads are to be constructed with sufficient width (minimum 3.75m) followed by 0.5m well
compacted shoulders on each side. The road must be well compacted as per the relevant
IS standards and MORTH updated till date.

9.8.2 All peripheral roads and pathways from central road to Inverter room road shall be
WBM road. Also, all cable crossings and other crossings shall be provided with GI/
Hume pipes.

9.9 Peripheral Boundary/ peripheral wall:

9.9.1 The objective to provide a peripheral wall is to demarcate the boundary and to keep
away the unauthorized access to plant. The contractor shall provide GI chain link with
65x65 ‗L‘ angle all around the periphery of the plant. The GI chain link shall be secured
above the raft foundation. The fence height must be minimum of 2 meter from the GL. The
boundary wall must be provided with a rugged main entry gate. The construction of
peripheral fen ce and the main entry gate must conform to the relevant IS standards
and practice.

9.9.2 All the drawings/ specifications for the peripheral fence and main entry gate design/
planning must be submitted to independent consultant for approval prior to construction
for their accord.

9.10 Drainage

9.10.1 The storm water drainage shall be planned for the plant to ensure no water stagnation in
the plant. The drains must be constructed with brickwork/ RCC/ RR masonry as suitable for
the site conditions. The drains outfall must be connected to the nearest drain outside the
plant premises. It is advised that the drainage for the plant must be designed keeping the
natural flow of water to the nearest exit point.

9.10.2 Bidder is to provide RCC hume pipe at the crossing of road and drains and at required
locations. The peripheral drain shall be of brick pitching which is backed up by cement
mortar bed and all joints are filled up with cement mortar in C.M. 1:4, no pointing and
plastering is required. All other internal drains i.e. on both side of central road, pathways to
Inverter room, control room, switchyard are to be done by excavating the drain of required
size and with required trapezoidal section.
9.11 Painting & Finish:

9.11.1 All metal surfaces and support structures shall be thoroughly cleaned of rust, scale, oil,
grease, dirt etc. Fabricated structures shall be pickled and then rinsed to remove any trace
of acid. The under surface shall be made free from all imperfections before undertaking
the finishing coat.

234
9.11.2 After Phosphate treatment, two (2) coats of yellow zinc chromate primer shall be applied
followed by two (2) coats of epoxy based synthetic enamelled paint. Shade shall be
Siemens Grey RAL- 7032. Thickness of paint shall be not less than 75 micron.

9.11.3 All unpainted steel parts shall be cadmium plated or suitably treated to prevent rust
formation. If these parts are moving elements then they shall be greased.

9.12 Watchmen / Security Cabin:

Contractor shall provide adequate numbers of RCC Watchman‘s Cabin at strategic

locations with in of the plant. The Minimum size of watchmen‘s (Security Cabin) cabin is 3.5
metre x 4.0 metre size and height of 3.0m with appropriate roof at the top. Location
of the watch Cabin (Security Cabin) will be as directed by the independent consultant.

9.13 Underground RCC water Tank

Contractor has to design as per relevant IS codes, submit and take approval from client/
consultant and construct 2 x 7 5 k l underground RCC water tank with silting chamber for
filtration of the water before the inlet which will match with invert level of Storm water
drain. Design of RCC water tank shall be such that it shall resist Earth pressure and Water
pressure and satisfy all IS codes.

235
 F. Inspection & Testing

10 INSPECTION:

10.1 independent consultant shall have free access to Bidder‘s manufacturer‘s works to inspect, expedite
and witness shop floor tests. Any materials or work found to be defective or which does not meet
the requirements of the specification will be rejected and shall be replaced at Bidder‘s cost. Owner
reserves the right to carry out stage wise inspection of fabrication and components. The Bidder
shall furnish a detailed quality assurance plan (QAP) for review by the independent consultant.

10.2 The test & inspection shall be carried out at manufacturer‘s work and at the site with the Bidders
obligation. The test and Inspection shall be done in accordance with the relevant standards and the
Manufacturer's standard before the delivery to site as well as after the erection and commission at
site. The bidders shall give the list of tests that they will carry out at site to show the performance of
plant.

10.3 A detailed 'QAP' for Manufacturing and Inspection shall be submitted by the Bidder for Owner's
approval. The data of each test and inspection shall be recorded and submitted as soon as the test/
trials are conducted and will also be a part of final documentation.

10.4 The shop test shall be carried out to prove the performance parameters of the offered model. The
testing shall be done in the presence of the representatives of the department.

10.5 The independent consultant will nominate its representatives (max. of 2 nos.) for inspection of
stage manufacturing and testing at works & 7 days training at premises of SPV module and inverter
manufacturer. The notice of such inspection shall be given 30 days in advance in case of countries
outside India and 15 days in India.

10.6 Manufacturer has to submit procedure for Test carried out at their Factory:

a) Start Up Trials
b) Load Test
c) Records & Measurements
d) Safety Device List
e) Setting values for all sensors for Pressure and Temperature
f) Dimensional Check-up, Overall Inspection, Completeness of Scope of Supply
g) Shop Test/Load Test for Solar Power Plant

236
11. LOAD TRIALS & RELIABILITY TEST AT SITE

11.1Performance Guarantee Test at Site for Grid Connect Solar Power Plant, HT Panel etc.These tests will
be conducted at site as per site conditions at available load and after performing all
pre-commissioning check and trials and after readiness of the entire Solar Power Plant system which
are required to carry out the load trials.

11.2All the tests which are mentioned in the load test of Solar Power Plant will be carried out in presence
of independent consultant Representative at Hutti site at site conditions and the parameters checked
in accordance with the data sheet and guaranteed parameters given by the Contractor.

237
12. Warranty / Guarantees

12.1 PV modules used in grid connected solar power plants must be warranted performance for
peak output wattage, which should not be less than 97% in first year and 90% at the end
of 10 years and 80% at the end of 25 years. Module output currents in all the panels of the
string shall be same.

12.2 PV modules for Mono it should not cross max capacity of 340Wp(Dimension: 2m x 1m ), for
Poly it should not cross max capacity of 320Wp(Dimension: 2m x 1m )

12.3 The modules shall be warranted for at least 10 years for failures due to material defects
and workmanship.

12.4 The mechanical structures, electrical works and overall workmanship of the grid connected
solar power plant must be warranted for a minimum of 05 years.

12.5 The Contractor must ensure that the goods supplied under the Contract are new, unused and
of most recent or current models and incorporate all recent improvements in design and
materials unless provided otherwise in the Contract.

a) Inverter: Inverters shall be warranted for the guarantee period provided by the
original equipment manufacturer. Same should be furnished with its Bid.
b) Transformers, associated switch gear and others: Bidder must furnish in detail its
warranties/ guarantees for these items.

12.6 During the period of Warranty / Guarantee the Contractor shall remain liable to replace
any defective parts, that becomes defective in the plant, of its own manufacture or that of
its sub-Contractors, under the conditions provided for by the Contract under and arising
solely from faulty design, materials or workmanship, provided such defective parts are not
repairable at Site. After replacement, the defective parts shall be returned to the
Contractors works at the expense of the Contractor unless otherwise arranged.

12.7 At the end of guarantee period, the Contractor‘s liability shall cease. In respect of goods
not covered by the first paragraph of this clause, the Independent consultant shall be
entitled to the benefit of such guarantee given to the Contractor by the original Contractor
or manufacturer of such goods.

238
 DATA SHEET-1

Guaranteed Technical Particular data Sheet for Solar PV Module

(To be furnished by the bidder along with Technical Bid)
S. No. Description Particulars
Remarks
1. PV Module Manufacture name & Country
2. PV Module type (Thin/ Crystalline- Mono/Multi)
3. Product Code
4.
5. No. of PV cells per Module
6. Mounting arrangement for Solar Module
7. Solar Module frame material
8. Module dimensions
9. Output Cables (viz., Polarized Weather Proof
DC rated multi-contact connector)
10. Weather resistant HDPE Junction Box (IP65)
11. Construction front back
12. Temperature rise of solar cells under severe working
conditions over Max. Ambient Temp.

13. Nominal voltage

14. Nominal Wattage
15. Power Tolerance (3%)
17. Peak power voltage (Vmp)
18. Peak power current (Imp)
19. Open circuit voltage (Voc)
20. Short circuit current (Isc)
21. Weight of each module (Kg)
22. Fill Factor
23. Standards/Approvals from International Agencies IEC 61215
IEC 61730
IEC 61646
TUV

24. 0
Module is suitable to operate at 50 C ambient Yes/No

25 Cell efficiency >16%

239
S. No. Description Particulars
Remarks
26 Module efficiency %

240
 DATA SHEET- 2

Guaranteed Technical Particular data Sheet for SMU along with combiner /junction Boxes
(To be furnished by the bidder along with Technical Bid)
S. No. Description Particulars Remarks
1 MAKE
MODEL
NO OF STRINGS PLANNED
INDIVIDUAL STRING CAPACITY
TOTAL CAPACITY
VOLTAGE RANGE
CURRENT RANGE
TYPE OF PROTECTION
LOAD BREAK SWITCHES if any

BREAKER DETAILS
(Along with this additional information on SMU may be
provided along with product standards.)

241
 DATA SHEET- 3

Technical Particular Data Sheet for Inverter

(To be furnished by the bidder along with Technical Bid)

Description Particulars Remarks

AC Side

Nominal AC power @ 25oC

Nominal AC power @ 50oC
Output AC voltage
Frequency
Total Harmonic Distortion
AC over / under voltage over / under frequency

Protection
Phase shift (cos phi)
DC Side
Maximum Input DC power
Maximum DC voltage
MPPT voltage range
Maximum DC current
DC over voltage protection
DC voltage ripple
Others
Minimum Efficiency (CE)
Euro Efficiency
Ambient temperature range
Humidity (non-condensing)
Quiescent power
Degree of protection
Dimensions approx. (HXWXD)
Weight
Compliances (Reference Standards)

242
 DATA SHEET -4
TECHNICAL PARTICULARS OF 300-400V/(11kV/33kV STEP-UP
TRANSFORMER

(To be furnished by the bidder along with Technical Bid)

Sl. Description particulars Remarks
No.

1. Rated Capacity KVA

2. Service
3. Make
4. Type
5. Location
6. Rated frequency Hz
7. Winding (Copper Double wound)
8. Number of phase

HV
side
LV
side
Neutral (separate outside)
9. Rated Voltage

a) HV winding kV

b) LV winding kV
10. Vector group
11. Type of cooling
(ONAN)
12. Insulation level

a) Power frequency withstand

-kV rms. (HV/LV)

b) Impulse withstand voltage -kV (HV/LV)

13. Method of Earthing
14. Duty
15. Short circuit level
16. Off circuit tap changer:
a) Range %
b) In steps of
c) Tapping provided on HV side

243
Sl. Description particulars Remarks
No.

17. Tap changer type

18. % of Impedance
19. Impedance voltage at 75oC
a) At principal tapping %
20. Temperature rise above 50oC ambient
a) Top of oil by thermometer oC
b) Womdomg by resistance oC
21. Terminal details

a) HV side

b) LV side

22. Losses (at 75oC and principal tapping)

a) No load loss at rated voltage kW and frequency
b) Load loss at rated current kW (ONAN)
c) Total loss at maximum rated power kW
23. Efficiency at 75oC and 0.9 PF
a) At full load (ONAN) %
b) At 75% load (ONAN) %
c) At 50% load (ONAN) %
24. Hot spot temperature in winding limit to oC
25. Shipping dimensions
a) Height m
b) Breadth m
c) Length m
26. Painting
27. Reference Standards

244
 DATA SHEET – 5
TECHNICAL PARTICULARS for SF6 Circuit Breaker:
(To be furnished by the bidder along with Technical Bid)

S.no Description Particulars Remarks

Circuit Breaker Rating
1 General
a. Name of the Manufacturer
b. Country of Manufacture
c. Type of Circuit Breaker
d. Standard Applicable
e. Rated Voltage (kV ms)
f. Rated Current :
i. Under normal condition (A)
ii. Under site conditions (A)
g. Rated frequency (Hz)
h. Number of poles
i. Whether 3 pole or single pole unit
j. Whether all the 3 poles ganged electrically or
mechanically
k. Whether dead tank or live tank design
l. Type of installation
m. No. of break per pole
n. Latching Current (kA)
2 Guaranteed Ratings
a. Rated short circuit breaking current
i. Symmetrical component at highest system
voltage (kA)
ii. DC Component (%)
iii. Asymmetrical breaking current at highest
system voltage (kA)
b. Rated Making Capacity
i. At higher rated voltage (kAp)
ii. At lower rated voltage (kAp)
c. i. Maximum Total break time under any duty
condition for any current up to rated breaking
current with limiting conditions of voltage and
pressure (ms)
ii. Rated breaking time (ms)

245
d. Closing time (ms)
e. Minimum opening time under any condition with
limiting voltage and pressure (ms)
f. Maximum opening time under any condition with
limiting voltage and pressure (ms)
g. Maximum close open time under any condition
with limiting voltage and pressure (ms)
h. First pole to clear rating
i. Short time current rating (kA) for 1 Sec.
j. Rated operating duty
k. Maximum breaking capacity under kilometric
faults and rated TRV characteristic (kAp)
l. Maximum breaking capacity under phase
opposition (kAp)
m. Maximum line charging breaking current with
temporary over voltage up to 1.4 p.u. (A)
n. Maximum over voltage (p.u.) on switching
transformer on no load and corresponding
charging current
o. Maximum period between closing of first
contact & last contact in a pole (ms)
p. Maximum pole discrepancy (ms)
q. Maximum arc duration and corresponding
current under lockout pressure.
r. Small fault current breaking capacity (kAp)
s. Pre-insertion resistor (if applicable)
i. Value / pole (Ohms) with tolerance
ii. Minimum and Maximum duration of insertion per
pole (ms)
t. Maximum temperature rise for main contacts
over design ambient temperature of 50oC
u. Rated pressure and limits of pressure of
operating mechanism
v. Rated pressure and limits of pressure of
extinguishing medium

DATA SHEET – 6

246
 GUARANTEED TECHNICAL PARTICULARS FOR 20/10 MVA, ((11/33)kV)/110kV POWER
TRANSFORMER AS PER THE LATEST STANDARDS AND PROCEDURES, INCLUDING KPTCL
NORMS.
Sl
Description
No.
1 Name of the Manufacturer and
country of origin

2 Reference standard

3 Service [Indoor/outdoor]

4 Continuous rating under service

conditions specified in IS-2026 : HV
Part-I, 2011 Clause No.1.1
: LV
5 Ratings :

a. 1. With ONAN cooling - MVA

2. With ONAF cooling - MVA

b. Rated no load voltage

HV - kV

LV - kV

6 a. Rated Frequency : (Hz)

b. Number of phases

7 Current at rated voltage and on principal :HV

tap-Amp
:LV

8 Maximum hot spot temperature rise

0
calculated by formula C over the
maximum yearly weighted average
ambient temperature

9 Flux density at rated voltage and rated

frequency in tesla

247
Sl
Description
No.
10 o
Temperature rise of top oil, C by the
thermometer (above Max. Ambient
Temperature).

11 Temperature rise of winding measured by

resistance (above Max. Ambient
Temperature).

o
i. With ONAN cooling C
o
ii. With ONAF cooling C
iii. Period of operation of transformer at full
load without calculated winding hot spot
o
temperature exceeding 140 C and when

50% coolers fail

100% coolers

[Refer Cl. No. 1.2.0.1] fail

12 No. of windings

13 Connections HV

HV Tap

Wdg
LV

Neutral LV

14 Connection Symbol and vector

group

15 Tappings :

i. Type of tap changer

ii. Tap step (percent)

248
 Sl
Description
No.
iii. Total tap range (+) percent to

(-) percent
iv. Tappings provided at

v. Type of regulation :

Constant flux regulation

Variable flux regulation

Combined regulation

vi)Insulation level of tap changer

16(A) Magnetization data at no load, at

rated frequency
i. Current in Amps

ii. Power factor

iii. Loss in KW (core loss + dielectric loss)

iv.Max. flux density in lines/sq.cm.

A At 90% rated no load voltage

B At 100% rated no load voltage

C At 110% rated no load voltage

D At maximum rated primary voltage (i.e.

105% rated no load voltage)

16(B) i) No-load loss at rated frequency at

Principal Tap (KW)

ii) No-Load loss at voltage corresponding to

the Highest Tap (KW)

249
Sl
Description
No.
17 Load loss including cooler loss, at rated At Lowest At Principal Tap At Highest
output, at rated frequency, at rated current Tap
o Tap
at 75 C winding temperature.

i. For ONAN rating CuL in KW

ii. For ONAF rating CuL in KW+CL in KW

NOTE : 1. CuL : Copper loss

2. CL : Cooler loss

Note for Sl. No. 16 & 17:

Guaranteed values of the losses shall be

indicated which shall be firm & without
indicating the tolerance limit.

18 Impedance at rated current and frequency

o
at 75 C winding temperature on rated MVA
base.
HV to LV
i. At normal tap in %

ii. At max. voltage tap in %

iii. At min. voltage tap in %

19 Reactance at rated current and frequency

and normal tap on rated MVA base:

HV to LV %

20 Zero sequence impedance at reference

o
temperature of 75 C at principal tap
………%

250
Sl
Description
No.
21 o
Resistance at 75 C
HV winding in Ohms in %

LV winding in Ohms in %

22 o At Unity At 0.8 p.f

Efficiency at 75 C winding temperature as
p.f
derived from guaranteed. loss figures
a. At 125% full load

b. At 100% full load

c. At 75% full load

d. At 50% full load

23 a. Maximum efficiency ……….%

b. Load at which maximum efficiency occurs

(% of full load)
24 o
Regulation at full load and at 75 C
a. At unity p.f. in %

b. At 0.8 p.f. (lag) in %

25 a. Short time thermal rating of LV winding in

KA & duration in seconds.

b. Short time thermal rating of HV winding in

KA & duration in seconds.
26 Permissible overloading – HV

- LV

27 Test voltages HV LV

i. Lighting impulse withstand kV (peak)

ii. Power frequency voltage withstand kV

(ms)
iii. Switching impulse withstand kV (peak)
28 Partial discharge level at 1.5Um / √3
kVrms (pC)
29 RIV at 1.1 times minimum phase to ground
voltage

251
Sl
Description
No.
30 Noise level when energized at normal
voltage and normal frequency at no load
(db)
32 External short circuit withstand capacity
(MVA) & duration (seconds)
33 Over flux withstand capability of the
transformer :
34 Insulating and cooling medium

35 Approximate weights

a. Core with clamping (Kg)

b. Winding with insulation (Kg)

c. Core & Winding (Kg)

d. Tank & Fittings with accessories (Kg)

e. Oil required for first filling (Kg)

f. Untanking weight (Kg)

g. Total weight with oil weight & fitting (Kg)

h. Weight of total insulation (Kg)

36 Required quantity of oil in litres

37 Terminal arrangement

HV

LV

Neutral LV

38 Miscellaneous data / details and checks

ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL PARTICULARS:

1 Details of Core Tolerance (along with

if any):

a. Type of core configuration

b. Type of core joints

c. Flux density at 90% of rated voltage and Tesla :

frequency at Principal Tap

252
 ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL PARTICULARS:

d. Flux density at 110% of rated voltage and Tesla :

frequency at Principal Tap
e. (i) Material of core lamination

(ii) Thickness of core lamination (mm)

f. Approximate core weight (please indicate
core weight only)
g. Type of Joints used between core limb and
yoke

2 Details of Windings:

a. Conductor area in sq.cm and current Current Conductor area sq.cm

density in Amps/Sq.cm (at rated current). density A/sq.
cm
HV

HV TAP WINDING

LV

Regulating

b. Material of winding conductor

c. Approximate weight of winding (along

with tolerance if any)in kgs
d. Type of windings

HV

HV TAP WINDING

LV

e. Winding insulation Type and Graded or ungraded

Class
HV

HV TAP WINDING

LV

f. i. Insulating material used for :

1. Regulating winding

2. HV winding

3. HV TAP WINDING

253
 ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL PARTICULARS:

4. LV winding

ii. Between HV and TAP WDG and LV as

applicable
iii. Between core & LV side.

iv. For core bolts, washers and end plates

v. Regulating winding & earth.
g. i. Type of axial coil support
HV winding

HV TAP WDG

LV winding

ii. Type of Radial coil support :

HV winding

HV TAP wdg

LV winding

h. Core bolt insulation voltage

i. Details of special arrangement provided

to improve surge voltage distribution in the
windings

j. Approximate weight of winding (Kgs)

(Tolerance if any on the above)

k. Minimum clearance (mm) In oil

Between Phase to Between Phases

Phases ground
HV

LV

3 Details of Tank :

a. Material for Transformer Tank

b. Type of the tank

c. Minimum thickness of sheet

254
 ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL PARTICULARS:

i. Sides (mm)

ii. Bottom (mm)

iii. Cover (mm)

iv. Cooling tubes/Radiators (mm)

d. Vacuum recommended for hot oil

circulation (torr)
e. Vacuum to be maintained during oil filling
in transformer tank (torr)
f. Vacuum to which the tank can be subjected
without distortion (torr)
Transverse Longitudinal
Axis Axis
g. No. & size of bi-directional wheels
provided.
h. (i) Track gauge required for the
wheels-longitudinal axis & transverse axis

(ii) Size of rail recommended for the track

4 Details of painting at works and site

5 (a) Minimum clear height for lifting tank cover

and for lifting core & windings from tank
(mm) (untanking height).
(b) Minimum clear height for lifting (mm)
i. OLTC

II. Bushings – HV

- LV

6 Shipping details :

i. Parts detached for transport

ii. Weight of heaviest package in Kgs

iii. Weight of other heavy packages in Kgs
iv. Dimensions of largest package

a. Length in mm

b. Breadth in mm

c. Height in mm

255
 ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL PARTICULARS:

v. Dimensions of other heavy packages:

a. Length in mm

b. Breadth in mm

c. Height in mm

vi. Transformer will be transported with oil /

gas
7 Details of Bushings HV LV

a. Make & Type

b. Rated voltage class – KV

c. Rated current – Amps

d. One minute dry withstand power

frequency voltage - kV (ms)
e. One minute wet withstand power frequency
voltage - kV (ms)
f. (i) 1.2 / 50 micro sec. Lighting impulse
withstand voltage - kV (Peak)
(ii) Switching surge withstand test voltage
kV (peak)
g. (a) Creepage Distance in air

(b) Creepage Distance (protected)

h. Quantity of oil in bushing and

specification of oil used (Kgs)
i. Whether test tap is provided

j. Weight of assembled bushing

k. Phase to earth clearance in air of live

parts at the top of bushing.
l. Minimum clearance (mm) In Air

Between Phases Phase to

ground
(i) HV

(ii) LV

m. Partial discharge level

8 Cooling system

a. Grade of oil

256
 ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL PARTICULARS:

b. Total weight of oil in radiator in Kgs/litres

c. Total weight of radiator without oil in Kgs.
d. Total radiating surface in square meters
e. Method of drying out transformer at site
f. Type and make of material used for the
radiators with size.
g. Type of radiator

h. Total number of Radiators/Banks for

transformer and over all dimensions (LxBxH)
i. Rating of Transformer with one radiator
bank out of service.
j. Total weight of radiators in Kgs

k. Type of mounting

l. Vacuum withstand capability

9 Cooling equipment Fan Motor Pump Motor

a. Make and Type (Details)

b. Number of connected units (nos.)

c. Number of standby units (nos.)

d. Rated Power (KW)

e. BHP of driven equipment

f. Capacity (cu m/min) or (Litres/Minute)

g. Rated voltage (Volts)

h. Locked rotor current (Amps)

i. Temperature range control for which

is adjustable
j. Efficiency of motor at full load (percent)
o
k. Temp. rise of motor at full load ( C)

l.Whether the fan and/or pumps suitable for

continuous operation at 85% of their rated
voltage
m. Estimated time constant in hours for
i. Natural cooling

257
 ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL PARTICULARS:

ii. Forced air cooling

10 On Load Tap Changing gear (should be

SCADA Compatible)
a. Make

b. Type

c. Power flow (uni-directional or

bi-directional or restricted bi- directional)
d. Rated voltage to Earth kV

e. Rated maximum current Amps

f. Step voltage V.

g. Number of steps

h. Control:
Manual/Auto/Local/Remote/Independent /
Parallel.
i. Auxiliary supply details

j. Voltage control (whether automatic or

manual)
k. Line drop compensation Provided / Not
provided.
l. Protective devices

m. Time for complete tap change (one step)

sec.
n. Divertor selector switch Transient time -
Cycles.
o. Value of maximum short circuit current
Amps.
p. Maximum impulse withstand test voltage
with 1.2/50 micro seconds full wave
between switch assembly and earth (kV
peak)
q. Maximum power frequency test voltage
between switch assembly and earth - kV rms.
r. Maximum impulse withstand test voltage
with 1.2/50 micro seconds across the
tapping range (kV peak).
s. Approximate over all dimensions of Tap
changer mm
t. Approximate over all weight Kgs.

258
 ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL PARTICULARS:

u. Approximate over all quantity of

oil-ltrs/Kgs.
v. Particulars of the OLTC control panel for
installation in the control room.
w. OLTC Routine test shall be
conducted on each Transformers.
i) Mechanical Endurance Test (Min.
1000 operations)
ii) Sequence Test
iii) Pressure Test
iv) Vacuum (Helium) Test
v) Auxiliary Circuit Insulation test
x. OLTC Drive Mechanism Box: Make & Type
11 Over all dimensions of transformer including
cooling gear, tap changing gear etc.
a. Length –mm

b. Breadth –mm

c. Height –mm

d. Reference drawing No.

12 Whether oil temperature indicator provided

(Yes/No).
13 Type of oil level indicator and whether
supervisory alarm contact for low oil level
provided (Yes/No)
14 Type and size of Gas operated relay and
whether supervisory alarm and trip
contacts provided and their size and Nos.
15 Temperature indicators Oil Temp. Winding temp.
indicator indicator
a. Make and Type

b. Permissible setting ranges for alarm & trip.

c. No. of contact

d. Current rating of each contact

e. Whether remote indicator provided, if, so,

whether equipment required at purchaser's
control room is included.
f. Size and No.

16 Ratio and Type of CT used for winding

temperature

259
 ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL PARTICULARS:

a. Ratio

b. Type

17 Type and size of Thermostat used

18 No. of Breathers provided (No.) For Tr.Tank OLTC

19 Type of dehydrating agent used for
Breathers
20 a. Capacity of conservator vessel litres

b. Volume between the highest and lowest

visible oil level (litres)

21 Valve sizes and number required/Fitted

i. Drain valves - mm - No.

ii. Filter valves - mm - No.

iii. Sampling valves - mm - No.

22 a. Type and make of pressure relief device

b. No. of each type of devices per transformer

unit (Nos.)
c. Minimum pressure at which the device
operates (Kpa)
23 Lifting jacks

a. Governing standard

b. No. of jacks in one set

c. Type & make

d. Capacity (tonnes)

e. Pitch (mm)

f. Lift (mm)

g.Height in closed position (mm)

h.Mean diameter of thread (mm)

24 Characteristics of Insulating oil to be Used

1 – Function

Viscosity at 40 ºC in mm²/s

260
 ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL PARTICULARS:

Viscosity at -30 ºC in mm²/s

Pour point in ºC

Water content in mg/kg

Breakdown voltage in kV

Density at 20 ºC in g/ml

DDF at 90 ºC

Particle content

2 – Refining/stability

Appearance

Acidity in mg KOH/g

Interfacial tension in mN/m

Total sulphur content

Corrosive sulphur

Potentially corrosive sulphur

DBDS in mg/kg

Inhibitors of IEC 60666 in %

Metal passivator additives of IEC 60666 in

mg/kg
Other additives

2- Furfural and related compounds content in

mg/kg
Stray gassing

3 – Performance
Oxidation stability for uninhibited oil – 164 hrs
-Total acidity in mg KOH/g
-Sludge in %

-DDF at 90 ºC

Gassing tendency

261
 ADDITIONAL TECHNICAL PARTICULARS:

ECT
4 – Health, safety and environment (HSE)
Flash point in ºC
PCA content in %
PCB content in mg/kg
5 – N-dm Analysis CA %
CM %
CP %
6. Details of oil preserving equipment offered.

25, Miscellaneous data / details and checks.

262
 Preferred List of Equipment Manufacturer
Sl.No Component Supplier
.
1 PV Modules Module manufacturer shall have appeared in the list of
Bloomberg Tier-I module manufacturers during the last four
quarters preceding the Bid-Due date. Also, the module
manufacturer shall also be manufacturing Solar cells
2 Inverter ABB, Bonfiglioli, Hitachi, Vacon, SMA, Schneider, Sungrow,
Kaco, or Equivalent approved by MNRE, GoI Recognised
Accredited Agencies and Test LABs
3 Switchgears/Breakers Bhel,Siemens, ABB, L&T, Crompton Greaves, Megawin,
Trisquare Equivalent approved by KPTCL Accredited
Agencies and Test LABs
4 DC Cables Top, Advance, Lapp, Siechem, Polycab, Leoni, KEI,
Equivalent approved by GoI Accredited Agencies and Test
LABs
5 Jointing Kits / MC4 Connectors RPG, Raychem, mseal or, Equivalent approved by, GoI
Accredited Agencies and Test LABs
6 AC Cables Unistar brand universal or Nicco or KEI, Ravin, Havells, RPG
or equivalent, Equivalent approved by, GoI Recognised
Accredited Agencies and Test LABs
7 SCADA Neo-Silica, L&T, ABB, Siemens,GE OR, Equivalent approved
by, GoI Recognised Accredited Agencies and Test LABs
8 Transformer BHEL, CGL, Voltamp, Bharat Bijlee, KEC, Alstom, EMCO,
Tesla, Essennar, or equivalent, Equivalent approved by,
GoI Recognised Accredited Agencies and Test LABs
9 Module Mounting Structures Reputed
10 String Monitoring Boxes Hensel, L&T, Statcon, ABB , Trinity, Schneider Electric, Mac
India, Smart tack OR, Equivalent approved by, GoI
Recognised Accredited Agencies and Test LABs
11 Weather Monitoring System Kipp, MetOne, ambient weather and Zonen or equivalent,
Equivalent approved by, GoI Accredited Agencies and Test
LABs
12 Lightning Protection System JEF Techno, PT, VNT or equivalent, Equivalent approved by,
GoI Recognised Accredited Agencies and Test LABs
13 Transmission Line As per KTPCL speficiations and site specific.
14 HT / LT cables Universal, NICCO, RPG, Centrurion cable or equivalent,
Equivalent approved by, GoI Accredited Agencies and Test
LABs
15 Single Aixs Tracking System Smart Track, Scorpius Trackers, NEXTracker, Asun Tracker,
Nuevosol, Sun mount or equivalent system, Equivalent
approved by, GoI Accredited Agencies and Test LABs
16 CCTV System Bosch, pelco, sony, Toshniwal, Kokban or Equivalent
approved by, GoI Recognised Accredited Agencies and
Test LABs

263